{"rows":20,"os":"0","page":"1","total":"1630","procnotices":[{"id":"OP00463851","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"24-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-09-15T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"15:00","project_ctry_name":"Angola","project_id":"P177305","project_name":"Smallholder Agricultural Transformation Project","bid_reference_no":"179/C3/C/MOSAP3/26","bid_description":"Selecção de um Consultor Individual para a realização de Auditoria em Aquisições, referente aos Exercícios Fiscais 2023, 2024 e 2025.","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Luanda","contact_ctry_name":"Angola","contact_email":"felisminodacosta@yahoo.com.br","contact_name":"Felismino da Costa","contact_organization":"Unidade de Implementação do Projeto (UIP)","contact_phone_no":"+244923633496","submission_date":"2026-08-24T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

INDIVIDUAL CONSULTING SERVICES

 

Country:                       Angola

Project´s Name:           Projecto de Transformação da Agropecuária Familiar (MOSAP 3)

Loan No.:                     BIRD-9396 – AO

Assignment Title:        Selection of an Individual Consultant to conduct a procurement audit covering   the 2023, 2024, and 2025 fiscal years.

Reference No.:                        179/C3/C/MOSAP3/26

The Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry (MINAGRIF) has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Smallholder Agricultural Transformation Project (MOSAP 3) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.

The consulting services (“the Services”) includes (i) reviewing the procurement, contracting, and implementation processes and evaluate the quality, timeliness, reliability and appropriateness of comments and no-objections issued by the Bank for a sample of contracts, to confirm their consistency with the Legal Agreements and associated documents and ensuring that procurement, contracting and disbursement is being carried out in accordance with WB Guidelines and procedures; (ii) verifying technical compliance, physical completion and price competitiveness of each contract in the selected representative sample of contracts and expressing a professional opinion on compliance by the procurement processes with the general principle of economy and efficiency, equal opportunities, transparency; (iii) reviewing the responsibility matrix for the procurement function in the organization, delegation of procurement authority and internal control functions; the capacity of implementing agencies in handling procurement efficiently, comment on the quality of procurement and contracting, and identify reasons for delays, if any and overall, how procurement management facilitates project implementation; (iv) analyzing the risks in the various steps of procurement cycle (definition and quantification of requirements, approval of requisition, supplier sourcing, selection of procurement method, selection of contract type, bid opening and evaluation proceedings, formation of evaluation committees, approval of award, contract management, records management, use of financial securities, management of warranty/maintenance obligations, disposal of assets) and identifying any indicators of questionable standards of ethics in the procurement management and oversight environment that make the processes vulnerable to fraud and corruption or collusive and obstructive practices, and report any suspicious cases; (v) providing advice to MOSAP 3 on procurement and internal control issues and coordination with other ministries and departments on matters arising from each audit and record them in Action Plans (IPR Reports) recommending operations needed to improve project procurement performance consistent with program objectives, accuracy and completeness of the procurement records in the filling system, timely preparation of procurement information, policies and procedures that must be adopted by project management and procurement staff in ensuring orderly, economic, effective and efficient procurement operations in light of deficiencies; and all others required in the Terms of References.

The estimated level of effort is one person-month, and the contract will have a duration of 4 months, wherein it is expected that the individual consultant carries out site visit missions of about thirty (30) Calendar days. The consultant is expected to commence services no later than January 15th, 2027.

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment can be obtained at the address given below.

The Smallholder Agriculture Transformation Project (MOSAP 3) now invites eligible Individual Consultants to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The short listing criteria are: [a] Be proficient in procurement and contract management, [b] Have a degree in Agronomy, Business administration, Project Management, Law, Engineering; [c] Have completed at least 3 similar contracts for the past 5 years; [d] Have at least 10 years of relevant experience with World Bank’s Procurement procedures and having worked as a Senior Procurement Specialist in World Bank funded Operations for at least eight (8) years; and [e] Fluency in English and working knowledge of Portuguese language.

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” [Ed. November2020 (“Procurement Regulations”)], setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. The document in reference may be obtained through the following: link:https://thedocs.worldbank.org/en/doc/1783315330658711950290022020/original/ProcurementRegulations.pdf.

An Individual Consultant will be selected in accordance with Open Competitive Selection of Individual Consultants (ICS) set out in the World Bank Procurement Regulations.

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours, from 08:00 AM to 03:30 PM.

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person or by e-mail) by September 15th, 2026 at 15:00 (Angola time).

The address above referenced is:

Att.: Engº Felismino Fernandes da Costa

Director do Projecto

Projecto de Transformação da Agropecuária Familiar (MOSAP 3)

Instituto de Desenvolvimento Agrário (IDA)

Ministério da Agricultura e Florestas (MINAGRIF)

Avenida Rei Katyavala, Edifício Avenca Plaza nº43/45, 3º Andar, Maculusso -Luanda    

Tel.: +244 923 633 496 ou +244 923 608 899

E-mail: procurement@mosap3.ao; procurementexpr@gmail.com

 

"},{"id":"OP00463607","notice_type":"Invitation for Bids","noticedate":"19-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-10-23T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"11:00","project_ctry_name":"Eswatini","project_id":"P508960","project_name":"Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation in Eswatini","bid_reference_no":"SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB","bid_description":"Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto Reclosers (Plant)","procurement_group":"CW","procurement_method_code":"RFB","procurement_method_name":"Request for Bids","contact_address":"P.O. 258 , Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road\nH100, Mbabane\nEswatini","contact_ctry_name":"Eswatini","contact_email":"thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz","contact_name":"Thobeka Gama","contact_organization":"Eswatini Electricity Company","contact_phone_no":"26878332239","submission_date":"2026-08-19T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Request for Bids

Plant


Design, Supply, and Installation

Two-envelope with Rated Criteria

 

 

 

                                         RFB No: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 March 2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

Request for Bids

Eswatini Electricity Company

 

Procurement of

Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant)

For the

Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation in Eswatini

Project ID No: P508960

Employer: Eswatini Electricity Company

Project: Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation - Eswatini

Contract title: Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant)

Country: Kingdom of Eswatini

Loan No. /Credit No. / Grant No.: 7700-SZ

RFB No: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB

Issued on: 19 August 2026

 

 

Standard Procurement Document

 

Table of Contents

 

PART 1 – Bidding Procedures. 3

Section I - Instructions to Bidders. 5

Section II - Bid Data Sheet 39

Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (After prequalification) 49

Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (Without prequalification) 59

Section IV - Bidding Forms. 77

Section V - Eligible Countries. 151

Section VI - Fraud and Corruption. 153

PART 2 - Employer’s Requirements. 157

Section VII - Employer’s Requirements. 159

PART 3 – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms. 189

Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract 191

Section IX - Particular Conditions of Contract 291

Section X - Contract Forms. 297

 

 

 

PART 1 – Bidding Procedures

 

 

Section I - Instructions to Bidders

 

Contents

A.        General 8

1.      Scope of Bid. 8

2.      Source of Funds. 9

3.      Fraud and Corruption. 9

4.      Eligible Bidders. 9

5.      Eligible Plant and Installation Services. 12

B.        Contents of Bidding Document 12

6.      Sections of  Bidding Document 12

7.      Clarification of Bidding Document, Site Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting. 13

8.      Amendment of Bidding Document 15

C.        Preparation of Bids. 15

9.      Cost of Bidding. 15

10.    Language of Bid. 15

11.    Documents Comprising the Bid. 15

12.    Letters of Bid and Price Schedules. 17

13.    Alternative Bids. 17

14.    Documents Establishing the Eligibility of the Plant and Installation Services. 17

15.    Documents Establishing the Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder 17

16.    Documents Establishing the Conformity of the Plant and  Installation Services. 18

17.    Bid Prices and Discounts. 18

18.    Currencies of Bid and Payment 21

19.    Period of Validity of Bids. 21

20.    Bid Security. 22

21.    Format and Signing of Bid. 24

D.        Submission of Bids. 24

22.    Submission, Sealing and Marking of Bids. 24

23.    Deadline for Submission of Bids. 25

24.    Late Bids. 25

25.    Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids. 25

E.        Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids. 26

26.    Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids. 26

F.         Evaluation of Bids- General Provisions. 27

27.    Confidentiality. 27

28.    Clarification of Bids. 28

29.    Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions. 28

G.        Evaluation of Technical Part of Bids. 29

30.    Determination of Responsiveness of Technical Part 29

31.    Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder 29

32.    Detailed Evaluation of Technical Part 30

H.        Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts. 30

33.    Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts. 30

I.         Evaluation of Financial Part of Bids. 32

34.    Adjustments for Non-material Noconformities. 32

35.    Correction of Arithmetic Errors. 32

36.    Evaluation Process, Financial Part 32

37.    Abnormally Low Bids. 33

38.    Unbalanced or Front Loaded Bids. 33

J.         Evaluation of Combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid and Notification of Intention to Award. 34

39.    Evaluation of combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid. 34

40.    Employer’s right to Accept Any Bid and to Reject Any or All Bids. 34

41.    Standstill Period. 35

42.    Notification of Intention to Award. 35

K.        Award of Contract 35

43.    Award Criteria. 35

44.    Notification of Award. 35

45.    Debriefing by the Employer 36

46.    Signing of Contract 37

47.    Performance Security. 37

48.    Procurement Related Complaint 38

 

 

 

Section I - Instructions to Bidders

 

  1. General

 

  1. Scope of Bid
    1. In connection with the Specific Procurement Notice - Request for Bids (RFB), specified in the Bid Data Sheet (BDS), the Employer, as specified in the BDS, issues this bidding document for the Design, Supply and Installation of Plant as specified in Section VII, Employer’s Requirements. The name, identification, and number of lots (contracts) of this RFB are specified in the BDS.
    2. Throughout this bidding document:
  2. the term “in writing” means communicated in written form (e.g., by mail, e-mail, fax, including if specified in the BDS, distributed or received through the electronic-procurement system used by the Employer) with proof of receipt;
  3. if the context so requires, “singular” means “plural” and vice versa;
  4. “Day” means calendar day, unless otherwise specified as “Business Day.” A Business Day is any day that is an official working day of the Borrower. It excludes the Borrower’s official public holidays;
  5.  “ES” means environmental and social (including Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), and Sexual Harassment (SH));
  6. “Sexual Exploitation and Abuse” “(SEA)” means the following:

Sexual Exploitation is defined as any actual or attempted abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation of another.  

Sexual Abuse is defined as the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions.

  1. “Sexual Harassment” “(SH)” is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature by the Contractor’s Personnel with other Contractor’s or Employer’s Personnel.
  2. “Contractor’s Personnel” is as defined in GCC Sub-Clause 1; and
  3. “Employer’s Personnel” is as defined in GCC Sub-Clause 1.

A non-exhaustive list of (i) behaviors which constitute SEA and (ii) behaviors which constitute SH is attached to the Code of Conduct form in Section IV.

 

 

 

  1. Source of Funds
    1. The Borrower or Recipient (hereinafter called “Borrower”) indicated in the BDS has applied for or received financing (hereinafter called “funds”) from the World Bank (hereinafter called “the Bank”) in an amount specified in BDS, toward the project named in BDS.  The Borrower intends to apply a portion of the funds to eligible payments under the contract(s) for which this bidding document is issued.
    2. Payment by the Bank will be made only at the request of the Borrower and upon approval by the Bank in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan (or other financing) Agreement. The Loan (or other financing) Agreement prohibits a withdrawal from the loan account for the purpose of any payment to persons or entities, or for any import of goods, equipment, plant, or materials, if such payment or import is prohibited by a decision of the United Nations Security Council taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations. No party other than the Borrower shall derive any rights from the Loan (or other financing) Agreement or have any claim to the proceeds of the Loan (or other financing).

 

 

 

  1. Fraud and Corruption
    1. The Bank requires compliance with the Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines and its prevailing sanctions policies and procedures as set forth in the WBG’s Sanctions Framework, as set forth in Section VI.
    2. In further pursuance of this policy, bidders shall permit and shall cause their agents (where declared or not), subcontractors, subconsultants, service providers, suppliers, and personnel, to permit the Bank to inspect all accounts, records and other documents relating to any initial selection process, prequalification process, bid submission, proposal submission and contract performance (in the case of award), and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Bank.

 

  1. Eligible Bidders
    1. A Bidder may be a firm that is a private entity, a state-owned enterprise or institution subject to ITB 4.6, or any combination of such entities in the form of a joint venture (JV) under an existing agreement or with the intent to enter into such an agreement supported by a letter of intent.  In the case of a joint venture, all members shall be jointly and severally liable for the execution of the entire Contract in accordance with the Contract terms. The JV shall nominate a Representative who shall have the authority to conduct all business for and on behalf of any and all the members of the JV during the Bidding process and, in the event the JV is awarded the Contract, during contract execution. Unless specified in the BDS, there is no limit on the number of members in a JV.
    2. A Bidder shall not have a conflict of interest. Any Bidder found to have a conflict of interest shall be disqualified. A Bidder may be considered to have a conflict of interest for the purpose of this Bidding process, if the Bidder:
  2. directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another Bidder; or
  3. receives or has received any direct or indirect subsidy from another Bidder; or
  4. has the same legal representative as another Bidder; or
  5. has a relationship with another Bidder, directly or through common third parties, that puts it in a position to influence the Bid of another Bidder, or influence the decisions of the Employer regarding this Bidding process; or
  6. or any of its affiliates participated as a consultant in the preparation of the design or technical specifications of the Plant and Installation Services that are the subject of the Bid; or
  7. or any of its affiliates has been hired (or is proposed to be hired) by the Employer or Borrower as Project Manager for the Contract implementation; or
  8. would be providing goods, works, or non-consulting services resulting from or directly related to consulting services for the preparation or implementation of the project specified in the BDS ITB 2.1 that it provided or were provided by any affiliate that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with that firm; or
  9. has a close business or family relationship with a professional staff of the Borrower (or of the project implementing agency, or of a recipient of a part of the loan) who: (i) are directly or indirectly involved in the preparation of the bidding document or specifications of the Contract, and/or the Bid evaluation process of such Contract; or (ii) would be involved in the implementation or supervision of such contract unless the conflict stemming from such relationship has been resolved in a manner acceptable to the Bank throughout the Bidding process and execution of the Contract.
    1. A firm that is a Bidder (either individually or as a JV member) shall not participate as a Bidder or as JV member in more than one Bid except for permitted alternative Bids. Such participation shall result in the disqualification of all Bids in which the firm is involved. However, this does not limit the participation of a Bidder as subcontractor in another Bid or of a firm as a subcontractor in more than one Bid.
    2. A Bidder may have the nationality of any country, subject to the restrictions pursuant to ITB 4.8. A Bidder shall be deemed to have the nationality of a country if the Bidder is constituted, incorporated or registered in and operates in conformity with the provisions of the laws of that country, as evidenced by its articles of incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association) and its registration documents, as the case may be. This criterion also shall apply to the determination of the nationality of proposed subcontractors or subconsultants for any part of the Contract including related Services.
    3. A Bidder that has been sanctioned by the Bank, pursuant to the Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines, in accordance with its prevailing sanctions policies and procedures as set forth in the WBG’s Sanctions Framework as described in Section VI paragraph 2.2 d., shall be ineligible to be prequalified for, initially selected for, bid for, propose for, or be awarded a Bank-financed contract or benefit from a Bank-financed contract, financially or otherwise, during such period of time as the Bank shall have determined. The list of debarred firms and individuals is available at the electronic address specified in the BDS.
    4. Bidders that are state-owned enterprises or institutions in the Employer’s Country may be eligible to compete and be awarded a Contract(s) only if they can establish, in a manner acceptable to the Bank, that they (i) are legally and financially autonomous (ii) operate under commercial law, and (iii) are not under supervision of the Employer.
    5. A Bidder shall not be under suspension from Bidding by the Employer as the result of the operation of a Bid-Securing Declaration or Proposal-Securing Declaration.
    6. Firms and individuals may be ineligible if so indicated in Section V and (a)as a matter of law or official regulations, the Borrower’s country prohibits commercial relations with that country, provided that the Bank is satisfied that such exclusion does not preclude effective competition for the supply of goods or the contracting of works or services required; or (b)by an act of compliance with a decision of the United Nations Security Council taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations, the Borrower’s country prohibits any import of goods or contracting of works or services from that country, or any payments to any country, person, or entity in that country. Where the procurement is implemented across jurisdictional boundaries (and more than one country is a Borrower, and is involved in the procurement), then exclusion of a firm or individual on the basis of ITB 4.8 (a) above by any country may be applied to that procurement across other countries involved, if the Bank and the Borrowers involved in the procurement agree.
    7. A Bidder shall provide such documentary evidence of eligibility satisfactory to the Employer, as the Employer shall reasonably request.    
    8. A firm that is under a sanction of debarment by the Borrower from being awarded a contract is eligible to participate in this procurement, unless the Bank, at the Borrower’s request, is satisfied that the debarment; (a) relates to fraud or corruption, and (b) followed a judicial or administrative proceeding that afforded the firm adequate due process.
    9. This bidding is open only to prequalified Bidders unless specified in the BDS.

 

  1. Eligible Plant and Installation Services
    1. The Plant and Installation Services to be supplied under the Contract and financed by the Bank may have their origin in any country in accordance with Section V, Eligible Countries.
    2. For purposes of ITB 5.1 above, “origin” means the place where the Plant, or component parts thereof are mined, grown, produced or manufactured, and from which the services are provided.  Plant components are produced when, through manufacturing, processing, or substantial or major assembling of components, a commercially recognized product results that is substantially different in its basic characteristics or in purpose or utility from its components.

 

  1. Contents of Bidding Document

 

  1. Sections of  Bidding Document
    1. The bidding document consists of Parts 1, 2, and 3, which include all the sections indicated below, and should be read in conjunction with any Addenda issued in accordance with ITB 8.

PART 1. Bidding Procedures

  • Section I - Instructions to Bidders (ITB)
  • Section II - Bid Data Sheet (BDS)
  • Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
  • Section IV - Bidding Forms
  • Section V - Eligible Countries
  • Section VI - Fraud and Corruption

PART 2. Employer’s Requirements

  • Section VII -Employer’s Requirements

PART 3. Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms

  • Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract (GCC)
  • Section IX -Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)
  • Section X -Contract Forms
    1. The Specific Procurement Notice-Request for Bids (RFB) issued by the Employer, or the Notice of Request for Bids (RFB) issued by the Employer to the prequalified Bidders are not part of the bidding document.
    2. Unless obtained directly from the Employer, the Employer is not responsible for the completeness of the document, responses to requests for clarification, the Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting (if any), or Addenda to the bidding document in accordance with ITB 8. In case of any contradiction, documents obtained directly from the Employer shall prevail.
    3. The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, and specifications in the bidding document and to furnish with its Bid all information or documentation as is required by the bidding document.

 

  1. Clarification of Bidding Document, Site Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting
    1. A Bidder requiring any clarification of the bidding document shall contact the Employer in writing at the Employer’s address indicated in the BDS or raise his enquiries during the pre-Bid meeting if provided for in accordance with ITB 7.4. The Employer will respond in writing to any request for clarification, provided that such request is received prior to the deadline for submission of Bids within a period specified in the BDS.  The Employer shall forward copies of its response to all Bidders who have acquired the bidding document in accordance with ITB 6.3, including a description of the inquiry but without identifying its source. If so specified in the BDS, the Employer shall also promptly publish its response at the web page identified in the BDS. Should the clarification result in changes to the essential elements of the bidding document, the Employer shall amend the bidding document following the procedure under ITB 8 and ITB 23.2.
    2. The Bidder is advised to visit and examine the site where the Plant is to be installed and its surroundings and obtain for itself on its own responsibility all information that may be necessary for preparing the Bid and entering into a Contract for the provision of Plant and Installation Services. The costs of visiting the site shall be at the Bidder’s own expense.
    3. The Bidder and any of its personnel or agents will be granted permission by the Employer to enter upon its premises and lands for the purpose of such visit, but only upon the express condition that the Bidder, its personnel, and agents will release and indemnify the Employer and its personnel and agents from and against all liability in respect thereof, and will be responsible for death or personal injury, loss of or damage to property, and any other loss, damage, costs, and expenses incurred as a result of the inspection.
    4. If so specified in the BDS, the Bidder’s designated representative is invited to attend a pre-Bid meeting and/or a site visit. The purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage.
    5. The Bidder is requested to submit any questions in writing, to reach the Employer not later than one week before the meeting.
    6. Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting, including the text of the questions raised without identifying the source, and the responses given, together with any responses prepared after the meeting, will be transmitted promptly to all Bidders who have acquired the bidding document in accordance with ITB 6.3.  If so specified in the BDS, the Employer shall also promptly publish the Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting at the web page identified in the BDS. Any modification to the bidding document that may become necessary as a result of the pre-Bid meeting shall be made by the Employer exclusively through the issue of an Addendum pursuant to ITB 8 and not through the minutes of the pre-Bid meeting. Nonattendance at the pre-Bid meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a Bidder.

 

  1. Amendment of Bidding Document
    1. At any time prior to the deadline for submission of Bids, the Employer may amend the bidding document by issuing addenda.
    2. Any addendum issued shall be part of the bidding document and shall be communicated in writing to all who have obtained the bidding document from the Employer in accordance with ITB 6.3. The Employer shall also promptly publish the addendum on the Employer’s web page in accordance with ITB 7.1.
    3. To give prospective Bidders reasonable time in which to take an addendum into account in preparing their Bids, the Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of bids, pursuant to ITB 23.2.

 

  1. Preparation of Bids

 

  1. Cost of Bidding
    1. The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its Bid, and the Employer shall not be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the Bidding process.

 

  1. Language of Bid
    1. The Bid, as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the Bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Employer, shall be written in the language specified in the BDS. Supporting documents and printed literature that are part of the Bid may be in another language provided they are accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant passages in the language specified in the BDS, in which case, for purposes of interpretation of the Bid, such translation shall govern.

 

  1. Documents Comprising the Bid
    1. The Bid shall comprise two Parts, namely the Technical Part and the Financial Part. These two Parts shall be submitted simultaneously in two separate sealed envelopes (two-envelope Bidding process). One envelope shall contain only information relating to the Technical Part and the other, only information relating to the Financial Part. These two envelopes shall be enclosed in a separate sealed outer envelope marked “Original Bid”
    2. The Technical Part shall comprise the following:
  2. Letter of Bid - Technical Part, prepared in accordance with ITB12;
  3. Bid Security or Bid Securing Declaration, in accordance with ITB 20;
  4. Alternative Bid - Technical Part: if permissible in accordance with ITB 13, the Technical Part of any Alternative Bid;
  5. Authorization: written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the Bid to commit the Bidder, in accordance with ITB 21.3;
  6. Eligibility of Plant and Installation Services: documentary evidence established in accordance with ITB 14.1 that the Plant and Installation Services offered by the Bidder in its Bid or in any alternative Bid, if permitted, are eligible;
  7. Bidder’s Eligibility and Qualifications: documentary evidence in accordance with ITB 15.1 establishing the Bidder’s eligibility and qualifications ;
  8. Conformity: documentary evidence in accordance with ITB 16 that the Plant and Installation Services offered by the Bidder conform to the bidding document;
  9. Subcontractors: list of subcontractors in accordance with ITB 16.2; and
  10. any other document required in the BDS.
    1. The Financial Part shall contain the following:
      1. Letter of Bid – Financial Part: prepared in accordance with ITB 12 and ITB 14;
      2. Price Schedules completed in accordance with ITB 12 and ITB 17;
      3. Alternative Bid - Financial Part: if permissible in accordance with ITB 13, the Financial Part of any Alternative Bid; and
      4. any other document required in the BDS.
    2. The Technical Part shall not include any information related to the Bid price. Where material financial information related to the Bid price is contained in the Technical Part the Bid shall be declared non-responsive.
    3. In addition to the requirements under ITB 11.2, Bids submitted by a JV shall include in the Technical Part a copy of the Joint Venture Agreement entered into by all members. Alternatively, a letter of intent to execute a Joint Venture Agreement in the event of a successful Bid shall be signed by all members and submitted with the Bid, together with a copy of the proposed Agreement.
    4. The Bidder shall furnish in the Letter of Bid - Financial Part information on commissions and gratuities, if any, paid or to be paid to agents or any other party relating to this Bid
  1. Letters of Bid and Price Schedules
    1. The Letter of Bid - Technical Part and the Letter of Bid- Financial Part including the Price Schedules shall be prepared, using the relevant forms furnished in Section IV, Bidding Forms.  The forms must be completed as instructed in each form without any alterations to the text, and no substitutes shall be accepted except as provided under ITB 21.3. All blank spaces shall be filled in with the information requested.

 

  1. Alternative Bids
    1. Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, alternative Bids shall not be considered.
    2. When alternatives to the Time Schedule are explicitly invited, a statement to that effect will be included in the BDS, and the method of evaluating different time schedules will be described in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
    3. Except as provided under ITB 13.4 below, Bidders wishing to offer technical alternatives to the Employer’s requirements as described in the bidding document must also provide: (i) a price at which they are prepared to offer a Plant meeting the Employer’s requirements; and (ii) all information necessary for a complete evaluation of the alternatives by the Employer, including drawings, design calculations, technical specifications, breakdown of prices, and proposed installation methodology and other relevant details.  Only the technical alternatives, if any, of the Bidder with the Most Advantageous Bid conforming to the basic technical requirements shall be considered by the Employer.
    4. When Bidders are invited in the BDS to submit alternative technical solutions for specified parts of the facilities, such parts will be identified in the BDS, as will the method for their evaluation, and described in Section VII, Employer’s Requirements.

 

  1. Documents Establishing the Eligibility of the Plant and Installation Services
    1. To establish the eligibility of the Plant and Installation Services in accordance with ITB 5, Bidders shall complete the country of origin declarations in the Price Schedule Forms, included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.

 

  1. Documents Establishing the Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder
    1. To establish Bidder’s eligibility in accordance with ITB 4, Bidders shall complete the Letter of Bid- Technical Part, included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
    2. To establish its qualifications to perform the Contract in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding information sheets included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
    3. Any change in the structure or formation of a Bidder after being prequalified and invited to Bid, if applicable, (including, in the case of a JV, any change in the structure or formation of any member and also including any change in any specialized subcontractor whose qualifications were considered to prequalify the Applicant) shall be subject to the written approval of the Employer prior to the deadline for submission of Bids. Such approval shall be denied if (i) a Bidder proposes to associate with a disqualified Bidder or in case of a disqualified joint venture, any of its members; (ii) as a consequence of the change, the Bidder no longer substantially meets the qualification criteria; or (iii) in the opinion of the Employer, the change may result in a substantial reduction in competition. Any such change should be submitted to the Employer not later than fourteen (14) days after the date of the notice for RFB sent to the prequalified Bidders

 

  1. Documents Establishing the Conformity of the Plant and  Installation Services
    1. The Bidder shall furnish the information stipulated in Section IV, Bidding Forms in sufficient detail to demonstrate substantial responsiveness of the Bidders’ proposal to the work requirements and the completion time. 
    2. For major items of Plant and Installation Services as listed by the Employer in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, which the Bidder intends to purchase or subcontract, the Bidder shall give details of the name and nationality of the proposed Subcontractors, including manufacturers, for each of those items. In addition, the Bidder shall include in its Bid information establishing compliance with the requirements specified by the Employer for these items.  Quoted rates and prices will be deemed to apply to whichever Subcontractor is appointed, and no adjustment of the rates and prices will be permitted.
    3. The Bidder shall be responsible for ensuring that any Subcontractor proposed complies with the requirements of ITB 4, and that any Plant, or services to be provided by the Subcontractor comply with the requirements of ITB 5 and ITB 16.1.

 

  1. Bid Prices and Discounts
    1. Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, Bidders shall quote for the entire Plant and Installation Services on a “single responsibility” basis. The total Bid price shall include all the Contractor’s obligations mentioned in or to be reasonably inferred from the bidding document in respect of the design, manufacture, including procurement and subcontracting (if any), delivery, construction, installation and completion of the Plant.  This includes all requirements under the Contractor’s responsibilities for testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning of the Plant and, where so required by the bidding document, the acquisition of all permits, approvals and licenses, etc.; the operation, maintenance and training services and such other items and services as specified in the bidding document, all in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions. Items against which no price is entered by the Bidder will not be paid for by the Employer when executed and shall be deemed to be covered by the prices for other items.
    2. Bidders are required to quote the price for the commercial, contractual and technical obligations outlined in the bidding document.
    3. Bidders shall give a breakdown of the prices in the manner and detail called for in the Price Schedules included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
    4. Depending on the scope of the Contract, the Price Schedules may comprise up to the six (6) schedules listed below.  Separate numbered Schedules included in Section IV, Bidding Forms, from those numbered 1 to 4 below, shall be used for each of the elements of the Plant and Installation Services. The total amount from each Schedule corresponding to an element of the Plant and Installation Services shall be summarized in the schedule titled Grand Summary, (Schedule 5), giving the total Bid price(s) to be entered in the Letter of Bid. Bidders shall note that the plant and equipment included in Schedule Nos. 1 and 2 below exclude materials used for civil, building and other construction works.  All such materials shall be included and priced under Schedule No. 4, Installation Services. The Schedules comprise:

Schedule No. 1:    Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from Abroad

Schedule No. 2:    Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from within the Employer’s Country

Schedule No. 3:    Design Services

Schedule No. 4:    Installation Services

Schedule No. 5:    Grand Summary (Schedule Nos.1 to 4)

Schedule No. 6:    Recommended Spare Parts

    1. In the Schedules, Bidders shall give the required details and a breakdown of their prices as follows:
      1. Plant to be supplied from abroad (Schedule No. 1):

          The price of the Plant shall be quoted on CIP-named place of destination basis as specified in the BDS.

      1. Plant manufactured within the Employer’s Country (Schedule No. 2):

(i)    The price of the Plant shall be quoted on an EXW Incoterm basis (such as “ex-works,” “ex-factory,” “ex-warehouse” or “off-the-shelf,” as applicable), including all customs duties, sales and other taxes already paid or payable on the components and raw materials used in the manufacture or assembly of the Plant;

(ii)   Sales tax and all other taxes payable in the Employer’s Country on the Plant if the contract is awarded to the Bidder;

      1. Design Services (Schedule No. 3);
      2. Installation Services shall be quoted separately (Schedule No. 4) and shall include rates or prices for local transportation to named place of final destination as specified in the BDS, insurance and other services incidental to delivery of the Plant, all labor, contractor’s equipment, temporary works, materials, consumables and all matters and things of whatsoever nature, including operations and maintenance services, the provision of operations and maintenance manuals, training, etc., where identified in the bidding document, as necessary for the proper execution of the installation and other services, including all taxes, duties, levies and charges payable in the Employer’s Country as of twenty-eight (28) days prior to the deadline for submission of Bids;

(e)     Recommended spare parts shall be quoted separately (Schedule 6) as specified in either subparagraph (a) or (b) above in accordance with the origin of the spare parts.

    1. The terms EXW, CIP, and other similar terms shall be governed by the rules prescribed in the current edition of Incoterms, published by the International Chamber of Commerce, as specified in the BDS.
    2. The prices shall be either fixed or adjustable as specified in the BDS.
    3. In the case of Fixed Price, prices quoted by the Bidder shall be fixed during the Bidder’s performance of the contract and not subject to variation on any account.  A Bid submitted with an adjustable price quotation will be treated as non-responsive and rejected.
    4. In the case of Adjustable Price, prices quoted by the Bidder shall be subject to adjustment during performance of the contract to reflect changes in the cost elements such as labor, material, transport and contractor’s equipment in accordance with the procedures specified in the corresponding Appendix to the Contract Agreement. A Bid submitted with a fixed price quotation will not be rejected, but the price adjustment will be treated as zero.  Bidders are required to indicate the source of labor and material indices in the corresponding Form in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
    5. If so indicated in ITB 1.1, Bids are being invited for individual lots (contracts) or for any combination of lots (packages).  Bidders wishing to offer any price reduction (discount) for the award of more than one Contract shall specify in their Letter of Bid the price reductions applicable to each package, or alternatively, to individual Contracts within the package, and the manner in which the price reductions will apply. However, discounts on condition of award of more than one contract will not be used for Bid evaluation purpose.
    6.  Bidders wishing to offer any unconditional discount shall specify in their Letter of Bid the offered discounts and the manner in which price discounts will apply.

 

  1. Currencies of Bid and Payment
    1. The currency(ies) of the Bid and the currency(ies) of payments shall be the same.  The Bidder shall quote in the currency of the Employer’s country the portion of the Bid price that corresponds to expenditures incurred in the currency of the Employer’s Country, unless otherwise specified in the BDS.
    2. The Bidder may express the Bid price in any currency. If the Bidder wishes to be paid in a combination of amounts in different currencies, it may quote its price accordingly but shall use no more than three foreign currencies in addition to the currency of the Employer’s Country.

 

  1. Period of Validity of Bids
    1. Bids shall remain valid until the date specified in the BDS or any extended date if amended by the Employer in accordance with ITB 8. A Bid that is not valid until the date specified in the BDS, or any extended date if amended by the Employer in accordance with ITB 8, shall be rejected by the Employer as nonresponsive.
    2. In exceptional circumstances, prior to the date of expiration of the Bid validity, the Employer may request Bidders to extend the period of validity of their Bids. The request and the responses shall be made in writing. If a Bid Security is requested in accordance with ITB 20, the Bidder granting the request shall also extend the Bid Security for twenty-eight (28) days beyond the deadline of the extended validity period. A Bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting its Bid Security. A Bidder granting the request shall not be required or permitted to modify its Bid, except as provided in ITB 19.3.
    3. If the award is delayed by a period exceeding fifty-six (56) days beyond the expiry of the initial Bid validity specified in accordance with ITB 19.1, the Contract price shall be determined as follows:
  2. in the case of fixed price contracts, the Contract price shall be the Bid price adjusted by the factor or factors specified in the BDS;
  3. in the case of adjustable price contracts, no adjustment shall be made; or
  4. in any case, Bid evaluation shall be based on the Bid price without taking into consideration the applicable correction from those indicated above.

 

  1. Bid Security
    1. The Bidder shall furnish as part of the Technical Part of its Bid, either a Bid-Securing Declaration or a Bid Security as specified in the BDS, in original form and, in the case of a Bid Security, in the amount and currency specified in the BDS.
    2. A Bid-Securing Declaration shall use the form included in Section IV Bidding Forms.
    3. If a Bid Security is specified pursuant to ITB 20.1, the Bid security shall be a demand guarantee in any of the following forms at the Bidder’s option:
  2. an unconditional guarantee issued by a bank or non-bank financial institution (such as an insurance, bonding or surety company);
  3. an irrevocable letter of credit;
  4. a cashier’s or certified check; or
  5. another security indicated in the BDS,

          from a reputable source from an eligible country. If an unconditional guarantee is issued by a non-bank financial institution located outside the Employer’s Country the issuing non-bank financial institution shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the Employer’s Country to make it enforceable unless the Employer has agreed in writing, prior to Bid submission, that a correspondent financial institution is not required. In the case of a bank guarantee, the Bid Security shall be submitted either using the Bid Security Form included in Section IV, Bidding Forms, or in another substantially similar format approved by the Employer prior to Bid submission. The Bid Security shall be valid for twenty-eight (28) days beyond the original date of expiry of the Bid validity, or beyond any extended date if requested under ITB 19.2.

    1. If a Bid Security or a Bid-Securing Declaration is specified pursuant to ITB 20.1, any Bid not accompanied by a substantially responsive Bid Security or Bid-Securing Declaration shall be rejected by the Employer as nonresponsive.
    2. If a Bid Security is specified pursuant to ITB 20.1, the Bid Security of unsuccessful Bidders shall be returned as promptly as possible upon the successful Bidder’s furnishing of the Performance Security pursuant to ITB 47.
    3. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder shall be returned as promptly as possible once the successful Bidder has signed the Contract and furnished the required Performance Security.
    4. The Bid Security may be forfeited:
  2. if a Bidder withdraws its Bid prior to the expiry date of the Bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letter of Bid or any extended date provided by the Bidder; or
  3. if the successful Bidder fails to:
  1. sign the Contract in accordance with ITB 46; or
  2. furnish a Performance Security in accordance with ITB 47.
    1. The Bid Security or the Bid-Securing Declaration of a JV shall be in the name of the JV that submits the Bid. If the JV has not been legally constituted into a legally enforceable JV at the time of bidding, the Bid Security or the Bid Securing Declaration shall be in the names of all future members as named in the letter of intent referred to in ITB 4.1 and ITB 11.5.
    2. If a Bid Security is not required in the BDS: and
  1. if a Bidder withdraws its Bid prior to the expiry date of the Bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letter of Bid, or any extended date provided by the Bidder; or
  2. if the successful Bidder fails to:
  1. sign the Contract in accordance with ITB 46; or
  2. furnish a Performance Security in accordance with ITB 47;

the Borrower may, if provided for in the BDS, declare the Bidder disqualified to be awarded a contract by the Employer for a period of time as stated in the BDS.

 

  1. Format and Signing of Bid
    1. The Bidder shall prepare the Bid, in accordance with this Instruction, ITB 11 and ITB 22.
    2. Bidders shall mark as “Confidential” information in their Bids which is confidential to their business. This may include proprietary information, trade secrets or commercial or financially sensitive information.
    3. The original and all copies of the Bid shall be typed or written in indelible ink and shall be signed by a person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Bidder.  This authorization shall consist of a written confirmation as specified in the BDS and shall be attached to the Bid.  The name and position held by each person signing the authorization must be typed or printed below the signature.  All pages of the Bid where entries or amendments have been made shall be signed or initialed by the person signing the Bid.
    4. In the case that the Bidder is a JV, the Bid shall be signed by an authorized representative of the JV on behalf of the JV, and so as to be legally binding on all the members as evidenced by a power of attorney signed by their legally authorized representatives.
    5. Any interlineations, erasures, or overwriting shall be valid only if they are signed or initialed by the person signing the Bid.

 

  1. Submission of Bids

 

  1. Submission, Sealing and Marking of Bids
    1. The Bidder shall deliver the Bid in two separate, sealed envelopes (the Technical Part and the Financial Part.). These two envelopes shall be enclosed in a separate sealed outer envelope marked “Original Bid”. In addition, the Bidder shall submit copies of the Bid in the number specified in the BDS. Copies of the Technical Part shall be placed in a separate sealed envelope marked “Copies: Technical Part”. Copies of the Financial Part shall be placed in a separate sealed envelope marked “Copies: Financial Part”. The Bidder shall place both of these envelopes in a separate, sealed outer envelope marked “Bid Copies”. In the event of any discrepancy between the original and the copies, the original shall prevail.
    2. If alternative Bids are permitted in accordance with ITB 13, the alternative Bids shall be submitted as follows: the original of the alternative Bid Technical Part shall be placed in a sealed envelope marked “Alternative Bid – Technical Part” and the Financial Part shall be placed in a sealed envelope marked “Alternative Bid – Financial Part” and these two separate sealed envelopes then enclosed within a sealed outer envelope marked “Alternative Bid – Original”, the copies of the alternative Bid will be placed in separate sealed envelopes marked “Alternative Bid – Copies Of Technical Part”, and “Alternative Bid – Copies Of Financial Part” and enclosed in a separate sealed outer envelope marked “Alternative Bid - Copies”.
    3. The envelopes marked “Original Bid” and “Bid Copies” (and, if appropriate, a third envelope marked “Alternative Bid”) shall be enclosed in a separate sealed outer envelope for submission to the Employer.
    4. The inner and outer envelopes shall:
  2. bear the name and address of the Bidder;
  3. be addressed to the Employer in accordance with ITB 23.1;
  4. bear the specific identification of this Bidding process indicated in accordance with ITB 1.1; and
  5. bear a warning not to open before the time and date for Bid opening.
    1. If all envelopes are not sealed and marked as required, the Employer will assume no responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of the Bid.

 

  1. Deadline for Submission of Bids
    1. Bids must be received by the Employer at the address and no later than the date and time indicated in the BDS. When so specified in the BDS, Bidders shall have the option of submitting their Bids electronically. Bidders submitting Bids electronically shall follow the electronic Bid submission procedures specified in the BDS.
    2. The Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of Bids by amending the bidding document in accordance with ITB 8, in which case all rights and obligations of the Employer and Bidders previously subject to the deadline shall thereafter be subject to the deadline as extended.

 

  1. Late Bids
    1. The Employer shall not consider any Bid that arrives after the deadline for submission of Bids, in accordance with ITB 23.  Any Bid received by the Employer after the deadline for submission of Bids shall be declared late, rejected, and returned unopened to the Bidder.

 

  1. Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids
    1. A Bidder may withdraw, substitute, or modify its bid after it has been submitted by sending a written notice, duly signed by an authorized representative, and shall include a copy of the authorization in accordance with ITB 21.3, (except that withdrawal notices do not require copies). The corresponding substitution or modification of the Bid must accompany the respective written notice.  All notices must be:
  2. prepared and submitted in accordance with ITB 21 and ITB 22 (except that withdrawals notices do not require copies), and in addition, the respective envelopes shall be clearly marked “Withdrawal,” “Substitution,” “Modification”; and
  3. received by the Employer prior to the deadline prescribed for submission of Bids, in accordance with ITB 23.
    1. Bids requested to be withdrawn in accordance with ITB 25.1 shall be returned unopened to the Bidders.
    2. No Bid may be withdrawn, substituted, or modified in the interval between the deadline for submission of Bids and the date of expiry of the Bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letter of Bid or any extended date thereof. 

 

  1. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids

 

  1. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids
    1. Except as in the cases specified in ITB 24 and ITB 25.2, the Employer shall publicly open and read out all Bids received by the deadline at the date, time and place specified in the BDS in the presence of Bidders’ designated representatives and anyone who choose to attend. Any specific electronic Bid opening procedures required if electronic Bidding is permitted in accordance with ITB 23.1, shall be as specified in the BDS.
    2. First, the written notice of withdrawal in the envelopes marked “Withdrawal” shall be opened and read out and the envelope with the corresponding Bid shall not be opened but returned to the Bidder.  No bid withdrawal shall be permitted unless the corresponding withdrawal notice contains a valid authorization to request the withdrawal and is read out at Bid opening.
    3. Next, envelopes marked “Substitution” shall be opened and read out and exchanged with the corresponding Bid being substituted, and the substituted Bid shall not be opened, but returned to the Bidder. No Bid substitution shall be permitted unless the corresponding substitution notice contains a valid authorization to request the substitution and is read out at Bid opening.
    4. Next, envelopes marked “Modification” shall be opened and read out with the corresponding Bid. No Bid modification shall be permitted unless the corresponding modification notice contains a valid authorization to request the modification and is read out at Bid opening.
    5. Next, all other envelopes marked “Technical Part” shall be opened one at a time. All envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” shall remain sealed and kept by the Employer in safe custody until they are opened at a later public opening, following the evaluation of the Technical Part parts of the Bids. On opening the envelopes marked “Technical Part” the Employer shall read out: the name of the Bidder, the presence or the absence of a Bid Security, or Bid-Securing Declaration, if required, and whether there is a modification; and Alternative Bid - Technical Part; and any other details as the Employer may consider appropriate. 
    6. Only Technical Parts of Bids and Alternative Bid - Technical Parts that are read out at Bid opening shall be considered further for evaluation. The Letter of Bid- Technical Part and the separate sealed envelope marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” are to be initialed by representatives of the Employer attending Bid opening in the manner specified in the BDS.
    7. The Employer shall neither discuss the merits of any Bid nor reject any Bid (except for late Bids, in accordance with ITB 24.1).
    8. The Employer shall prepare a record of the Bid opening that shall include, as a minimum:
      1. the name of the Bidder and whether there is a withdrawal, substitution, or modification;
      2. the receipt of  envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part”;
      3. if applicable, any alternative Bid-Technical Part; and
      4. the presence or absence of a Bid Security or a Bid-Securing Declaration. 
    9. The Bidders’ representatives who are present shall be requested to sign the record.  The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the contents and effect of the record.  A copy of the record shall be distributed to all Bidders.

 

  1. Evaluation of Bids- General Provisions

 

  1. Confidentiality
    1. Information relating to the evaluation of the Technical Part shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with the Bidding process until the notification of evaluation of the Technical Part in accordance with ITB 33. Information relating to the evaluation of Financial Part, the evaluation of combined Technical Part and Financial Part, and recommendation of contract award shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with the RFB process until the Notification of Intention to Award the Contract is transmitted to Bidders in accordance with ITB 42..
    2. Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Employer in the evaluation of the bids or Contract award decisions may result in the rejection of its Bid.
    3. Notwithstanding ITB 27.2, from the time of Bid opening to the time of Contract Award, if any Bidder wishes to contact the Employer on any matter related to the Bidding process, it should do so in writing.

 

  1. Clarification of Bids

 

    1. To assist in the examination, evaluation, and comparison of the Bids, and qualification of the Bidders, the Employer may, at its discretion, ask any Bidder for a clarification of its Bid.  Any clarification submitted by a Bidder that is not in response to a request by the Employer shall not be considered.  The Employer’s request for clarification and the response shall be in writing.  No change in the prices or substance of the Bid shall be sought, offered, or permitted, except to confirm the correction of arithmetic errors discovered by the Employer in the evaluation of the Bids, in accordance with ITB 35.
    2. If a Bidder does not provide clarifications of its Bid by the date and time set in the Employer’s request for clarification, its Bid may be rejected.

 

  1. Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions
    1. During the evaluation of Bids, the following definitions apply:

(a)     “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified in the bidding document;

(b)     “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or withholding from complete acceptance of the requirements specified in the bidding document; and

          (c) “Omission” is the failure to submit part or all of the information or documentation required in the bidding document.

    1. Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may waive any nonmaterial nonconformities in the Bid.
    2. Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may request that the Bidder submit the necessary information or documentation, within a reasonable period of time, to rectify nonmaterial nonconformities in the Bid related to documentation requirements. Requesting information or documentation on such nonconformities shall not be related to any aspect of the price of the Bid. Failure of the Bidder to comply with the request may result in the rejection of its Bid.

 

  1. Evaluation of Technical Part of Bids

 

  1. Determination of Responsiveness of Technical Part
    1. The Employer’s determination of the Technical Part’s responsiveness shall be based on the contents of the Bid, as specified in ITB 11.
    2. Preliminary examination of the Technical Part shall be carried out to identify proposals that are incomplete, invalid or substantially nonresponsive to the requirements of the Bidding documents. A substantially responsive Bid is one that materially confirms to the requirements of the Bidding document without material deviation, reservation, or omission. A material deviation, reservation, or omission is one that,
    1. if accepted, would:
        1. affect in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of the Works specified in the Contract; or
        2. limit in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding document, the Employer’s rights or the Bidder’s  obligations under the proposed Contract; or
    2. if rectified, would unfairly affect the competitive position of other Bidders presenting substantially responsive Bids.
    1. If the Technical Part is not substantially responsive to the requirements of the Bidding document, it shall be rejected by the Employer and may not subsequently be made responsive by correction of the material deviation, reservation, or omission.

 

  1. Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder
    1. The Employer shall determine to its satisfaction whether the Bidders that have been assessed to have submitted substantially responsive Bids are eligible, and either continue to meet (if prequalification applies) or meet (if prequalification has not been carried out), the qualifying criteria specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
    2. The determination shall be based upon an examination of the documentary evidence of the Bidder’s eligibility and qualifications submitted by the Bidder, pursuant to ITB 15. The determination shall not take into consideration the qualifications of other firms such as the Bidder’s subsidiaries, parent entities, affiliates, subcontractors (other than Specialized Subcontractors if permitted in the bidding document), or any other firm.
    3. Prior to Contract award, the Employer will verify that the successful Bidder (including each member of a JV) is not disqualified by the Bank due to noncompliance with contractual SEA/SH prevention and response obligations. The Employer will conduct the same verification for each subcontractor proposed by the successful Bidder. If any proposed subcontractor does not meet the requirement, the Employer will require the Bidder to propose a replacement subcontractor.
    4. Only substantially responsive bids submitted by eligible and qualified bidders shall proceed to the detailed technical evaluation specified in ITB 32.

 

  1. Detailed Evaluation of Technical Part
    1. The Employer’s evaluation of Technical Part will be carried out as specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
    2. The scores and weightings to be given to Rated Criteria (including technical and non-price factors and sub factors) are specified in the BDS.

 

  1. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts

 

  1. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts
    1. Following the completion of the evaluation of the Technical Parts of the Bids, the Employer shall notify in writing those Bidders whose Bids were considered substantially non-responsive to the bidding document or failed to meet the eligibility and qualification requirements, advising them of the following information:
  2. the grounds on which their Technical Part of Bid failed to meet the requirements of the bidding document;
  3. their envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” will be returned to them unopened after the completion of the selection process and the signing of the Contract; and
  4. notify them of the date, time and location of the public opening of the envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part”.
    1. The Employer shall, simultaneously, notify in writing those Bidders whose Technical Part have been evaluated as substantially responsive to the bidding document and met the eligibility and qualification requirements, advising them of the following information:
  1. their Bid has been evaluated as substantially responsive to the bidding document and met the eligibility and qualification requirements;
  2. their envelope marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” will be opened at the public opening of the Financial Parts; and
  3. notify them of the date, time and location of the second public opening of the envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” as specified in the BDS.
    1. The opening date shall be not less than ten (10) Business Days from the date of notification of the results of the technical evaluation, specified in ITB 33.1 and 33.2. However, if the Employer receives a complaint on the results of the technical evaluation within the ten (10) Business Days, the opening date shall be subject to ITB 48.1. The Financial Part of the Bid shall be opened publicly in the presence of Bidders’ designated representatives and anyone who chooses to attend.
    2. At this public opening, the Financial Parts will be opened by the Employer in the presence of Bidders, or their designated representatives and anyone else who chooses to attend. Bidders who met the eligibility and qualification requirements and whose bids were evaluated as substantially responsive will have their envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” opened at the second public opening. Each of these envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” shall be inspected to confirm that they have remained sealed and unopened. These envelopes shall then be opened by the Employer. The Employer shall read out the names of each Bidder, the technical score and the total Bid prices, per lot (contract) if applicable, including any discounts and Alternative Bid - Financial Part, and any other details as the Employer may consider appropriate.
    3. Only envelopes of Financial Part of Bids, Financial Parts of Alternative Bids and discounts that are opened and read out at Bid opening shall be considered further for evaluation. The Letter of Bid – Financial Part and the Priced Activity Schedules are to be initialed by a representative of the Employer attending the Bid opening in the manner specified in the BDS.
    4. The Employer shall neither discuss the merits of any Bid nor reject any envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” at this public opening.
    5. The Employer shall prepare a record of the Financial Part of the Bid opening that shall include, as a minimum: (a) the name of the Bidder whose Financial Part was opened; (b) the Bid price, per lot (contract) if applicable, including any discounts; and (c) if applicable, any Alternative Bid – Financial Part.
    6. The Bidders whose envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” have been opened or their representatives who are present shall be requested to sign the record. The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the contents and effect of the record. A copy of the record shall be distributed to all Bidders.

 

  1. Evaluation of Financial Part of Bids

 

  1. Adjustments for Non-material Noconformities
    1. Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer shall rectify quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities related to the Bid Price. To this effect, the Bid Price shall be adjusted, for comparison purposes only, to reflect the price of a missing or non-conforming item or component by adding the average price of the item or component quoted by substantially responsive Bidders.  If the price of the item or component cannot be derived from the price of other substantially responsive Bidders, the Employer shall use its best estimate.

 

  1. Correction of Arithmetic Errors
    1. In evaluating the Financial Part of each Bid, the Employer shall correct arithmetical errors on the following basis:
  2. where there are errors between the total of the amounts given under the column for the price breakdown and the amount given under the Total Price, the former shall prevail and the latter will be corrected accordingly;
  3. where there are errors between the total of the amounts of Schedule Nos. 1 to 4 and the amount given in Schedule No. 5 (Grand Summary) the former shall prevail and the latter will be corrected accordingly;
  4. if there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words shall prevail, unless the amount expressed in words is related to an arithmetic error, in which case the amount in figures shall prevail subject to (a) and (b) above.
    1. Bidders shall be requested to accept correction of arithmetical errors. Failure to accept the correction in accordance with ITB 35.1, shall result in the rejection of the Bid.

 

  1. Evaluation Process, Financial Part
    1. To evaluate the Financial Part, the Employer shall consider the following:
  2. the Bid price, excluding provisional sums and the provision, if any, for contingencies in the Price Schedules;
  3. price adjustment for correction of arithmetic errors in accordance with ITB 35.1;
  4. price adjustment due to discounts offered in accordance with ITB 17.11;
  5. price adjustment due to quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities in accordance with ITB 34.1;
  6. converting the amount resulting from applying (a) to (c) above, if relevant, to a single currency in accordance with ITB 36.2; and  
  7. the evaluation factors indicated in the BDS and detailed in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
    1. For evaluation and comparison purposes, the currency(ies) of the Bid shall be converted into a single currency as specified in the BDS.
    2. No margin of domestic preference shall apply.
    3. If price adjustment is allowed in accordance with ITB 17.7, the estimated effect of the price adjustment provisions of the Conditions of Contract, applied over the period of execution of the Contract, shall not be taken into account in Bid evaluation.
    4. If this bidding document allows Bidders to quote separate prices for different lots (contracts), each lot will be evaluated separately to determine the Most Advantageous Bid using the methodology specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. Discounts that are conditional on the award of more than one lotor slice shall not be considered for Bid evaluation.

 

  1. Abnormally Low Bids
    1. An Abnormally Low Bid is one where the Bid price, in combination with other elements of the Bid, appears so low that it raises material concerns as to the capability of the Bidder to perform the Contract for the offered Bid Price.
    2. In the event of identification of a potentially Abnormally Low Bid, the Employer shall seek written clarifications from the Bidder, including detailed price analyses of its Bid price in correlation to the subject matter of the contract, scope, proposed methodology, schedule, allocation of risks and responsibilities and any other requirements of the bidding document.
    3. After evaluation of the price analyses, in the event that the Employer determines that the Bidder has failed to demonstrate its capability to deliver the contract for the offered tender price, the Employer shall reject the Bid.

 

  1. Unbalanced or Front Loaded Bids
    1. If the Bid that is evaluated as the lowest evaluated cost is, in the Employer’s opinion, seriously unbalanced or front loaded the Employer may require the Bidder to provide written clarifications. Clarifications may include detailed price analyses to demonstrate the consistency of the Bid prices with the scope of works, proposed methodology, schedule and any other requirements of the bidding document.
    2. After the evaluation of the information and detailed price analyses presented by the Bidder, the Employer may:
      1. accept the Bid; or
      2. if appropriate, require that the total amount of the Performance Security be increased, at the expense of the Bidder, to a level not exceeding twenty percent (20%) of the Contract Price; or
      3. reject the Bid.

 

  1. Evaluation of Combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid and Notification of Intention to Award

 

  1. Evaluation of combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid
    1. The Employer’s evaluation of responsive Bids will take into account technical factors, in addition to cost factors in accordance with Section III Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. The weight to be assigned for the Technical factors and cost is  specified in the BDS. The Employer will rank the Bids based on the evaluated Bid score (B).
    2. The Employer shall determine the Most Advantageous Bid. The Most Advantageous Bid is the Bid of the Bidder that meets the Qualification Criteria and whose Bid has been determined to be substantially responsive to the Bidding document and is the Bid with the highest combined technical and financial score
    3. The capabilities of the manufacturers and subcontractors proposed in its Bid to be used by the Bidder with the Most Advantageous Bid for identified major items of supply or services will also be evaluated for acceptability in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.  Their participation should be confirmed with a letter of intent between the parties, as needed.  Should a manufacturer or subcontractor be determined to be unacceptable, the Bid will not be rejected, but the Bidder will be required to substitute an acceptable manufacturer or subcontractor without any change to the Bid price. Prior to signing the Contract, the corresponding Appendix to the Contract Agreement shall be completed, listing the approved manufacturers or subcontractors for each item concerned.

 

  1. Employer’s right to Accept Any Bid and to Reject Any or All Bids
    1. The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid, and to annul the Bidding process and reject all Bids at any time prior to Contract Award, without thereby incurring any liability to Bidders. In case of annulment, all Bids submitted and specifically, Bid securities shall be promptly returned to the Bidders.

 

  1. Standstill Period
    1. The Contract shall not be awarded earlier than the expiry of the Standstill Period. The Standstill Period shall be ten (10) Business Days unless extended in accordance with ITB 45. The Standstill Period commences the day after the date the Employer has transmitted to each Bidder the Notification of Intention to Award the Contract. Where only one Bid is submitted, or if this contract is in response to an emergency situation recognized by the Bank, the Standstill Period shall not apply.

 

  1. Notification of Intention to Award
    1. The Employer shall send to each Bidder the Notification of Intention to Award the Contract to the successful Bidder. The Notification of Intention to Award shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
  2. the name and address of the Bidder submitting the successful Bid;
  3. the Contract price of the successful Bid;
  4. the total combined score of the successful Bid;
  5. the names of all Bidders who submitted Bids, and their Bid prices as readout, and as evaluated and technical score;
  6. a statement of the reason(s) the Bid (of the unsuccessful Bidder to whom the notification is addressed) was unsuccessful;
  7. the expiry date of the Standstill Period; and
  8. instructions on how to request a debriefing and/or submit a complaint during the standstill period.

 

  1. Award of Contract

 

  1. Award Criteria
    1. Subject to ITB 40, the Employer shall award the Contract to the successful Bidder. This is the Bidder whose Bid has been determined to be the Most Advantageous Bid.

 

  1. Notification of Award
    1. Prior to the date of expiry  of the bid validity, and upon expiry of the Standstill Period, specified in ITB 41.1 or any extension thereof, and upon satisfactorily addressing any complaint that has been filed within the Standstill Period, the Employer shall notify the successful Bidder, in writing, that its Bid has been accepted. The notification of award (hereinafter and in the Contract Forms called the “Letter of Acceptance”) shall specify the sum that the Employer will pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution of the contract (hereinafter and in the Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms called “the Contract Price”).
    2. Within ten (10) Business Days after the date of transmission of the Letter of Acceptance, the Employer shall publish the Contract Award Notice which shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
  2. name and address of the Employer;
  3. name and reference number of the contract being awarded, and the selection method used;
  4. names of all Bidders that submitted Bids, and their Bid prices as read out at Bid opening, and as evaluated;
  5. names of all Bidders whose Bids were rejected either as nonresponsive or as not meeting qualification criteria, or were not evaluated, with the reasons therefor;
  6. the name of the successful Bidder, the final total contract price, the contract duration and a summary of its scope; and
  7. successful Bidder’s Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form.
    1. The Contract Award Notice shall be published on the Employer’s website with free access if available, or in at least one newspaper of national circulation in the Employer’s Country, or in the official gazette.
    2. Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, the Letter of Acceptance shall constitute a binding Contract

 

  1. Debriefing by the Employer
    1. On receipt of the Employer’s Notification of Intention to Award referred to in ITB 42, an unsuccessful Bidder has three (3) Business Days to make a written request to the Employer for a debriefing. The Employer shall provide a debriefing to all unsuccessful Bidders whose request is received within this deadline.
    2. Where a request for debriefing is received within the deadline, the Employer shall provide a debriefing within five (5) Business Days, unless the Employer decides, for justifiable reasons, to provide the debriefing outside this timeframe. In that case, the standstill period shall automatically be extended until five (5) Business Days after such debriefing is provided.  If more than one debriefing is so delayed, the standstill period shall not end earlier than five (5) Business Days after the last debriefing takes place. The Employer shall promptly inform, by the quickest means available, all Bidders of the extended standstill period.
    3. Where a request for debriefing is received by the Employer later than the three (3)-Business Day deadline, the Employer should provide the debriefing as soon as practicable, and normally no later than fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of publication of Public Notice of Award of contract. Requests for debriefing received outside the three (3)-day deadline shall not lead to extension of the standstill period. 
    4. Debriefings of unsuccessful Bidders may be done in writing or verbally. The Bidder shall bear their own costs of attending such a debriefing meeting.

 

  1. Signing of Contract
    1. The Employer shall send to the successful Bidder the Letter of Acceptance including the Contract Agreement, and a request to submit the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form providing additional information on its beneficial ownership. The Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form shall be submitted within eight (8) Business Days of receiving this request.
    2. The successful Bidder shall sign, date and return to the Employer, the Contract Agreement within twenty-eight (28) days of its receipt.
    3. Notwithstanding ITB 46.2 above, in case signing of the Contract Agreement is prevented by any export restrictions attributable to the Employer, to the country of the Employer, or to the use of the Plant and Installation Services to be supplied, where such export restrictions arise from trade regulations from a country supplying those Plant and Installation Services, the Bidder shall not be bound by its Bid, always provided, however, that the Bidder can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Employer and of the Bank that signing of the Contact Agreement has not been prevented by any lack of diligence on the part of the Bidder in completing any formalities, including applying for permits, authorizations and licenses necessary for the export of the Plant and Installation Services under the terms of the Contract.

 

  1. Performance Security
    1. Within twenty-eight (28) days of the receipt of the Letter of Acceptance from the Employer, the successful Bidder shall furnish the Performance Security in accordance with the General Conditions GCC 13.3, subject to ITB 38, using for that purpose the Performance Security Form included in Section X, Contract Forms, or another form acceptable to the Employer.  If the Performance Security furnished by the successful Bidder is in the form of a bond, it shall be issued by a bonding or insurance company that has been determined by the successful Bidder to be acceptable to the Employer.  A foreign institution providing a bond shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the Employer’s Country, unless the Employer has agreed in writing that a correspondent financial institution is not required.
    2. Failure of the successful Bidder to submit the above-mentioned Performance Security or sign the Contract shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the Bid Security.  In that event the Employer may award the Contract to the Bidder offering the next Most Advantageous Bid.

 

  1. Procurement Related Complaint
    1. The procedures for making a Procurement-related Complaint are as specified in the BDS.

 

 

 

Section II - Bid Data Sheet

The following specific data for the Facilities to be procured shall complement, supplement, or amend the provisions in the Instructions to Bidders (ITB). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in ITB.

A.  General

ITB 1.1

The reference number of the Request for Bids (RFB) is: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB

The Employer is: Eswatini Electricity Company (EEC).

The name of the RFB is: Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant)

The number and identification of lots (contracts) comprising this RFB is: one (1)

ITB 1.2 (a)

N/A

ITB 2.1

The Borrower is: Government of Kingdom of Eswatini

Loan or Financing Agreement amount: US$90 million

The name of the Project is: Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation (ASCENT) Eswatini

ITB 4.1

Maximum number of members in the JV shall be: Three (3)

ITB 4.5

A list of debarred firms and individuals is available on the Bank’s external website: http://www.worldbank.org/debarr.

ITB 4.11

This Bidding Process is not subject to prequalification.

B.  Bidding Document

ITB 7.1

For Clarification of Bid purposes only, the Employer’s address is:

Attention: Mr. Bongani Chauke, Procurement Manager

Address: Po Box 258, Head Office, Eluvatsini House,

Floor/Room number: Ground Floor                                                              

City: Mbabane 

Country: Kingdom of Eswatini (Swaziland)

Telephone: +268 2409 4065

Electronic mail address: bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz  and thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz

Requests for clarification should be received by the Employer no later than: 12 October 2026.

Web page: www.eec.co.sz

ITB 7.4

A pre-bid meeting shall take place at the following date, time and place:

Date:  10 September 2026

Time: 10h00 SAST

Place: Virtual

Join: https://teams.microsoft.com/meet/350969007718107?p=iaBABpQyLOD1SvWqoV

Meeting ID: 350 969 007 718 107

Passcode: vZ7TW3mc

A non-compulsory site visit conducted by the Employer shall be on 17nth and 18nth September 2026

Telephone: +268 2409 4062 

E-mail: thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz copied to bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz

Contact person/conference coordinator: Ms. Thobeka Gama, Procurement Specialist

ITB 7.6

The Employer shall not publish the Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting on the web page. However, the minutes of the pre-Bid meeting will be circulated to all bidders who have purchased the bidding document.

C.  Preparation of Bids

ITB 10.1

The language of the Bid is: English

All correspondence exchange shall be in English language.

Language for translation of supporting documents and printed literature is English.

ITB 11.2 (i)

The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in the Technical Part of its Bid:

Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES)

The Bidder shall submit its Code of Conduct that will apply to Contractor’s Personnel (as defined in Sub-Clause 1.1.17 of the General Conditions of Contract), to ensure compliance with the Contractor’s Environmental and Social (ES) obligations under the Contract. The Bidder shall use for this purpose the Code of Conduct form provided in Section IV.  No substantial modifications shall be made to this form, except that the Bidder may introduce additional requirements, including as necessary to take into account specific Contract issues/risks.

A satisfactory code of conduct will contain obligations on all Contractor’s Personnel project staff (including sub-contractors and day workers) that are suitable to address the following issues, as a minimum.  Additional obligations may be added to respond to particular concerns of the region, the location and the project sector or to specific project requirements.  The code of conduct shall contain a statement that the term “child” / “children” means any person(s) under the age of 18 years.

The issues to be addressed include:

1.   Compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

2.   Compliance with applicable health and safety requirements to protect the local community, the Employer’s Personnel, and the Contractor’s Personnel

3.   Interactions with the local community(ies), members of the local community (ies), and any affected person(s) (for example to convey an attitude of respect, including to their culture and traditions)

4.   Sexual harassment

5.   Sexual exploitation and abuse

6.   Protection of children (including prohibitions against sexual activity or abuse, or otherwise unacceptable behavior towards children, limiting interactions with children, and ensuring their safety in project areas)

7.   Sanitation requirements

8.   Non retaliation against workers who report violations of the Code, if that report is made in good faith.

Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIP) to manage the (ES) risks

The Bidder shall submit Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIPs) to manage the following key Environmental and Social (ES) risks:

  • Gender Based Violence Action plan
  • Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) prevention and response action plan
  • Traffic Management Plan to ensure safety of local communities from construction traffic
  • Waste management plan

ITB 11.3(d)

The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in the Financial Part of its Bid: N/A

ITB 13.1

Alternative Bids shall not be considered.

ITB 13.2

Alternatives to the Time Schedule shall not be permitted.

ITB 13.4

Alternative technical solutions shall not be permitted for the Plant and Installation Services.

ITB 17.1

Bidders shall quote for the following components or services on a single responsibility basis:

  • Design, supply, installation, configuration and commissioning of all 13 x 11kV auto reclosers

and

The supply of the following components or services will be provided under the responsibility of the Employer:

  • Wooden structures and steel crossarms for each installation.
  • 11kV/230 16kVA single phase transformer for auxiliary supply with corresponding surge protection, LV MCB in pole mounted box.
  • Bypass 11kV gang switch
  • Earthing material for all 13 sites
    • Clamps
    • Earth spikes
    • Camo conductor
    • Lugs for camo conductor
    • Earthing wire
    • Conductive cement

ITB 17.5 (a) and (d)

Place of destination: Matsapha Central Services Organization (CSO) – EEC Main Stores, Matsapha.

Final destination (Project Site): Various projects sites across the country with 150 km radius from the Matsapha Central Services Organization (CSO) – EEC Main Stores, Matsapha.

ITB 17.6

The Incoterms edition is: CIP-INCOTERMS 2020

ITB 17.7

The prices quoted by the Bidder shall not be subject to adjustment during the performance of the Contract.

ITB 18.1

The currency of bid and payment for Bidder from the Common Monetary Area (CMA) Countries shall be Employer’s Country Lilangeni (SZL).

Bidder from outside the Common Monetary Area (CMA) Countries is not required to quote in the currency of the Employer’s Country Lilangeni (SZL), the portion of the Bid price that corresponds to expenditures incurred in the Employer’s Country currencies.

ITB 19.1

The Bid shall be valid until: 23 January 2027

ITB 19.3 (a)

The Bid price shall be adjusted by the following factor(s): Not Applicable.

ITB 20.1

A Bid Security shall be required.

A Bid-Securing Declaration shall not be required.

If a Bid Security shall be required, the amount and currency of the Bid Security shall be  E50,000.00

ITB 20.3 (d)

Other types of acceptable securities: NONE

ITB 20.9

Not applicable

ITB 21.3

The written confirmation of authorization to sign on behalf of the Bidder shall consist of “Power of Attorney” (either notarized or attested by the appropriate authority in the Bidder’s home country) along with a copy of relevant Board Resolution.

Note: The Power of Attorney shall indicate that the person signing the Bid has the authority to sign the Bid and the Bid is binding upon the Bidder during the full period of its validity. In case of a Joint venture Bid, the Power of Attorney shall be signed by the appropriate official of each of the JV partner.

D.  Submission and Opening of Bids

ITB 22.1

In addition to the original Bid, the number of copies is: Two (2).

Notes:

  1. Electronic copies of the bid shall also be submitted in Flash Drive in the technical proposal envelope.
  2. The price schedule in MS-Excel format shall be submitted, in a separate flash drive in the financial proposal envelope.  

ITB 23.1

For Bid submission purpose only, the Procuring Agency’s address is:

Eswatini Electricity Company

Attention: Mr. Bongani Chauke

Street Address: Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road  

Floor/ Room number: Reception      

City: Mbabane

Country: Kingdom of Eswatini       

The deadline for Bid submission is:

Date: 23 October 2026

Time:11h00 SAST

Bidders shall not have the option of submitting their Bids electronically.

E. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids

ITB 26.1

The Bid opening shall take place at:

EEC Head Office

Street Address: Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road  

Floor/ Room number: Reception, Cubicle 1

City: Mbabane

Country: Kingdom of Eswatini

Date:  23 October 2026

Time: 11.15 AM SAST

The electronic Bid opening procedures shall be: N/A

ITB 26.6

The Letter of Bid - Technical Part and the sealed envelope marked “Second Envelope - Financial Part” shall be initialed by at least three (3) representatives of the Employer conducting Bid opening.

G.  Evaluation of Technical Part of Bids

ITB 32.2

The weight to be given for Rated Criteria (including technical and non-price factors) is: 0.5(50 %)

The technical factors and sub-factors, which for purposes of this document carry the same meaning as Rated Criteria, and the corresponding scores in % are:

No.

Rated Criterion

Weight

Subfactors and weight

1

Specific Experience of bidder, capability and suitability of subcontractors

15

  • Relevant similar project experience [5]
  • Bidder capability, resources and delivery record [4]
  • Subcontractor suitability, experience and assigned scope [4]
  • Local/regional support and service capability [2]

2

Technical compliance and plant design solution

25

  • Compliance with and level of exceeding employer’s technical requirements [10]
  • Soundness of plant design basis and process solution efficiency [5]
  • Equipment selection, quality and standards compliance and superiority [5]
  • System integration, reliability, maintainability and operability exceeding generic standards [5]

3

Approach, Methodology, method statement and implementation plan

20

  • Execution approach, procurement and logistics plan [5]
  • Detailed method statement and installation sequence [5]
  • Implementation plan, interfaces and outage management [4]
  • Quality control, inspection, testing and commissioning strategy [3]
  • Risk management, safety, environmental and social controls [3]

4

Key personnel and project organization

20

  • Project manager qualifications, experience and availability [3]
  • Key technical personnel qualifications and relevant experience [7]
  • Project organization structure and reporting lines [3]
  • Clarity of roles, responsibilities and resource allocation [3]
  • Local/regional support and specialist backup [4]

5

Programme, schedule and delivery plan

5

  • Completeness and realism of programme [2]
  • Critical path, milestones and interface alignment [2]
  • Resource loading, float and recovery measures [1]

6

Cybersecurity risk management and innovation

5

  • Cybersecurity risk assessment and mitigation controls [2]
  • Protection of automation, control, communications and remote access systems [1]
  • Alignment with recognized industrial cybersecurity practices [1]
  • Innovation that improves safety, reliability or maintainability [1]

7

Training, documentation, warranties and lifecycle support

10

  • Training plan, content and knowledge transfer [3]
  • Operation and maintenance documentation [2]
  • Spare parts strategy and lifecycle support [3]
  • Warranty, after-sales service and defects liability support [2]

Total

100

 

Minimum Acceptable Score for Technical Proposal 

70

 

 

Note:

  1. Bidders who attain a score less than 70 shall not be considered for financial evaluation.
  2. Rated Criteria, including technical and non-price factors, will be assessed for bids that meet the minimum qualification requirements and pass the pass/fail evaluation stage. This assessment focuses not on meeting minimum standards, but on the extent to which bids exceed them by adding value to the contract and introducing innovations that enhance contract performance outcomes.

H. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts

ITB 33.5

The Letter of Bid – Financial Part and Schedules shall be initialed by three (3) representatives of the Employer conducting Bid opening.   

Each Financial Part of Bid shall be initialed by 3 representatives of the employer conducting the financial opening. Any modification to the total price shall be recorded and initialed by 3 Representatives of the Employer.

I.  Evaluation of Financial Part of Bids

36.1(f)

The adjustments shall be determined using the following criteria, from amongst those set out in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria:

  1. Deviation in Time for Completion: No
  2. Life cycle costs: the projected operating and maintenance costs during the life of the Facilities: No
  3. Functional Guarantees of the Facilities: No
  4. Work, services, facilities, etc., to be provided by the Employer: No

ITB 36.2

 

 

The currency that shall be used for Bid evaluation and comparison purposes to convert at the selling exchange rate all Bid prices expressed in various currencies into a single currency is: Lilangeni (SZL)

The source of exchange rate shall be: Central Bank of Eswatini

The date for the exchange rate shall be:  23 October 2026

J. Evaluation of Combined Technical and Financial Parts and Most Advantageous Bid

ITB 39.1

The weight to be given for cost is: 0.5 (50%)

K. Award of Contract

ITB 48.1

The procedures for making a Procurement-related Complaint are detailed in the “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Annex III).” If a Consultant wishes to make a Procurement-related Complaint, the Consultant shall submit its complaint following these procedures, In Writing (by the quickest means available, such as by email or fax), to:

For the attention: Mr. Mphumuzi Maziya

Title/position: Managing Director

Client: Eswatini Electricity Company

Email address: mphumuzi.maziya@eec.co.sz copied bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz

A copy of the complaint can be sent for the Bank’s information and monitoring to: pprocurementcomplaints@worldbank.org

In summary, a Procurement-related Complaint may challenge any of the following:

  1. the terms of this Request for Proposal;
  2. the Client’s decision to award the contract.

 

 

Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (Without prequalification)

This section contains all the criteria that the Employer shall use to evaluate Bids and qualify Bidders. No other factors, methods or criteria shall be used other than specified in this Bidding document. The Bidder shall provide all the information requested in the forms included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.

Wherever a Bidder is required to state a monetary amount, Bidders should indicate the USD equivalent using the rate of exchange determined as follows:

Exchange rates shall be taken from the publicly available source identified in the ITB 36.2. Any error in determining the exchange rates in the Bid may be corrected by the Employer.

Table of Contents

 

1.         Qualification. 61

2.         Evaluation of Technical Part 62

3.         Evaluation of Financial Part 64

4.         Combined Evaluation. 66

5.         Multiple Contracts. 66

 

 

 

 

  1. Qualification

1.1       Qualification Requirements

The Bidder’s qualification shall be assessed in accordance with the Qualification table included in this section.

1.2       Contractor’s Representative and other Key Personnel

            The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have suitably qualified Contractor’s Representative and other suitably qualified (and in adequate numbers) key personnel, as described in the Employer’s Requirements.

The Bidder shall provide details of the Contractor’s Representative and other key personnel, and such other key personnel that the Bidder considers appropriate, together with their academic qualifications and work experience. The Bidder shall complete the relevant Forms in Section IV, Bid Forms.

1.3       Equipment

            The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have access to the key equipment required to perform the contract.

The Bidder shall provide further details of proposed items of equipment using the relevant Form in Section IV.

1.4       Subcontractors/Manufacturers

Subcontractors/manufacturers for major items of supply or services identified in the Initial Selection document must meet or continue to meet the minimum criteria specified therein for each item.

Subcontractors for the following additional major items of supply or services must meet the following minimum criteria, herein listed for that item:

Item No.

Description of Item

Minimum Criteria to be met

1

Telecommunication equipment

5 years’ experience in supplying and installing telecommunication equipment

2

Overhead line construction

5 years’ experience in distribution infrastructure construction

3

11kV Auto reclosers

10 years’ experience in the manufacturing of auto reclosers

4

Protection and SCADA

10 Years experience in protection and automation of electrical transmission or distribution systems

 

Failure to comply with this requirement will result in rejection of the subcontractor.

In the case of a Bidder who offers to supply and/or install Plant and equipment under the contract that the Bidder did not manufacture or otherwise produce and/or install, the Bidder shall provide the manufacturer’s authorization, using the form provided in Section IV, showing that the Bidder has been duly authorized by the manufacturer or producer of the related Plant and equipment or component to supply and/or install that item in the Employer’s country. The Bidder is responsible for ensuring that the manufacturer or producer complies with the requirements of ITB 4 and ITB 5 and meets the minimum criteria listed above for that item.

  1. Evaluation of Technical Part

The total technical points assigned to each Bid in the Evaluated Bid  Formula will be determined by adding and weighting the scores assigned by an evaluation committee to technical factors of the Bid  in accordance with the criteria set forth below.

 

No.

Rated Criterion

Weight

Key Assessment Considerations

1

Specific Experience of bidder, capability and suitability of subcontractors

15%

  • Demonstrated experience of the bidder in successfully completing similar assignment
  • Relevance of previous projects in terms of plant type, capacity, complexity, technology, operating environment and contract scope.
  • Evidence of successful delivery within agreed time, cost, quality, safety and performance requirements.
  • Suitability, capability and experience of proposed subcontractors for their assigned scope of work.
  • Clarity of subcontractor roles, responsibilities, interfaces and reporting arrangements.
  • Evidence that subcontractors have the required technical qualifications, resources, certifications, equipment and specialist expertise.
  • Prior working relationship between the main bidder and proposed subcontractors, including evidence of successful collaboration on similar projects.
  • Availability of local or regional support, service capability, spare parts access and specialist backup during implementation and defects liability period.

2

Technical compliance and plant design solution

25%

  • Compliance with employer’s requirements;
  • process design basis; performance guarantees; equipment selection; system integration; reliability, maintainability and operability; interfaces with existing infrastructure;
  • compliance with applicable standards.

3

Approach, Methodology, method statement and implementation plan

20%

  • Clarity and completeness of execution approach procurement and logistics plan
  • installation sequence; construction methodology detailed method statement; implementation plan; quality control;
  • inspection and test plans
  • commissioning strategy;
  • outage/interface management;
  • Completeness of project risk management
  • safety, environmental & social risk controls.

4

Key personnel and project organization

20%

  • Qualifications,
  • relevant experience and availability of proposed personnel
  • strength of project management structure
  • clarity of roles and responsibilities
  •  experience in similar plant design, supply and installation contracts
  • Loca/regional support and specialist backup.

5

Programme, schedule and delivery plan

5%

  • Completeness of the programme
  • critical path identification
  • engineering, procurement, manufacturing, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning timelines
  • resource loading; milestone alignment; float and recovery measures.

6

Cybersecurity risk management and innovation

5%

  • Assessment and management of cyber risks affecting plant automation, control, communications, remote access, vendor access, software, firmware, data integrity and operational continuity;
  • alignment with recognized industrial control system cybersecurity practices;
  • practical innovations that reduce cyber risk without compromising plant safety, reliability or maintainability.
  • Compliance with cybersecurity requirements

7

Training, documentation, warranties and lifecycle support

10%

  • Completeness of training plan and content; operation and maintenance documentation;
  • spare parts strategy and warranty support; after-sales service; regional maintenance capability; defects liability support.

Total

 

100%

 

 

 

TECHINICAL PART SCORING METHOLOGY

Evaluators will apply the following scoring guidance consistently to each rated criterion. Scores will be based on the extent to which the bidder’s submission demonstrates compliance, completeness, relevance, credibility of evidence, and practical suitability for the required scope of work.

Score

Rating

General Scoring Guidance

0

Non-responsive / No evidence

The submission does not address the criterion, provides no relevant evidence, or contains information that is materially non-compliant with the requirements. The response gives the evaluator no reasonable basis to confirm capability, compliance, or suitability.

1

Poor

The submission addresses the criterion only superficially or partially. Evidence is weak, generic, insufficient, incomplete, or not clearly relevant to the required scope. There are significant gaps, uncertainties, or weaknesses that may create delivery, compliance, performance, safety, operational, or support risks.

2

Acceptable

The submission adequately addresses the criterion and demonstrates basic compliance with the requirements. Evidence is generally relevant and sufficient, although some details may be missing or not fully developed. Any minor weaknesses are manageable and are not expected to materially affect delivery of the required scope.

3

Good

The submission addresses the criterion clearly and comprehensively. Evidence is relevant, credible, and well aligned with the requirements. The response demonstrates sound understanding, suitable capability, and a practical approach marginally exceeding minimum or generic standards. Even if there are very minor omissions or risks that can be readily clarified or managed.

4

Excellent

The submission fully addresses the criterion and exceeds the minimum requirements in a meaningful and relevant way. Evidence is strong, specific, verifiable, and directly applicable to the scope. The response demonstrates superior capability, robust risk controls, clear interfaces, reliable delivery arrangements, and added value without introducing unacceptable risk.

 

The score for each sub- factor (i) within a factor (j) will be combined with the scores of sub- factors in the same factor as a weighted sum to form the Factor Technical Score using the following formula:

 

where:

tji          = the technical score for sub- factor “i” in factor “j”

wji     =  the weight of sub- factor “i” in factor “j”,

k       =  the number of scored sub-factors in factor “j”

and       

The Factor Technical Scores will be combined in a weighted sum to form the total Technical Part Score using the following formula:

 

where:

Sj      =  the Factor Technical Score of factor “j”

Wj     =  the weight of factor “j” as specified in the BDS

n       =  the number of Factors

and    

Note: After the technical evaluation only, only bids that attains a score of 70 % and or above shall be considered for financial evaluation.

 

  1. Evaluation of Financial Part

The following factors and methods will apply:

    1. Time Schedule

Time to complete the Plant and Installation Services from the effective date specified in Article 3 of the Contract Agreement for determining time for completion of pre-commissioning activities is 6 months. No credit will be given for earlier completion.

 

Note: A compliant Bid must offer a contract completion within the time specified above. Bids offering a completion date beyond the maximum designated period shall be rejected as non-responsive.

 

    1. Life Cycle Costs

None

 

    1. Functional Guarantees of the Facilities

The minimum requirements stated in the Specification for functional guarantees required in the Specification are:

 

Functional Guarantee

Minimum (or Maximum, as appropriate) Requirement

1. All 11 kV auto reclosers as stated in the employer’s requirements.

100% operational functionality throughout the Warranty Period & Design Life.

 

The performance figures quoted on forms-FUNC and Technical Data Sheet shall be guaranteed within the tolerances permitted by relevant standards listed under Part-II, Employer’s Requirement, and shall become a part of the successful Bidder's Contract. For the purposes of evaluation, for each percentage point the functional guarantee of the proposed Plant and Installation Services is below the norm specified in the Specification and in the above table, but above the minimum acceptable levels also specified therein, an adjustment of 5% will be added to the Bid price.  If the drop below the norm the Auto reclosers will be rejected.

 

 

    1.  Sustainable Procurement

None

 

    1. Work, services, facilities, etc., to be provided by the Employer

None

 

  1. Combined Evaluation

The Employer will evaluate and compare the Bids that have been determined to be substantially responsive.

An Evaluated Bid Score (B) will be calculated for each responsive Bid using the following formula, which permits a comprehensive assessment of the evaluated cost and the technical merits of each Bid:

 

where

C     =          Evaluated Bid Cost

C low =          the lowest of all Evaluated Bid Costs among responsive Bids

T     =          the total Technical Score awarded to the Bid

Thigh    =          the Technical Score achieved by the Bid  that was scored best among all responsive Bids

X     =          weight for Cost as specified in the BDS

The Bid with the best evaluated Bid Score (B) among responsive Bids shall be the Most Advantageous Bid provided the Bidder is qualified to perform the Contract.

……………………………………………………………………………………

 

 

2. Qualification

Factor

1 Eligibility

Sub-Factor

Criteria

Documentation Required

Requirement

Bidder

Single Entity

Joint Venture(existing or intended)

All members combined

Each Partner

At least one Partner

1.1 Nationality

Nationality in accordance with ITB 4.4.

Must meet requirement

must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N / A

Form ELI –1.1 and 1.2, with attachments

1.2 Conflict of Interest

No- conflicts of interests as described in ITB 4.2

Must meet requirement

must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N / A

Letter of Bid

1.3 Bank Ineligibility

Not having been declared ineligible by the Bank as described in 4.5.

Must meet requirement

must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N / A

Letter of Bid

1.4 State Owned Enterprise or Institution

Compliance with conditions of ITB 4.6

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N / A

Form ELI  –1.1 and 1.2, with attachments

1.5 Ineligibility based on a United Nations resolution or Borrower’s country law

Not having been excluded as a result of the Borrower’s country laws or official regulations, or by an act of compliance with UN Security Council resolution, in accordance with ITB 4.8and Section V.

Must meet requirement

must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N / A

Letter of Bid

 



 

Factor

2. Historical Contract Non-Performance

Sub-Factor

Criteria

Documentation  Required

Requirement

Bidder

Single Entity

Joint Venture (existing or intended)

All members combined

Each member

At least one member

2.1 History of non-performing contracts

Non-performance[1]of a contract did not occur within the last 5 years prior to the deadline for application submission, based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation.  A fully settled dispute or litigation is one that has been resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution Mechanism under the respective contract, and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted.

Must meet requirement by itself or as member to past or existing JV

N / A

Must meet requirement[2]

N / A

Form CON - 2

2.2 Suspension

 Not under suspension based on execution of a Bid Securing Declaration or Proposal Securing Declaration pursuant to ITB 4.7 and ITB 20.9

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Letter of Bid

2.3 Pending Litigation

Bid’s financial position and prospective long term profitability still sound according to criteria established in 3.1 below and assuming that all pending litigation will be resolved against the Bidder

Must meet requirement

 

N / A

Must meet requirement

N / A

Form CON – 2

2.4 Litigation History

No consistent history of court/arbitral  award decisions against the Bidder[3]since 1st January 2021

 

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N/A

Form CON – 2

2.5 Declaration: Environmental and Social (ES) past performance

Declare any contract that has been suspended or terminated and/or performance security called by an employer for reasons of breach of environmental, or social (including Sexual Exploitation, and Abuse) contractual obligations in the past five years.[4]

Must make the declaration. Where there are Specialized Subcontractor/s, the Specialized Subcontractor/s must also make the declaration.

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

Each must make the declaration. Where there are Specialized Subcontractor/s, the Specialized Subcontractor/s must also make the declaration.

 

 

 

 

N/A

Form CON-3 ES Performance Declaration

2.6 Bank’s SEA and/or SH Disqualification

At the time of Contract Award, not subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations

Must meet requirement

(including each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder)

N/A

Must meet requirement (including each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder)

N/A

Letter of Bid, Form CON-4

 

Factor

3 Financial Situation

Sub-Factor

Criteria

Documentation Required

Requirement

Bidder

Single Entity

Joint Venture (existing or intended)

All members combined

Each member

At least one member

3.1 Financial Capabilities

Submission of audited balance sheets or if not required by the law of the Bidder’s Country, other financial statements acceptable to the Employer, for the last three [3] years to demonstrate the current soundness of the Bidders financial position and its prospective long-term profitability.

Must meet requirement

N / A

Must meet requirement

N / A

Form FIN – 3.1 with attachments

3.2 Average Annual Turnover

 

Minimum average annual construction turnover in supply and installation of electricity distribution infrastructure of US$ 1,720,000.00 (One million, seven hundred and twenty thousand), calculated as total certified payments received for contracts in progress and/or completed within the last three (3) years,

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet at least 30 % of the requirement

Must meet at least 70 % of the requirement

Form FIN –3.2

3.3 Financial Resources

 

The Bidder must demonstrate access to, or availability of, financial resources such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means, other than any contractual advance payments to meet:

(i) the following cash-flow requirement:

USD $ 430,000.00 (four hundred and thirty thousand)

and

(ii) the overall cash flow requirements for this contract and its current commitments.

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet at least 30 % of the requirement

Must meet at least 70 % of the requirement

Form FIN –3.3

        

 

 

Factor

4 Experience

Sub-Factor

Criteria

Documentation Required

 

Requirement

Bidder

 

Single Entity

Joint Venture (existing or intended)

 

All members combined

Each member

At least one member

 

4.1 General Experience

Experience in supply, installation and commissioning of electricity distribution control systems under contracts in the role of main contractor, JV member, subcontractor, or management contractor for at least the last five (5) years starting 1st January 2021

Must meet requirement

 

N / A

Must meet requirement

 

N / A

Form EXP-4.1

 

4.2(a) Specific Experience

(a)Participation as contractor, joint venture member[5], management contractor, or subcontractor, in at least two (2) contracts within the last eight (8) years (from 1 January 2018), each with a value of at least $860,000.00 that have been successfully and substantially[6]completed and that are similar to the proposed Plant and Installation Services.

The similarity of the contracts shall be based on the physical size, complexity, methods, technology or other characteristics as described in Section VII, Employer’s Requirements.

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirements[7]

N / A

Must meet the following requirements for the key activities listed below

  • 2 contracts for Supply, Installation and commissioning of 11 to 33 kV auto-reclosers/circuit breakers in Sub-Sahara countries.

 

Form EXP 4.2(a)

 

 

4.2(b)  Specific Experience

(b) For the above or other contracts executed during the period stipulated in 4.2(a) above, a minimum experience in the following key activities:

  • Design, Supply, Installation, and Commissioning of at least two [2] of 11 to 33 kV auto-reclosers/circuit breakers within the last five [5] years; and
  •  At least one of the contracts shall have the complete scope of installation/integration to SCADA in a Sub-Sahara Africa

Bidders should submit details of previous projects and reference letters from clients in support of the projects they are using to demonstrate their qualifications.

The Employer may make independent inquiries about any or all of the projects referenced by bidders and may visit and examine the projects used by Bidders in support of their qualifications.

Must meet requirements

 

Must meet requirements[8]

N / A

Must meet the requirements

Form EXP-4.2(b)

 

4.2 (c) Specific Experience in managing ES aspects

For the contracts in 4.2 (a) above and/or any other contracts [substantially completed and under implementation] as prime contractor, joint venture member, or Subcontractor between 1st January 2021 and Application submission deadline, experience in managing ES risks and impacts in the following aspects:

  • Health and Safety on project areas and working areas
  • ESHS training of Contractor & local partners and staff; including induction training, health screening, training in correct use of PPEs, Project ESHS risks and hazards;
  • Waste management
  • Emergency Management

Must meet requirements

 

Must meet requirements

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

Form EXP – 4.2 (c)

 

 

 

Section IV - Bidding Forms

Table of Forms

 

Letter of Bid- Technical Part 79

Technical Proposal 82

Site Organization. 83

Method Statement 84

Mobilization Schedule. 85

Construction Schedule. 86

ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP) 87

Sustainable Procurement Proposal 88

Risk assessment and Proposed Management Plan. 89

Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) Form.. 90

Plant 94

Contractor’s Equipment 95

Functional Guarantees. 96

Personnel 97

Resume of Proposed Personnel 99

Proposed Subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and Installation Services. 100

Others - Time Schedule. 101

Bidders Qualification without prequalification. 115

Bidder Information Sheet 116

Party to JV Information Sheet 117

Historical Contract Non-Performance, Pending Litigation and Litigation History. 118

Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress. 124

Financial Situation. 125

Historical Financial Performance. 125

Average Annual Turnover 127

Financial Resources. 128

Experience. 129

General Experience. 129

Specific Experience. 131

Specific Experience in Key Activities. 133

Form of Bid Security. 136

Form of Bid Security – Bank Guarantee. 136

Form of Bid Security- Bid Bond. 138

Form of Bid-Securing Declaration. 139

Manufacturer’s Authorization. 140

Schedule of Rates and Prices. 143

Schedule No. 1.  Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad. 143

Country of Origin Declaration Form.. 144

Schedule No. 2.  Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within the Employer’s Country. 145

Schedule No. 3.  Design Services. 146

Schedule No. 4.  Installation and Other Services. 147

Schedule No. 5.  Grand Summary. 148

Schedule No. 6.  Recommended Spare Parts. 149

Price Adjustment 150

 

 

Letter of Bid- Technical Part

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE DOCUMENT

The Bidder must prepare this Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing the Bidder’s complete name and business address.

Note: All italicized text is to help Bidders in preparing this form.       

 

Date of this Bid submission: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid submission]

RFB No.: [insert number of RFB process]

Alternative No.:[insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]

We, the undersigned, hereby submit our Bid, in two parts, namely:

  1. the Technical Part, and
  2. the Financial Part

In submitting our Bid, we make the following declarations:

  1. No reservations: We have examined and have no reservations to the bidding document, including Addenda issued in accordance with Instructions to Bidders (ITB 8);
  2. Eligibility: We meet the eligibility requirements and have no conflict of interest in accordance with ITB 4;
  3. Bid-Securing Declaration: We have not been suspended nor declared ineligible by the Employer based on execution of a Bid-Securing Declaration or Proposal-Securing Declaration in the Employer’s country in accordance with ITB 4.7;
  4. Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment (SH): [select the appropriate option from (i) to (v) below and delete the others].

We [where JV, insert: “including any of our JV members”], and any of our subcontractors:

  1. [have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations.]
  2. [are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations.]
  3. [had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor.]
  4. [had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations for a period of two years. We have subsequently provided and demonstrated that we have adequate capacity and commitment to comply with SEA and SH prevention and response obligations.]
  5. [had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations for a period of two years. We have attached documents demonstrating that we have adequate capacity and commitment to comply with SEA and SH prevention and response obligations.]
  1. Conformity: We offer to provide design, supply and installation services in conformity with the bidding document of the following: [insert a brief description of the Plant, Design, Supply and Installation Services]                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      ;
  2. Bid Validity: Our Bid shall be valid until [insert day, month and year in accordance with ITB 19.1], and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time on or before this date;
  3. Performance Security: If our Bid is accepted, we commit to obtain a Performance Security in accordance with the bidding document;
  4. One Bid Per Bidder: We are not submitting any other Bid(s) as an individual Bidder, and we are not participating in any other Bid(s) as a Joint Venture member, and meet the requirements of ITB 4.3, other than alternative Bids submitted in accordance with ITB 13;
  5. Suspension and Debarment: We, along with any of our subcontractors, suppliers, consultants, manufacturers, or service providers for any part of the contract, are not subject to, and not controlled by any entity or individual that is subject to, a temporary suspension or a debarment imposed by the World Bank Group or a debarment imposed by the World Bank Group in accordance with the Agreement for Mutual Enforcement of Debarment Decisions between the World Bank and other development banks. Further, we are not ineligible under the Employer’s country laws or official regulations or pursuant to a decision of the United Nations Security Council;
  6. State-owned enterprise or institution: [select the appropriate option and delete the other] [We are not a state-owned enterprise or institution] / [We are a state-owned enterprise or institution but meet the requirements of ITB 4.6];
  7. Binding Contract: We understand that this Bid, together with your written acceptance thereof included in your Letter of Acceptance, shall constitute a binding contract between us, until a formal contract is prepared and executed;
  8. Not Bound to Accept: We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest evaluated cost Bid, the Most Advantageous Bid or any other Bid that you may receive; and
  9. Fraud and Corruption: We hereby certify that we have taken steps to ensure that no person acting for us or on our behalf engages in any type of Fraud and Corruption.

;

Name of the Bidder: *[insert complete name of the Bidder]

Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: **[insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]

Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]

Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]

Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]

*: In the case of the Bid submitted by joint venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder

**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder to be attached with the Bid

 

 

 

 

Technical Proposal

 

 

 

 

Site Organization

 

 

 

Method Statement

[Note to the Bidder: (i) As required in BDS 11.2 (i), also include method statement, management strategies, implementation plans and innovations; (ii) if there are assessed supply chain risks, the method statement must include proposed supply chain risks management plans.]

In addition, the Bidder/Contractor shall establish, implement and maintain a Method Statement for its specific Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) risks on site and describe mitigation measures to keep high risks under control. Method Statement is a type of health and safety document that Contractor shall use for high-risk work. It describes the steps (method) that workers must take to carry out a particular job safely. Primarily, they are for the benefit of those who will physically be carrying out the work, usually those working in the construction sector.

The document shall identify the potential hazards that may arise during a particular task and outline the necessary precautions that must be put in place and taken by workers. The statement must be as simple as possible to avoid any misinterpretations that could result in injury. Workers involved in the work shall read it, understand what is expected of them and follow the measures that are in place to keep them safe. Method Statement shall be approved by the Employer.

The Bidder/Contractor shall describe the method of work to keeping under control high risks and establish a permit to work system and issue a permit to work (PTW) for specific work. PTW shall be issued, but is not limited to, working at height, working in confined spaces, lone work, asbestos, hot work and the use of dangerous plant. Method Statements shall contain the following items but not limited to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mobilization Schedule

[Insert Technical Proposal for Mobilization Schedule]

 

 

 

 

Construction Schedule

The Bidder should chalk out proper mobilisation schedule and construction schedule along with the CPM/ PERT charts for execution of the Contract as a whole. Since no extension of time is anticipated unless exclusively warranted under critical circumstances, work programme for all key activities that may have bearing on project implementation should be clearly shown within the overall project schedule. For example, time required for import of equipment and construction materials together with time schedule within the overall schedule for preconstruction activities like surveys and investigations and preparation of construction drawings.

 

 

 

ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP)

The Bidder shall submit comprehensive and concise Environmental and Social Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP) as required by ITB 11.1 (j) of the Bid Data Sheet. These strategies and plans shall describe in detail the actions, materials, equipment, management processes etc. that will be implemented by the Contractor, and its subcontractors.

In developing these strategies and plans, the Bidder shall have regard to the ES provisions of the contract including those as may be more fully described in the Employer’s Requirements in Section VII.

 

 

 

Sustainable Procurement Proposal

Note to Bidder: In addition to submitting the required ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans, the Bidder shall provide its proposal to demonstrate how additional sustainable procurement requirements, if any, specified in Section VII- Employer’s Requirements would be addressed. The Bidder shall also provide its proposal, if any, for exceeding the sustainable procurement requirements.

 

 

 

Risk assessment and Proposed Management Plan

The Bidder should submit a risk register identifying the hazards anticipated during the implementation of the contract.

For the key hazards ranked by impact, the risk register shall include a description of the hazard, an assessment of the potential impact on health and safety, environment, cost, program or other, and the proposed mitigation strategy for each hazard.

 

 

 

 

Note to the Bidder:

The minimum content of the Code of Conduct form as set out by the Employer shall not be substantially modified. However, the Bidder may add requirements as appropriate, including to take into account Contract-specific issues/risks. 

The Bidder shall initial and submit the Code of Conduct form as part of its bid.

 

Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) Form

Note to the Employer:

The following minimum requirements shall not be modified. The Employer may add additional requirements to address identified issues, informed by relevant environmental and social assessment.

The types of issues identified could include risks associated with: labour influx, spread of communicable diseases, and Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (SH) etc.

Delete this Box prior to issuance of the bidding documents.

 

 

 

 

We are the Contractor, [enter name of Contractor].  We have signed a contract with [enter name of Employer] for [enter description of the Facilities]. The Plant for the Facilities will be installed at [enter the Site]. Our contract requires us to implement measures to address environmental and social risks, related to the Installation Services i.e. services ancillary to the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, such as inland transportation, site preparation works/ associated civil works, installation, testing, precommissioning, commissioning, operations and maintenance etc. as the case may require.

This Code of Conduct is part of our measures to deal with environmental and social risks related to the Installation Services. 

All personnel that we utilize in the execution of the Contract, including staff, labor and other employees of us and of each Subcontractor, and any other personnel assisting us in the execution of the Contract, are referred to as Contractor’s Personnel.

This Code of Conduct identifies the behavior that we require from the Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located).

Our workplace is an environment where unsafe, offensive, abusive or violent behavior will not be tolerated and where all persons should feel comfortable raising issues or concerns without fear of retaliation.

REQUIRED CONDUCT

Contractor’s  Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located) shall:

  1. carry out his/her duties competently and diligently;
  2. comply with this Code of Conduct and all applicable laws, regulations and other requirements, including requirements to protect the health, safety and well-being of other Contractor’s Personnel and any other person;
  3. maintain a safe working environment including by:
    1. ensuring that workplaces, machinery, equipment and processes under each person’s control are safe and without risk to health;
    2. wearing required personal protective equipment;   
    3. using appropriate measures relating to chemical, physical and biological substances and agents; and
    4. following applicable emergency operating procedures.
  4. report work situations that he/she believes are not safe or healthy and remove himself/herself from a work situation which he/she reasonably believes presents an imminent and serious danger to his/her life or health;
  5. treat other people with respect, and not discriminate against specific groups such as women, people with disabilities, migrant workers or children;
  6. not engage in any form of sexual harassment including unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature with other Contractor’s or Employer’s Personnel;
  7. not engage in Sexual Exploitation, which means any actual or attempted abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation of another;
  8. not engage in in Sexual Abuse,  which means the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions;
  9. not engage in any form of sexual activity with individuals under the age of 18, except in case of pre-existing marriage;
  10. complete relevant training courses that will be provided related to the environmental and social aspects of the Contract, including on health and safety matters, and Sexual Exploitation and Abuse, and Sexual Harassment (SH);
  11.  report violations of this Code of Conduct; and
  12. not retaliate against any person who reports violations of this Code of Conduct, whether to us or the Employer, or who makes use of the grievance mechanism for Contractor’s Personnel or the project’s Grievance Redress Mechanism.

RAISING CONCERNS

If any person observes behavior that he/she believes may represent a violation of this Code of Conduct, or that otherwise concerns him/her, he/she should raise the issue promptly. This can be done in either of the following ways:

  1. Contact [enter name of the Contractor’s Social Expert with relevant experience in handling sexual exploitation, sexual abuse and sexual harassment cases, or if such person is not required under the Contract, another individual designated by the Contractor to handle these matters] in writing at this address [   ] or by telephone at [   ] or in person at [   ]; or
  2. Call [  ]  to reach the Contractor’s hotline (if any) and leave a message.

 

The person’s identity will be kept confidential, unless reporting of allegations is mandated by the country law. Anonymous complaints or allegations may also be submitted and will be given all due and appropriate consideration. We take seriously all reports of possible misconduct and will investigate and take appropriate action. We will provide warm referrals to service providers that may help support the person who experienced the alleged incident, as appropriate.

There will be no retaliation against any person who raises a concern in good faith about any behavior prohibited by this Code of Conduct.  Such retaliation would be a violation of this Code of Conduct. 

CONSEQUENCES OF VIOLATING THE CODE OF CONDUCT

Any violation of this Code of Conduct by the Contractor’s Personnel may result in serious consequences, up to and including termination and possible referral to legal authorities.

FOR CONTRACTOR’s PERSONNEL:

I have received a copy of this Code of Conduct written in a language that I comprehend.  I understand that if I have any questions about this Code of Conduct, I can contact [enter name of Contractor’s contact person(s) with relevant experience] requesting an explanation. 

Name of Contractor’s Personnel: [insert name]                                             Signature: __________________________________________________________

Date: (day month year): _______________________________________________

Countersignature of authorized representative of the Contractor:

Signature: ________________________________________________________

Date: (day month year): ______________________________________________

ATTACHMENT 1: Behaviors constituting SEA and behaviors constituting SH

 

 

 

ATTACHMENT 1 TO THE CODE OF CONDUCT FORM

 

BEHAVIORS CONSTITUTING SEXUAL EXPLOITATION AND ABUSE (SEA) AND BEHAVIORS CONSTITUTING SEXUAL HARASSMENT (SH)

 

The following non-exhaustive list is intended to illustrate types of prohibited behaviors.

  1. Examples of sexual exploitation and abuse include, but are not limited to:

 

  1. Examples of sexual harassment in a work context

 

 

 

Plant

 

Contractor’s Equipment

Form EQU

The Bidder shall provide adequate information to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability to meet the requirements for the key Contractor’s equipment listed in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. A separate Form shall be prepared for each item of equipment listed, or for alternative equipment proposed by the Bidder.

 

Item of equipment

 

Equipment information

Name of manufacturer

 

Model and power rating

 

Capacity

 

Year of manufacture

Current status

Current location

 

 

Details of current commitments

 

 

 

Source

Indicate source of the equipment

     o Owned        o Rented      o Leased         o Specially manufactured

 

Omit the following information for equipment owned by the Bidder.

 

Owner

Name of owner

 

Address of owner

 

 

 

 

Telephone

Contact name and title

 

Fax

Telex

Agreements

Details of rental / lease / manufacture agreements specific to the project

 

 

 

 

 

Functional Guarantees

Form FUNC

 

The Bidder shall copy in the left column of the table below, the identification of each functional guarantee required in the Specification and stated by the Employer in para. 1.2 (c) of Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, and in the right column, provide the corresponding value for each functional guarantee of the proposed plant and equipment.

 

Required Functional Guarantee

Value of Functional Guarantee of the Proposed Plant and Equipment

1.

 

2.

 

3.

 

…

 

 

 

Personnel

Form PER -1

Contractor’s Representative and other Key Personnel

Schedule

Bidders should provide the names of suitably qualified personnel to meet the specified requirements stated in Section VII. The data on their experience should be supplied using the Form below for each candidate.

*As listed in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.

Contractor’ Representative and Key Personnel

  1. 1.

Title of position: Contractor’s Representative

 

Name of candidate:

 

Duration of appointment:

[insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged]

 

Time commitment: for this position:

[insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position]

 

Expected time schedule for this position:

[insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart]

  1. 2.

Title of position: [Environmental Specialist]

 

Name of candidate:

 

Duration of appointment:

[insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged]

 

Time commitment: for this position:

[insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position]

 

Expected time schedule for this position:

[insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart]

  1. 3.

Title of position: [Health and Safety Specialist]

 

Name of candidate:

 

Duration of appointment:

[insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged]

 

Time commitment: for this position:

[insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position]

 

Expected time schedule for this position:

[insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart]

  1. 4.

Title of position: [Social Specialist]

 

Name of candidate: 

 

Duration of appointment:

[insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged]

 

Time commitment: for this position:

[insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position]

 

Expected time schedule for this position:

[insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart]

  1.  

Title of position: Sexual Exploitation, Abuse and Harassment Expert

 [Where a Project SEA risks are assessed to be substantial or high, key personnel shall include an expert/s with relevant experience in addressing sexual exploitation, sexual abuse and sexual harassment  cases]

 

Name of candidate

 

Duration of appointment:

[insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged]

 

Time commitment: for this position:

[insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position]

 

Expected time schedule for this position:

[insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart]

7.

Title of position: [insert title]

 

 

 

Form PER-2

 

Resume of Proposed Personnel 

Name of Bidder

 

 

Position

 

Personnel information

Name

 

Date of birth

 

Professional qualifications

 

Present employment

Name of employer

 

 

Address of employer

 

 

Telephone

 

Contact (manager / personnel officer)

 

Fax

 

E-mail

 

Job title

 

Years with present employer

 

Summarize professional experience over the last 20 years, in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical and managerial experience relevant to the project.

From

To

Company / Project / Position / Relevant technical and management experience

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed Subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and Installation Services

 

A list of major items of Plant and Installation Services is provided below.

 

The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are proposed for carrying out the item of the facilities indicated.  Bidders are free to propose more than one for each item

 

 

Major Items of Plant and Installation Services

Proposed Subcontractors/Manufacturers

Nationality

11kV auto reclosers supply

 

 

Telecommunications equipment (data radios and antennas)

 

 

Overhead line construction

 

 

Protection and SCADA

 

 

 

 

Others - Time Schedule

(to be used by Bidder when alternative Time for Completion is invited in ITB 13.2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bidders Qualification without prequalification

To establish its qualifications to perform the contract in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding Information Sheets included hereunder.

 

Form ELI 1.1

Bidder Information Sheet

Date:  ______________________

RFB No.: ___________________

Page ________ of _______ pages

 

1.  Bidder’s Legal Name

 

2.  In case of JV, legal name of each party:

 

3.  Bidder’s actual or intended Country of Registration:

4.  Bidder’s Year of Registration:

5.  Bidder’s Legal Address in Country of Registration:

 

6.  Bidder’s Authorized Representative Information

     Name:

     Address:

     Telephone/Fax numbers:

     Email Address:

 

7. Attached are copies of original documents of

    Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or documents of registration of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4

    In case of JV, letter of intent to form JV or JV agreement, in accordance with ITB 4.1

    In case of state-owned enterprise or institution, in accordance with ITB 4.6, documents establishing:

  • Legal and financial autonomy
  • Operation under commercial law
  • Establishing that the Bidder is not under the supervision of the Employer

8. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. The successful Bidder shall provide additional information on beneficial ownership, using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form.

 

 

Form ELI 1.2

Party to JV Information Sheet

Date: ______________________

RFB No.: ___________________

Page ________ of_ ______ pages

 

1.  Bidder’s Legal Name:

 

2.  JV’s Party legal name:

3.  JV’s Party Country of Registration:

4. JV’s Party Year of Registration:

 

5.  JV’s Party Legal Address in Country of Registration:

 

6.  JV’s Party Authorized Representative Information

Name:

Address:

Telephone/Fax numbers:

Email Address:

 

7. Attached are copies of original documents of

    Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or registration documents of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4.

   In case of a state-owned enterprise or institution, documents establishing legal and financial autonomy, operation in accordance with commercial law, and that they are not under the supervision of the Employer, in accordance with ITB 4.6.

8. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. The successful Bidder shall provide additional information on beneficial ownership for each JV member using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form.

 

 

 

Form CON – 2

Historical Contract Non-Performance, Pending Litigation and Litigation History

Bidder’s Legal Name:  _______________________                                              Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name:  _______________________            ___________________

RFB No.:  __________________

Page _______ of _______ pages

 

Non-Performed Contracts in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

    Contract non-performance did not occur since 1st January [insert year] specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.1.

    Contract(s) not performed since 1st January [insert year] specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.1

Year

Non- performed portion of contract

Contract Identification

 

Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent)

[insert year]

[insert amount and percentage]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Reason(s) for nonperformance: [indicate main reason(s)]

[insert amount]

Pending Litigation, in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

   No pending litigation in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.3.

   Pending litigation in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.3 as indicated below.

 

 

 

Year of dispute

Amount in dispute (currency)

Contract Identification

Total Contract Amount (currency), USD Equivalent (exchange rate)

 

 

Contract Identification: _________

Name of Employer: ____________

Address of Employer: __________

Matter in dispute: ______________

Party who initiated the dispute: ____

Status of dispute: ___________

 

 

 

Contract Identification:

Name of Employer:

Address of Employer:

Matter in dispute:

Party who initiated the dispute:

Status of dispute:

 

Litigation History in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

        No Litigation History in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.4.

        Litigation History in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.4 as indicated below.

Year of award

Outcome as percentage of Net Worth

Contract Identification

Total Contract Amount (currency), USD Equivalent (exchange rate)

[insert year]

[insert percentage]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name, number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Matter in dispute: [indicate main issues in dispute]

Party who initiated the dispute: [indicate “Employer” or “Contractor”]

Reason(s) for Litigation and award decision [indicate main reason(s)]

[insert amount]

      

 

 

 

Form CON – 3

Environmental and Social Performance Declaration

[The following table shall be filled in for the Bidder, each member of a Joint Venture and each Specialized Subcontractor]

Bidder’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Joint Venture Member’s or Specialized Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
RFB No. and title: [insert RFB number and title]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages

Environmental and Social Performance Declaration

in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

  No suspension or termination of contract: An employer has not suspended or terminated a contract and/or called the performance security for a contract for reasons related to Environmental or Social (ES) performance since the date specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.5.

  Declaration of suspension or termination of contract:  The following contract(s) has/have been suspended or terminated and/or Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to Environmental or Social (ES) performance since the date specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.5. Details are described below:

Year

Suspended or terminated portion of contract

Contract Identification

 

Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent)

[insert year]

[insert amount and percentage]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main reason(s) e.g., gender-based violence; sexual exploitation or sexual abuse breaches]

[insert amount]

[insert year]

[insert amount and percentage]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main reason(s)]

[insert amount]

…

…

[list all applicable contracts]

…

Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to ES performance

Year

Contract Identification

 

Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent)

[insert year]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Reason(s) for calling of performance security: [indicate main reason(s) e.g., for gender-based violence; sexual exploitation, or sexual abuse breaches]

[insert amount]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form CON – 4

Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment Performance Declaration

[The following table shall be filled in by the Bidder, each member of a Joint Venture and each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder]

Bidder’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Joint Venture Member’s or Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
RFB No. and title: [insert RFB number and title]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages

SEA and/or SH Declaration

in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

We:

¨ (a) have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations

¨  (b) are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations

¨ (c) had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor.

[If (c) above is applicable, attach evidence of an arbitral award reversing the findings on the issues underlying the disqualification.]

 

 

 

 

 

Form CCC

Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress

Bidders and each member to a JV should provide information on their current commitments on all contracts that have been awarded, or for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or for contracts approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full completion certificate has yet to be issued.

 

Name of contract

Employer, contact address/tel/fax

Value of outstanding work (current US$ equivalent)

Estimated completion date

Average monthly invoicing over last six months
(US$/month)

1.

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

 

 

 

 

etc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form FIN – 3.1

Financial Situation

Historical Financial Performance

Bidder’s Legal Name: _______________________                                               Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name: _______________________                                 RFB   No.:  __________________

Page _______ of _______ pages

To be completed by the Bidder and, if JV, by each member

Financial information in US$ equivalent

Historic information for previous ______ (__) years

 (US$ equivalent in 000s)

 

2022/23

2023/24

2024/25

Avg.

Avg. Ratio

Information from Balance Sheet

Total Assets (TA)

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities (TL)

 

 

 

 

Net Worth (NW)

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets (CA)

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities (CL)

 

 

 

 

Information from Income Statement

Total Revenue (TR)

 

 

 

 

 

Profits Before Taxes (PBT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attached are copies of financial statements (balance sheets, including all related notes, and income statements) for the years required above complying with the following conditions:

  1. Must reflect the financial situation of the Bidder or member to a JV, and not sister or parent companies
  2. Historic financial statements must be audited by a certified accountant
  3. Historic financial statements must be complete, including all notes to the financial statements
  4. Historic financial statements must correspond to accounting periods already completed and audited (no statements for partial periods shall be requested or accepted)

 

 

 

 

Form FIN – 3.2

Average Annual Turnover

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                                      Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name: ____________________________                           RFB No.:  __________________  

                                                                                      Page _______ of _______ pages

 

Annual turnover data 

Year

Amount and Currency

US$ equivalent

2022/23

 _________________________________________

____________________

2023/24

 _________________________________________

____________________

2024/25

 _________________________________________

____________________

*Average Annual Turnover

 _________________________________________

____________________

 

*Average annual turnover calculated as total certified payments received for work in progress or completed, divided by the number of years specified in Section III, Evaluation Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.3.2.

 

 

Form FIN3.3

Financial Resources

Specify proposed sources of financing, such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means, net of current commitments, available to meet the total cash flow demands of the subject contract or contracts as indicated in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

Source of financing

Amount (US$ equivalent)

1.

 

 

2.

 

 

3.

 

 

4.

 

 

 

 

Form EXP 4.1

Experience

General Experience

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ____________________________                                  Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name:  ____________________________                          RFB No.:  __________________

                                                                                      Page _______ of _______ pages

 

Starting Month / Year

Ending Month / Year

 

 Years*

Contract Identification

 

Role of Bidder

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the  contract performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the  contract  performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the   contract performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the  contract performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the   contract  performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the   contract   performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

*List calendar year for years with contracts with at least nine (9) months activity per year starting with the earliest year

Form EXP –4.2(a)

Specific Experience

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                                      Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name: _________________________                                 RFB No.:  __________________  

                                                                                      Page _______ of _______ pages

 

Similar Contract Number:  ___ of ___ required.

 

Information

Contract Identification

 

_______________________________________

Award date

Completion date

 

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

 

 

 

Role in Contract

Prime Contractor

Member in
JV

 

Management Contractor

Subcontractor

 

Total contract amount

US$__________

If member in a JV or subcontractor, specify participation of total contract amount

 

______%

 

 

___________

 

US$_______

 

Employer’s Name:

 

_______________________________________

Address:

 

Telephone/fax number:

E-mail:

 

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

       

 

 

 

Form EXP –4.2(a) (cont.)

Specific Experience (cont.)

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                    Page _______ of _______ pages

JV Member Legal Name:  ___________________________

 

Similar Contract No. __[insert specific number] of [total number of contracts] ___ required

Information

Description of the similarity in accordance with Sub-Factor 4.2a) of Section III:

 

Amount

_________________________________

Physical size

_________________________________

Complexity

_________________________________

Methods/Technology

_________________________________

Physical Production Rate

 

_________________________________

 

 

 

 

Form EXP –4.2(b)

Specific Experience in Key Activities

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                                      Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name: _________________________                                 RFB No.:  __________________  

Subcontractor’s Legal Name: ______________          Page _______ of _______ pages

 

 

Information

Contract Identification

_______________________________________

Award date

Completion date

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

Role in Contract

Prime Contractor

Management Contractor

 

Subcontractor

 

Total contract amount

US$________

If member in a JV or subcontractor, specify participation of total contract amount

 

__________%

 

_____________

 

US$________

Employer’s Name:

_______________________________________

Address:

 

Telephone/fax number:

E-mail:

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

 

 

Form EXP –4.2 (b)(cont.)

Specific Experience in Key Activities (cont.)

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                    Page _______ of _______ pages

JV Member Legal Name:  ___________________________

Subcontractor’s Legal Name: __________________________

 

 

Information

Description of the key activities in accordance with Sub-Factor 4.2b) of Section III:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form EXP –4.2(c)

Specific Experience in Managing ES aspects and any additional sustainable procurement aspects

 

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                                      Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name: _________________________                                 RFB No.:  __________________  

Subcontractor’s Legal Name: ______________          Page _______ of _______ pages

        1. Key Requirement no 1 in accordance with 4.2 (c): __

____________________

Contract Identification

 

Award date

 

Completion date

 

Role in Contract

 

Prime Contractor

Member in
JV

Management Contractor

Subcontractor

Total Contract Amount

                                                          US$ ____________

Details of relevant experience

 

        1. Key Requirement no 2 in accordance with 4.2 (c): ______________________
        2. Key Requirement no 3 in accordance with 4.2 (c): ______________________

 

 

 

 

Form of Bid Security

Form of Bid Security – Bank Guarantee

 

[The bank shall fill in this Bank Guarantee Form in accordance with the instructions indicated.]

 

[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

Beneficiary:  [Employer to insert its name and address]

RFB No.:[Employer to insert reference number for the Request for Bids]

Alternative No.: [Insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]

Date:[Insert date of issue]

BID GUARANTEE No.:[Insert guarantee reference number]

Guarantor:  [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]

We have been informed that ______ [insert name of the Bidder, which in the case of a joint venture shall be the name of the joint venture (whether legally constituted or prospective) or the names of all members thereof](hereinafter called "the Applicant") has submitted or will submit to the Beneficiary its Bid (hereinafter called "the Bid") for the execution of ________________ under RFB No. ____________

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Beneficiary’s conditions, Bids must be supported by a Bid guarantee.

At the request of the Applicant, we, as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of ___________ (____________) upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand, supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that either the Bidder:

(a)     has withdrawn its Bid prior to the Bid validity expiry date set forth in the Applicant’s Letter of Bid, or any extended date provided by the Applicant; or

(b)    having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Beneficiary prior to the expiry date of the Bid validity or any extension thereto provided by the Applicant, (i) has failed to execute the Contract Agreement, or (ii) has failed to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders (“ITB”) of the Beneficiary’s bidding document.

This guarantee will expire: (a) if the Applicant is the successful Bidder, upon our receipt of copies of the contract agreement signed by the Applicant and the Performance Security issued to the Beneficiary in relation to such contract agreement; or (b) if the Applicantis not the successful Bidder, upon the earlier of (i) our receipt of a copy of the Beneficiary’s notification to the Applicant of the results of the Bidding process; or (ii)twenty-eight days after the expiry date of the Bid validity.

Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at the office indicated above on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758.

 

_____________________________

[Signature(s)]

Note:  All italicized text is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.

 

 

Manufacturer’s Authorization

 

Date: __________________

RFB No.: _________________

To:  ________________________

WHEREAS

 

We ___________________, who are official manufacturers of____________________, having factories at _____________________, do hereby authorize ______________________ to submit a Bid the purpose of which is to provide the following goods, manufactured by us _______________________, and to subsequently negotiate and sign the Contract.

 

We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty in accordance with Clause 27 of the General Conditions, with respect to the goods offered by the above firm.

 

Signed: _______________________________________

 

 

Name: ______________________________________       

 

Title:______________________________________

 

Duly authorized to sign this Authorization on behalf of: ______________________________________

 

Dated on ____________ day of __________________, _______

 

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE DOCUMENT

The Bidder must prepare this Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing the Bidder’s complete name and business address.

Note: All italicized text is to help Bidders in preparing this form.


Letter of Bid - Financial Part

 

Date of this Bid submission: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid submission]

Request for Bid No.: [insert identification]

Alternative No.: [insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]

 

To: [insert complete name of Employer]

 

We, the undersigned, hereby submit the second part of our Bid, the Bid Price and Bill of Quantities. This accompanies the Letter of Bid- Technical Part.

In submitting our Bid, we make the following additional declarations:

  1. Bid Validity: Our Bid shall be valid until [insert day, month and year in accordance with ITB 19.1], and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time on or before this date;
  2. Total Price: The total price of our Bid, excluding any discounts offered in item (f) below is: [Insert one of the options below as appropriate]

[Option 1, in case of one lot:]  Total price is: [insert the total price of the Bid in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies];

Or

[Option 2, in case of multiple lots:] (a) Total price of each lot [insert the total price of each lot in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies]; and (b) Total price of all lots (sum of all lots) [insert the total price of all lots in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies];

  1. Discounts: The discounts offered and the methodology for their application are:

(i) The discounts offered are: [Specify in detail each discount offered]

(ii) The exact method of calculations to determine the net price after application of discounts is shown below: [Specify in detail the method that shall be used to apply the discounts];

  1. Commissions, gratuities and fees: We have paid, or will pay the following commissions, gratuities, or fees with respect to the Bidding process or execution of the Contract: [insert complete name of each Recipient, its full address, the reason for which each commission or gratuity was paid and the amount and currency of each such commission or gratuity].

   

Name of Recipient

Address

Reason

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(If none has been paid or is to be paid, indicate “none.”)

 

Name of the Bidder:*[insert complete name of  the Bidder]

Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: ** [insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]

Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]

Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]

Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]

 

*: In the case of the Bid submitted by a Joint Venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder.

**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder. The power of attorney shall be attached with the Bid Schedules

 

 

 

Schedule of Rates and Prices

Price schedule to be accessed from the following link:

11kV Auto Reclosers

Schedule No. 1.  Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad

 

 

Country of Origin Declaration Form

 

 

Schedule No. 2.  Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within the Employer’s Country

 

 

 

1 Specify currency in accordance with specifications in Bid Data Sheet under ITB 18.1

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule No. 3.  Design Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule No. 4.  Installation and Other Services

 

 

 

Schedule No. 5.  Grand Summary

 

 

 

 

 

Price Adjustment

 

If price adjustment applies in accordance with ITB 17.9, the Bidder shall indicate the sources of indices and source of exchange rate (if applicable) and the base date indices in its Bid.

Item

Source of Indices

Base date Indices

Source of exchnage rate (if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section V - Eligible Countries

 

Eligibility for the Provision of Goods, Works and Non-Consulting Services in
Bank-Financed Procurement

 

In reference to ITB 4.8 and 5.1, for the information of the Bidders, at the present time firms, goods and services from the following countries are excluded from this Bidding process: None

Under ITB 4.8 (a) and 5.1: None


 

 

Section VI - Fraud and Corruption

(this Section shall not be changed)

 

  1. Purpose
    1. The Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines and this annex apply with respect to procurement under Bank Investment Project Financing operations.
  2. Requirements
  1. The Bank requires that Borrowers (including beneficiaries of Bank financing); bidders (applicants/proposers), consultants, contractors and suppliers; any sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers or suppliers; any agents (whether declared or not); and any of their personnel, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement process, selection and contract execution of Bank-financed contracts, and refrain from Fraud and Corruption.
  2. To this end, the Bank:
  1. Defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows:
  1. “corrupt practice” is the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party;
  2. “fraudulent practice” is any act or omission, including misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;
  3. “collusive practice” is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to achieve an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of another party;
  4. “coercive practice” is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a party;
  5. “obstructive practice” is:
  1. deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering, or concealing of evidence material to the investigation or making false statements to investigators in order to materially impede a Bank investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive, or collusive practice; and/or threatening, harassing, or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation; or
  2. acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights provided for under paragraph 2.2 e. below.
  1. Rejects a proposal for award if the Bank determines that the firm or individual recommended for award, any of its personnel, or its agents, or its sub-consultants, sub-contractors, service providers, suppliers and/ or their employees, has, directly or indirectly, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices in competing for the contract in question;
  2. In addition to the legal remedies set out in the relevant Legal Agreement, may take other appropriate actions, including declaring misprocurement, if the Bank determines at any time that representatives of the Borrower or of a recipient of any part of the proceeds of the loan engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices during the procurement process, selection and/or execution of the contract in question,  without the Borrower having taken timely and appropriate action satisfactory to the Bank to address such practices when they occur, including by failing to inform the Bank in a timely manner at the time  they knew of the practices;
  3. Pursuant to the Bank’s Anti- Corruption Guidelines and in accordance with the Bank’s prevailing sanctions policies and procedures, may sanction a firm or individual, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, including by publicly declaring such firm or individual ineligible (i) to be awarded or otherwise benefit from a Bank-financed contract, financially or in any other manner;[9] (ii) to be a nominated[10] sub-contractor, consultant, manufacturer or supplier, or service provider of an otherwise eligible firm being awarded a Bank-financed contract; and (iii) to receive the proceeds of any loan made by the Bank or otherwise to participate further in the preparation or implementation of any Bank-financed project;
  4. Requires that a clause be included in bidding/request for proposals documents and in contracts financed by a Bank loan, requiring (i) bidders (applicants/proposers), consultants, contractors, and suppliers, and their sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers, suppliers, agents, personnel, permit the Bank to inspect[11] all accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurement process, selection and/or contract execution, and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Bank.

 

PART 2 - Employer’s Requirements

 

Section VII - Employer’s Requirements

 

Contents

Scope of Supply of Plant and Installation Services by the Contractor. 160

Specification. 161

Forms and Procedures. 168

Form of Completion Certificate. 169

Change Order Procedure and Forms. 171

Change Order Procedure. 172

Annex 1.  Request for Change Proposal 173

Annex 2.  Estimate for Change Proposal 175

Annex 3.  Acceptance of Estimate. 177

Annex 4.  Change Proposal 178

Annex 5.  Change Order 181

Annex 7.  Application for Change Proposal 184

Drawings. 186

Supplementary Information. 187

 

 

 

 

Scope of Supply of Plant and Installation Services by the Contractor

The scope covers the design, supply, equipment installation and commissioning of the 13 pole mounted 11kV auto-reclosers as per the configuration shown in the figure below. The scope highlighted below is a guide to the bidder and any tasks necessary to deliver the project as per the bidder’s design should be included in the scope to be submitted.

 

 

    1. Design

 

The following is to be done by the supplier.

  1. Prepare design report and drawings for the structure to replace existing auto-reclosers with fully remotely operated breakers. The same design to be also used in the proposed new sites. (One Standard Structure – To be used in all 13 structures).
  2. Design and install an earthing system where the earth resistance should be less than 5 ohms.
  3. Drawings to be approved by EEC prior to installation.
  4. Specify interface between pole mount Control Unit and Breaker
  5. Capture coordinates of the different points where the remotely controlled auto-reclosers will be installed and check for UHF signal availability in all the sites.
  6. Do frequency planning for UHF Data radios to be used for communication between SCADA – NCC and Control Unit.

Note: In certain instances, use the nearest substation with UMUX Interface.

    1. Procurement:

The following will have to be procured for the project.

Externally (Provided by supplier):

  1. 13 Remotely controlled auto recloser breakers, accessories, software and licencing. The general circuit breaker specification is included under ‘Specifications.’ This includes the Control Units and Switchgear.
  2. Data radios with UHF antennas (Depending on frequency planning) , accessories, software and licencing.
  3. Depending on interface between radios, control unit and breaker – supplier to provide interface cables and accessories.
  4. Single phase Power cables and accessories.
  5. 11kV Lightning arrestors
  6. labels – danger signs
  7. 11kV Isolating links
  8. Overhead line material and accessories

 

Internal (To be supplied by EEC).

  1. Procure D10 poles (10) limited to 4 structures per site with the relevant cross–arm depending on design.
  2. Earthing equipment for all 13 sites (camo conductor, spikes, clamps, lugs for camo conductor, conductive cement). Ensure earth resistance for site is less than 5 Ohms – depending on design.
  3. 13 of 16kVA single phase transformers, combi units, LV MCB, pole mounted boxes.
  4. ACSR overhead conductor Hare and Mink
    1. Installation and Commissioning

Construction (Supplier):     

  1. Dismantling of existing 13 structures where applicable.
  2. Erect the up the pole structure per site in all the identified 13 structures.
  3. Install, test and commission Auto recloser and mount control unit.
  4. String ACSR and install corresponding dropout fuses.
  5. Ensure all equipment in structure is properly earthed and take earth resistance for record keeping. (Earth resistance to be below 5 Ohms)
  6. Install, test and commission 16kVA transformers and corresponding MV LV equipment
  7. Recover old recloser for disposal / keeping as spare (to be done by EEC).
  8. Installation of bypass gang switch and structure (to be done by EEC).

 

Protection (bidder):

  1. Configure the breaker and prepare it for interface with the SCADA System.
  2. Ensure all analogue and digital points are ready for the SCADA department.
  3. Commission the breaker with the SCADA department.

 

Telecommunications (Supplier):

  1. Install Data radio with all accessories (Antenna, feeder cable, and interface to Control Unit) and ensure connectivity to NCC.
  2. Configure the Data radio.
  3. Commission link to NCC.
  4. Ensure all the radio equipment is properly earthed.

 

SCADA (Supplier):

  1. Build all the breakers in the main SCADA System together with EEC personnel.
  2. Mount Control Unit and configure it for remote operation to NCC.
  3. Ensure proper earthing of all SCADA equipment and provide power backup for Control Unit.
  4. Test and Commission the auto recloser to NCC with EEC personnel.
  5. Prepare final documentation for all the SCADA related equipment.
  6. Update the network diagram as per procedure for all new projects (to be done by EEC).
    1. Training

Provide formal training on the equipment as well. This should be specified in the quotation for the project. The training should be done before project implementation (State the period for training on the breaker, control unit and any other training that might be required for the project). Training should cover 25 technicians from the different sections internally (SCADA, Protection, Switchgear, Distribution, Telecoms).

  1. METHODOLOGY

The bidders are expected to provide a methodology showing how the design, construction, installation and commissioning exercise will be carried out. Include block diagrams where appropriate showing how the entire system integrates. This will indicate the level of understanding of what is expected from the Plant design, supply and installation Contractor.

 

 

 

Specification

This specification covers the requirements for an automatic electrically controlled three phase vacuum recloser for distribution systems. The recloser is intended for radial, loop, and meshed networks.

    1. Quality Assurance

 

3.2.1 Manufacturer qualifications: The chosen manufacturer shall have at least 10 years’ experience in manufacturing vacuum reclosers. The manufacturer of the reclosers shall be completely and solely responsible for the performance of the reclosers as a complete integrated assembly as rated.

3.2.2 Main recloser components such as circuit breaker, vacuum interrupters, current and voltage sensors, control cubicle and software shall be manufactured by the same manufacturer.

3.2.3 The manufacturer shall be able to submit the confirmation of certification or ratings of the reclosers upon request.

3.2.4 The recloser shall be manufactured and type tested according to requirements of applicable industry standards:

            a) IEC 62271-111

            b) IEEE C37.60

3.2.5 The recloser manufacturing process shall be complying with the standard ISO 9001, Quality Management System.

3.2.6 The type test reports should be issued not more than 5 years before the submission date.

3.2.7 The manufacturer shall provide minimum 5-year warranty for all components provided.

3.2.8 The circuit breaker shall be maintenance free over a total life expectancy.

 

3.3   Delivery, storage, and handling

3.3.1 Packing components shall not contain any materials that are hazardous to the environment or personnel. No special methods of disposal shall be required.

3.3.2 All recloser components including circuit breaker, control cubicle, installation frame, pole interface provisions, fasteners shall be delivered in a single package made of recyclable materials.

3.3.3 The package gross weight shall not exceed 300 kg.

3.3.4 It shall be possible to stack at least two original packages during transportation and storage.

3.3.5 The package shall allow stapling and outdoor storage in case indoor storage is unavailable. Unpacked and assembled equipment shall be storable outdoor for not less than 1 year without additional treatment before installation.

3.3.6 All recloser components shall be installed, assembled, and tested in accordance with the requirements of current specification. The recloser shall be delivered fully assembled on the mounting frame and ready for the installation. 

3.3.7 The recloser installation kit shall be designed to reduce the number of lifting operations.

3.4 Technical Specification

3.4.1 General

3.4.1.1 Technical parameters

a)

Rated maximum voltage, kV

12…15

d)

Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage (peak), kV

110

e)

Rated continuous current, A

630

h)

Rated short-circuit breaking current, kA

16

i)

Rated peak withstand current, kA

41.6

j)

Rated short time withstand current, kA

16

k)

Rated duration of short circuit, s

4

l)

Rated frequency, Hz

50

 

3.4.1.2 Power supply characteristics

a)

Supply voltage range shall not be less than, V

85 … 265 AC

110 … 220 DC

b)

Rated power consumption shall not exceed, VA

40

c)

Maximum power consumption shall not exceed, VA

75

d)

Duration of operation without auxiliary supply shall be not less than, hours

48

3.4.2 Recloser control

3.4.2.1 The recloser operation shall be controlled by electronic control modules.

3.4.2.2 The recloser control shall provide the following functions: measurement, protection, monitoring, and remote communication.

3.4.2.3 The recloser control air circulation and dehydration shall be organized to avoid using any humidity control devices or heaters.

3.4.2.4 The external and internal doors shall be able to be securely fixed in the open position.

3.4.2.5 It shall be possible to connect the laptop with configuration software by means of serial interface (USB, RS232).

3.4.2.6 Ethernet (RJ45), Optical Ethernet (SC) SCADA and wireless local engineering access interfaces (Bluetooth, Wi-Fi) shall be available for ordering optionally.

3.4.2.7 The recloser control shall be equipped with a prewired provision for power supply outlet installation. Socket shall be MCB protected.

3.4.2.8 The recloser control shall be equipped with a removable provision for communication equipment installation. It shall be located at the top of the controller and provide at least 326x180x108mm space for communication equipment. Stationary provision is not accepted.

3.4.2.9 The recloser control shall be equipped with the control panel module. The module shall provide local control and indication functions by LED, display, and buttons.

3.4.2.10 The local control panel module shall be equipped with USB A interface.

3.4.2.11 The control panel box shall have a provision for a padlock.

3.4.3 Rechargeable Battery

3.4.3.1 The recloser shall be supplied with rechargeable battery to provide the recloser control with auxiliary power when the main auxiliary power is not present.

3.4.3.2 The battery shall be of a sealed lead acid.

3.4.4.3 The battery shall provide ten full auto reclosing cycles for the recloser without auxiliary power supply.

3.4.4 Protection

The auto-recloser shall have the following protection functionalities but not limited to:

  1. Cold load pickup
  2. Source detector
  3. Combined overcurrent and earth fault auto-reclosing
  4. Directional phase overcurrent
  5. Directional sensitive earth fault
  6. Directional earth fault
  7. Loss of supply
  8. Zone sequence coordination
  9. Voltage and current unbalance
  10. Under-voltage and over voltage auto reclosing

 

3.4.5 Communication

The recloser control shall provide:

3.4.5.1 PMR Telecoms Integration

1 General Integration

  1. Turnkey Connectivity Responsibility: The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the complete end-to-end integration of each Pole-Mounted Recloser (PMR) into the Employer’s existing telecoms network via the DNP3 protocol over a 12.5 kHz licensed radio channel.

 

  1. Scope of Supply: The Contractor shall provide a fully operational, integrated telemetry solution. The Contractor’s scope of supply shall include all hardware, software, licenses, interfaces, and equipment required to establish communication between the PMR and the designated access point, with the sole exception of the physical radio frequency license.

 

2 Equipment and Hardware Requirements

  1. Telemetry Equipment Supply: If an existing Employer-owned Trio QB Access Point has the RF and protocol capacity to absorb the new PMR(s), the Contractor shall supply only the remote-end equipment. This includes, but is not limited to:
  2. Greenfield Access Point Provisions: If the Employer determines that existing Access Points cannot absorb the new PMR(s) due to capacity, bandwidth limitations or geographical line-of-sight constraints, the Contractor shall design and supply a completely new network node. In this scenario, the Contractor’s scope shall expand to include:

 

  1. Radio Frequency and Licensing
  1. Employer Responsibility: The Employer will retain ownership of the radio spectrum (400 – 430MHz). Should the Contractor’s network design or capacity calculations necessitate a new operating frequency, the Employer will undertake and finance the procurement of the new frequency license from the local regulatory authority.
  2. Contractor Responsibility: The Contractor must formally notify the Employer in writing during the engineering design phase if a new frequency or access point is required. The Contractor shall provide all technical data necessary for the Employer to file the regulatory spectrum application.

 

3.4.5.2 SCADA/Telemetry Integration

  1. General
    1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the telemetry configuration and commissioning of the PMR, aligned to the protocol requirements between the SCADA master and the PMR.
    2. The configuration shall align with the standard addressing requirements for each site
    3. The Controller/control panel shall have a Type M plug for 230VAC, to allow laptop use on-site.
  2. Protocols
    1. The protocol of communication shall be DNP3.0 (Subset Level 3) via the telecoms backbone.
    2. IEC 60870-5-101 and IEC 60870-5-104 shall be available options for client-server communication.
    3. The PMR controller shall be configurable for unsolicited communication or reporting to the master.
    4. The controller shall be configured for time synchronization with the master or where possible or practical via a GPS based local clock

 

  1. Interfaces/ Ports

 

The PMR panel/controller shall have the following interfaces/ports

 

Port

Physical Interface

Typical Use

USB

USB Type-B (front panel)

Local engineering

RS-232 Port

DB9

SCADA serial communications (DNP3 Serial, IEC60870-5-101)

Ethernet

RJ45 10/100 Mbps

SCADA over DNP3 TCP, IEC 60870-5-104

RS-485

Optional

Third-party modem or serial communications

 

  1. Cybersecurity

The following are key cybersecurity requirements;

 

 

Environmental and Social (ES) requirements

The project Environmental and Social Safeguards and tentative Contractor – Environment & Social Management Plan templates can be accessed in the following link:

11kV Auto Reclosers

1. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall comply with all environmental impact prevention and mitigation measures outlined in the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) as described herein. Where there is a conflict of requirements, the prevention and mitigation measures listed in the ESMF shall govern.

The Contractor (and sub-contractors) will need to adopt this ESMF and prepare a comprehensive Contractor’s (Construction) Environment and Social Management Plan (CESMP) that will provide the key reference point for compliance.

The Project Applicant, namely the EEC, is responsible for ensuring that the Contractor Team’s execution of the construction phase activities is compliant with the conditions of the ESMF and CESMP. The Contractor must therefore ensure compliance with the ESMF, CESMP, LMP, SEP, SEA/SH Action Plan, GRM Procedure and the OCHSIP at all times during construction activities and maintain environmental and social incidents and GRM registers which keeps a record of all environmental and social incidents as well as community/worker grievances that occur on the site during the installation of the 11kV auto reclosers contracts. These incidents may include:

The Contractor is also responsible for the implementation of corrective actions issued by the Employer within a reasonable or agreed upon period of time.

Within the first 15 days following contract signing, the Contractor shall present an C-ESMP Implementation Plan. The Plan shall be submitted to the Employer for approval prior to the start of the construction works. The Contractor ESMP shall contain, at a minimum but not limited to, the following components:

Any deviations from the approved Contractor’s (Construction) ESMP must be submitted to the Employer for approval.

 

 

 

Compliance with requirements established in General Condition of Contract (GCC)

The Environmental and Social requirements shall be prepared in a manner that does not conflict with the relevant General Conditions of Contract and Particular Conditions of Contract, and in particular:

 

GCC

 Sub-Clause/Clause

Remarks

9.10

Training of Contractor’s Personnel

The Contractor shall ensure that all Contractor personnel receive mandatory training on Environmental and Social (E&S) requirements prior to commencement of works. Training shall include, at a minimum: (i) CESMP obligations; (ii) pollution prevention and waste management; (iii) community health and safety risks; (iv) SEA/SH awareness and Code of Conduct; (v) grievance redress procedures; and (vi) emergency preparedness and response. Refresher training and toolbox talks shall be conducted periodically.

20

Design and Engineering

The Contractor shall ensure that all designs comply with applicable national legislation, Environmental Authorization conditions, and World Bank ESF requirements (particularly ESS4). Designs shall: (i) incorporate climate resilience measures (e.g. flood risk, extreme weather tolerance); (ii) ensure universal access where applicable; (iii) minimize environmental footprint and vegetation clearing; (iv) assess and mitigate risks to the public from operational hazards; and (v) comply with applicable engineering and safety certification standards. All designs shall be reviewed and approved prior to implementation.

 

22.2.4

Rates of wages and conditions of labor

The Contractor shall comply with the Labour Management Procedures (LMP), national labour laws, and ESS2 requirements. This includes: (i) fair wages in line with national minimum standards; (ii) safe and decent working conditions; (iii) prohibition of child labour and forced labour; (iv) non-discrimination and equal opportunity; and (v) provision of written contracts to all workers.

 

22.2.6

Facilities for Staff and Labor

The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for all personnel, including: (i) safe drinking water; (ii) sanitary and washing facilities segregated where appropriate; (iii) waste management systems; (iv) first aid and medical access; and (v) where accommodation is required, it shall meet GIIP and national standards. Facilities shall be culturally appropriate and accessible, and shall not create environmental or social risks to surrounding communities (ESS2 & ESS4).

 

22.8

Security of the Site

The Contractor shall establish security arrangements consistent with ESS4 and GIIP. Security measures shall be proportionate to the level of risk and shall respect human rights. The Contractor shall: (i) avoid use of excessive force; (ii) train security personnel on Code of Conduct and SEA/SH prevention; (iii) coordinate with local authorities; and (iv) ensure security does not restrict community access unnecessarily. All incidents involving security personnel shall be recorded and reported.

 

22.9

Protection of the Environment

The Contractor shall implement all necessary measures to prevent pollution and environmental degradation in accordance with ESS3 and national legislation. The following limits and controls shall apply:

  1. Hazardous materials must be stored in bunded areas;
  2.  Dust emissions shall be controlled to prevent nuisance beyond site boundaries;
  3.  Noise levels shall comply with national standards and approved working hours;
  4. All waste shall be segregated and disposed of at licensed facilities; and
  5. Fuel and oil spills shall be contained and remediated immediately. The CESMP shall define monitoring measures, thresholds, and corrective actions.

 

22.11

Cultural Heritage Findings

 

The Contractor shall implement a Chance Finds Procedure in accordance with ESS8. In the event of discovery of cultural heritage resources:

  1. All works shall stop immediately in the affected area;
  2. The site shall be secured;
  3.  Relevant authorities shall be notified; and

Works shall only resume upon formal clearance.

  1. Workers shall be trained on recognizing and reporting chance finds.

 

2. Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Requirements

The Contractor shall establish and implement an Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Programme as part of the CESMP to ensure compliance with environmental requirements and to verify the effectiveness of mitigation measures in accordance with ESS1 of the World Bank ESF and applicable national legislation.

Environmental monitoring shall be risk-based, proportionate to the scale and nature of the works, and shall cover all significant environmental aspects associated with construction activities.

a) Monitoring Parameters

The monitoring programme shall include, at a minimum, the following parameters (where applicable):

 

Environmental monitoring is essential to assess impacts such as air, water, soil, and noise pollution arising from construction activities and to ensure mitigation measures are effective.

 

b) Monitoring Frequency and Methods

The Contractor shall:

 

c) Environmental Registers and Records

The Contractor shall maintain up-to-date records, including:

 

d) Reporting Requirements

The Contractor shall:

Maintain records for audit and inspection purposes.

e) Non-Compliance and Corrective Actions

Where monitoring identifies non-compliance:

 

 

f) Roles and Responsibilities

 

 

A Rehabilitation Plan shall also be prepared, which shall include preliminary designs on the temporary and permanent landscaping plan during both the construction and post-construction maintenance period. The landscape plan shall cover all project works which may affect vegetation and natural landform (e.g. borrow pits, disposal sites and temporary and stockpiling areas). Sensitive locations and areas where landscaping works are required both during construction and after the construction shall be identified and incorporated into the design.

3. Environmental and Social Implementation Plans (MSIPs)

The Contractor shall prepare a Construction Environmental and Social Management Plan, implementation plan, referred to, in this document as CESMP implementation plan based on the Project ESMF.

4. Requirements for competence of Environmental and Social Specialist

Contractor shall certify that:

 

5. Applicable ESS Documents for CESMP

Contractor shall use and apply when establishing the Contractor’s (Construction) ESMP the following project documents:

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall implement all environmental management measures in accordance with:

(a) Environmental Compliance and Permitting

The Contractor shall:

(b) Pollution Prevention and Resource Efficiency & Management (ESS3)

The Contractor shall implement measures to prevent, minimize, and control pollution, including:

 

(c) Soil, Land and Vegetation Management

The Contractor shall:

d) Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources  (ESS6)

The Contractor shall:

 

e) Management of Construction Sites and Camps

The Contractor shall:

 

f) Traffic and Transport Management (ESS4 link)

The Contractor shall:

 

g) Chance Finds Procedure (ESS8 link)

In the event of chance finds (cultural or natural heritage):

 

h) Environmental Training and Awareness

The Contractor shall:

 

i) Emergency Preparedness and Response

The Contractor shall:

 

7. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

Health, Safety plan and Coordination

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for ensuring the safety and health of all workmen and other persons in or around the works site. All activities shall be carried out in compliance with national legislation, OCHSIP, World Bank ESF, (ESS 2 and ESS 4) in accordance with the existing legislation.

 

The Contractor shall prepare, submit, and implement a site-specific Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Management Plan (SHE File) consistent with the OCHSIP, prior to commencement of works. The plan shall, at a minimum, include the following components:

 

This plan must also be compliant with:

 

Plan Scope and Content

The OHS Plan shall:

The Draft OHS Plan submitted at tender stage shall demonstrate the Contractor’s approach and capacity but may exclude detailed site-specific documentation (e.g., MSDS, equipment manuals). The Final OHS Plan, submitted prior to commencement of Works, shall be comprehensive and site-specific.

8. Safety Management Personnel

The Contractor shall appoint a qualified and experienced Safety and Health Coordinator (SHC) who shall:

Have full authority to enforce OHS requirements and to stop any unsafe work;

Be supported by an adequately resourced and competent safety team appropriate to the scale and risk of the Works.

The proposed SHC and safety team shall not be replaced or reduced without prior approval, and any replacement shall have equal or higher qualifications and experience.

 

Evaluation of OHS Plan

The adequacy of the Contractor’s OHS Plan will be evaluated during tender assessment, taking into account:

 

 

9. Social Standards Requirements

The Contractor shall implement all social risk management measures in accordance with the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework (ESF), specifically ESS2 (Labour and Working Conditions), ESS4 (Community Health and Safety), ESS10 (Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure) as well as the project’s Gender Action Plan (GAP).

The Contractor shall develop (in alignment with available project instruments) and comply with all project-specific instruments, including the:

These requirements shall be implemented as part of the Contractor’s CESMP and maintained throughout the duration of the works

 

a) Labour and Working Conditions (ESS2)

The Contractor shall:

b) Community Health and Safety (ESS4)

The Contractor shall:

 

 

d) Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure (ESS10)

The Contractor shall:

e) Grievance Management and Reporting

The Contractor shall:

f) Monitoring and Compliance

The Contractor shall:

 

 

 

Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel

The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have the personnel for the key positions that meet the following requirements:

Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel

Item No.

Position/specialization

Relevant academic qualifications

Minimum years of relevant work experience

1

Contractor’s Representative/ Project manager

Bachelors in  (Electrical Engineering)

5

2.

Site Manager/ Construction Manager

Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering;

5

  1.  

Tele-Communication Specialist

Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering;

10

  1.  

Protection Specialist

Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering;

10

  1.  

SCADA Specialist

Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering;

10

6.

Environmental and Social expert

Bachelors/Masters in Environment Management, Sciences

5

7.

Health and Safety officer

Bachelors in Environmental Sciences )/Any other degree with Occupational Health

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forms and Procedures

 

 

 

 

Form of Completion Certificate

                                                                                                   Date:                                                                                                              

                                                                                  Loan/Credit No:                                                                                                              

                                                                                              RFB No:                                                                                                              

To: _________________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,

Pursuant to GCC Clause 24 (Completion of the Facilities) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _____________, relating to the ____________________,  we hereby notify you that the following part(s) of the Facilities was (were) complete on the date specified below, and that, in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the Employer hereby takes over the said part(s) of the Facilities, together with the responsibility for care and custody and the risk of loss thereof on the date mentioned below.

1.         Description of the Facilities or part thereof:  ______________________________

2.         Date of Completion:  __________________

However, you are required to complete the outstanding items listed in the attachment hereto as soon as practicable.

 

This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.

 

Very truly yours,

 

                                                                                                                       

Title

(Project Manager)
Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate

 

                                                                                                   Date:                                                                                                              

                                                                                  Loan/Credit No:                                                                                                              

                                                                                              RFB No:                                                                                                              

 

_________________________________________

 

To:  ________________________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,

 

Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.3 (Operational Acceptance) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _______________, relating to the ___________________________________, we hereby notify you that the Functional Guarantees of the following part(s) of the Facilities were satisfactorily attained on the date specified below. 

 

1.         Description of the Facilities or part thereof:  _______________________________

2.         Date of Operational Acceptance:  _______________________

This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.

 

Very truly yours,

                                                                                                                       

Title

(Project Manager)

 

 

Change Order Procedure and Forms

                                                                                                   Date:                                                                                                              

                                                                                  Loan/Credit No:                                                                                                              

                                                                                              RFB No:                                                                                                              

 

 

CONTENTS

 

1.      General

2.      Change Order Log

3.      References for Changes

 

 

 

ANNEXES

 

Annex 1    Request for Change Proposal

Annex 2    Estimate for Change Proposal

Annex 3    Acceptance of Estimate

Annex 4    Change Proposal

Annex 5    Change Order

Annex 6    Pending Agreement Change Order

Annex 7    Application for Change Proposal

 

 

 

Change Order Procedure

1.      General

This section provides samples of procedures and forms for implementing changes in the Facilities during the performance of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause 39 (Change in the Facilities) of the General Conditions.

2.      Change Order Log

The Contractor shall keep an up-to-date Change Order Log to show the current status of Requests for Change and Changes authorized or pending, as Annex 8.  Entries of the Changes in the Change Order Log shall be made to ensure that the log is up-to-date.  The Contractor shall attach a copy of the current Change Order Log in the monthly progress report to be submitted to the Employer.

3.      References for Changes

(1)    Request for Change as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CR-X-nnn.

(2)    Estimate for Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CN-X-nnn.

(3)    Acceptance of Estimate as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CA-X-nnn.

(4)    Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CP-X-nnn.

(5)    Change Order as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CO-X-nnn.

Note:   (a)    Requests for Change issued from the Employer’s Home Office and the Site representatives of the Employer shall have the following respective references:

 

Home Office         CR-H-nnn

Site                        CR-S-nnn

 

(b)    The above number “nnn” is the same for Request for Change, Estimate for Change Proposal, Acceptance of Estimate, Change Proposal and Change Order.

 

Annex 1.  Request for Change Proposal

(Employer’s Letterhead)

 

To:  ____________________________________                                        Date:                                                                                                            

 

Attention:  ______________________________________

 

Contract Name:  _________________________________

Contract Number:  _______________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

 

With reference to the captioned Contract, you are requested to prepare and submit a Change Proposal for the Change noted below in accordance with the following instructions within _______________ days of the date of this letter____________________.

 

1.      Title of Change:  ________________________

2.      Change Request No. __________________

3.      Originator of Change:    Employer:  _______________________________

Contractor (by Application for Change Proposal No. _______[12]: 

4.      Brief Description of Change:  _________________________________________________

5.      Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change:  _____________

6.      Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the request of Change:

Drawing No./Document No.                  Description

 

7.      Detailed conditions or special requirements on the requested Change:  ________________

8.      General Terms and Conditions:

(a)    Please submit your estimate to us showing what effect the requested Change will have on the Contract Price.

(b)    Your estimate shall include your claim for the additional time, if any, for completion of the requested Change.

(c)    If you have any opinion negative to the adoption of the requested Change in connection with the conformability to the other provisions of the Contract or the safety of the Plant or Facilities, please inform us of your opinion in your proposal of revised provisions.

(d)    Any increase or decrease in the work of the Contractor relating to the services of its personnel shall be calculated.

(e)    You shall not proceed with the execution of the work for the requested Change until we have accepted and confirmed the amount and nature in writing.

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Employer’s Name)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Name of signatory)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Title of signatory)

 

 

Annex 2.  Estimate for Change Proposal

(Contractor’s Letterhead)

 

To: ______________________________                                                   Date:                                                                                                            

 

Attention:  _______________________________

 

Contract Name:  _______________________________

Contract Number:  _____________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

With reference to your Request for Change Proposal, we are pleased to notify you of the approximate cost of preparing the below-referenced Change Proposal in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.1 of the General Conditions.  We acknowledge that your agreement to the cost of preparing the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2, is required before estimating the cost for change work.

1.      Title of Change:  ________________________

2.      Change Request No./Rev.:  ____________________________

3.      Brief Description of Change:  __________________________

4.      Scheduled Impact of Change:  ___________________________

5.      Cost for Preparation of Change Proposal:  _______________[13]

(a)    Engineering                                                                   (Amount)

(i)     Engineer                        hrs x             rate/hr =                 

(ii)    Draftsperson                  hrs x             rate/hr =                 

Sub-total                        hrs                                               

Total Engineering Cost                                                       

(b)    Other Cost                                                                                   

Total Cost (a) + (b)                                                                               

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Contractor’s Name)

 

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

 

                                                                                                                       

(Name of signatory)

 

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Title of signatory)

 

 

Annex 3.  Acceptance of Estimate

 

(Employer’s Letterhead)

 

To:  ______________________________                                                  Date:                                                                                                            

Attention:  ________________________________

 

Contract Name:  _____________________________

Contract Number:  ___________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

We hereby accept your Estimate for Change Proposal and agree that you should proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal.

 

1.      Title of Change:  ___________________________

2.      Change Request No./Rev.:  _______________________________

3.      Estimate for Change Proposal No./Rev.:  _______________________________

4.      Acceptance of Estimate No./Rev.:  _______________________________

5.      Brief Description of Change:  _______________________________

 

6.      Other Terms and Conditions:  In the event that we decide not to order the Change accepted, you shall be entitled to compensation for the cost of preparation of Change Proposal described in your Estimate for Change Proposal mentioned in para. 3 above in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.

                                                                                                                       

(Employer’s Name)

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

                                                                                                                       

(Name and Title of signatory)

 

Annex 4.  Change Proposal

(Contractor’s Letterhead)

 

To:  _______________________________                                                Date:                                                                                                            

 

Attention:  _______________________________

 

Contract Name:  _______________________________

Contract Number:  _______________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

 

In response to your Request for Change Proposal No. _______________________________, we hereby submit our proposal as follows:

1.      Title of Change:  _______________________________

2.      Change Proposal No./Rev.:  _______________________________

3.      Originator of Change:    Employer:  [_______________________________

Contractor:  _______________________________

4.      Brief Description of Change:  _______________________________

5.      Reasons for Change:  _______________________________

6.      Facilities and/or Item No. of Equipment related to the requested Change:  _______________________________

7.      Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:

Drawing/Document No.                  Description

 

8.      Estimate of increase/decrease to the Contract Price resulting from Change Proposal:[14]

                                                                                                                      (Amount)

 

(a)    Direct material                                                                                                                                                          

(b)    Major construction equipment                                                                                                                                  

(c)    Direct field labor (Total           hrs)                                                                                  

(d)    Subcontracts                                                                                                                                                              

(e)    Indirect material and labor                                                                                                                                        

(f)     Site supervision                                                                                                                                                         

(g)    Head office technical staff salaries

Process engineer                        hrs @              rate/hr                                            

Project engineer                         hrs @              rate/hr                                            

Equipment engineer                  hrs @              rate/hr                                            

Procurement                              hrs @              rate/hr                                            

Draftsperson                              hrs @              rate/hr                                            

Total                                           hrs                                                                          

 

(h)    Extraordinary costs (computer, travel, etc.)                                                                                                              

(i)     Fee for general administration,           % of Items                                                                      

(j)     Taxes and customs duties                                                                                                                                          

Total lump sum cost of Change Proposal                                                                                                                           

(Sum of items (a) to (j))

Cost to prepare Estimate for Change Proposal                                                                                                                  

(Amount payable if Change is not accepted)

9.      Additional time for Completion required due to Change Proposal

10.    Effect on the Functional Guarantees

11.    Effect on the other terms and conditions of the Contract

12.    Validity of this Proposal:  within [Number] days after receipt of this Proposal by the Employer

13.    Other terms and conditions of this Change Proposal:

(a)    You are requested to notify us of your acceptance, comments or rejection of this detailed Change Proposal within ______________ days from your receipt of this Proposal.

(b)    The amount of any increase and/or decrease shall be taken into account in the adjustment of the Contract Price.

(c)    Contractor’s cost for preparation of this Change Proposal:2

 

                                                                                                                       

(Contractor’s Name)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Name of signatory)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Title of signatory)

 

 

Annex 5.  Change Order

(Employer’s Letterhead)

 

To:  _______________________________                                                Date:                                                                                                            

 

Attention:  _______________________________

 

Contract Name:  _______________________________

Contract Number:  _______________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

We approve the Change Order for the work specified in the Change Proposal (No. _______), and agree to adjust the Contract Price, Time for Completion and/or other conditions of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.

1.      Title of Change:  _______________________________

2.      Change Request No./Rev.:  _______________________________

3.      Change Order No./Rev.:  _______________________________

4.      Originator of Change:    Employer:  _______________________________

Contractor:  _______________________________

5.      Authorized Price:

Ref. No.:  _______________________________                  Date:  __________________________

Foreign currency portion __________  plus Local currency portion __________

6.      Adjustment of Time for Completion

None                              Increase _________ days                      Decrease _________ days

7.      Other effects, if any

 

 

Authorized by:                                                                                    Date:                                                                                                 

(Employer)

 

Accepted by:                                                                                       Date:                                                                                                 

(Contractor)
Annex 6.  Pending Agreement Change Order

(Employer’s Letterhead)

 

To:  _______________________________                                                Date:                                                                                                            

Attention:  _______________________________

Contract Name: _______________________________

Contract Number:  [_______________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

We instruct you to carry out the work in the Change Order detailed below in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.

1.      Title of Change:  _______________________________

2.      Employer’s Request for Change Proposal No./Rev.:  _______________________________dated:  __________

3.      Contractor’s Change Proposal No./Rev.:  ________________________ dated:  __________

4.      Brief Description of Change:  _______________________________

5.      Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change:  _______________________________

6.      Reference Drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:

Drawing/Document No.                        Description

 

 

 

 

7.      Adjustment of Time for Completion:

8.      Other change in the Contract terms:

9.      Other terms and conditions:

 

                                                                                                                       

(Employer’s Name)

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

                                                                                                                       

(Name of signatory)

                                                                                                                       

(Title of signatory)

 

 

Annex 7.  Application for Change Proposal

(Contractor’s Letterhead)

 

To:  _______________________________                                                Date:                                                                                                            

 

Attention:  _______________________________

 

Contract Name:  _______________________________

Contract Number:  _______________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

 

We hereby propose that the below-mentioned work be treated as a Change in the Facilities.

 

1.      Title of Change:  _______________________________

2.      Application for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________                                                                                                                     dated:  _______________________________

3.      Brief Description of Change:  _______________________________

4.      Reasons for Change:

5.      Order of Magnitude Estimation (in the currencies of the Contract):

6.      Scheduled Impact of Change:

7.      Effect on Functional Guarantees, if any:

8.      Appendix:

                                                                                                                       

(Contractor’s Name)

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

 

                                                                                                                       

(Name of signatory)

 

                                                                                                                       

(Title of signatory)

Drawings

 

 

 

Supplementary Information

The proposed locations of the auto-reclosers across the Eswatini Electricity Company network:

 

 

The coordinates existing locations of the Communication High Sites across the Eswatini Electricity Company network can be found in this link:

11kV Auto Reclosers

 

 

 

PART 3 – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms

 

 

 

Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract

 

Table of Clauses

 

A.        Contract and Interpretation. 193

1.      Definitions. 193

2.      Contract Documents. 196

3.      Interpretation. 196

4.      Communications. 198

5.      Law and Language. 198

6.      Fraud and Corruption. 198

B.        Subject Matter of Contract 199

7.      Scope of Facilities. 199

8.      Time for Commencement and Completion. 200

9.      Contractor’s Responsibilities. 200

10.    Employer’s Responsibilities. 204

C.        Payment 206

11.    Contract Price. 206

12.    Terms of Payment 206

13.    Securities. 206

14.    Taxes and Duties. 208

D.        Intellectual Property. 209

15.    License/Use of Technical Information. 209

16.    Confidential Information. 209

E.        Execution of the Facilities. 210

17.    Representatives. 210

18.    Work Program.. 212

19.    Subcontracting. 215

20.    Design and Engineering. 216

21.    Procurement 218

22.    Installation. 220

23.    Test and Inspection. 232

24.    Completion of the Facilities. 234

25.    Commissioning and Operational Acceptance. 236

F.         Guarantees and Liabilities. 239

26.    Completion Time Guarantee. 239

27.    Defect Liability. 240

28.    Functional Guarantees. 242

29.    Patent Indemnity. 243

30.    Limitation of Liability. 245

G.        Risk Distribution. 245

31.    Transfer of Ownership. 245

32.    Care of Facilities. 246

33.    Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnification. 247

34.    Insurance. 248

35.    Unforeseen Conditions. 251

36.    Change in Laws and Regulations. 252

37.    Force Majeure. 252

38.    War Risks. 254

H.        Change in Contract Elements. 255

39.    Change in the Facilities. 255

40.    Extension of Time for Completion. 259

41.    Suspension. 260

42.    Termination. 262

43.    Assignment 269

44.    Export Restrictions. 269

I.         Claims, Disputes and Arbitration. 269

45.    Contractor’s Claims. 269

46.    Disputes and Arbitration. 271

47.    Cyber Security. 275

 

General Conditions of Contract

  1. Contract and Interpretation

1.    Definitions

1.1     The following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

“Contract” means the Contract Agreement entered into between the Employer and the Contractor, together with the Contract Documents referred to therein; they shall constitute the Contract, and the term “the Contract” shall in all such documents be construed accordingly.

“Contract Documents” means the documents listed in Article 1.1 (Contract Documents) of the Contract Agreement (including any amendments thereto).

“GCC” means the General Conditions of Contract hereof.

“PCC” means the Particular Conditions of Contract.

“day” means calendar day.

“year” means 365 days.

“month” means calendar month.

“Party” means the Employer or the Contractor, as the context requires, and “Parties” means both of them.

“Employer” means the person named as such in the PCC and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Employer.

“Project Manager” means the person appointed by the Employer in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.1 (Project Manager) hereof and named as such in the PCC to perform the duties delegated by the Employer.

“Contractor” means the person(s) whose Bid to perform the Contract has been accepted by the Employer and is named as Contractor in the Contract Agreement, and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Contractor.

“Contractor’s Representative” means any person nominated by the Contractor and approved by the Employer in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2 (Contractor’s Representative and Construction Manager) hereof to perform the duties delegated by the Contractor.

“Construction Manager” means the person appointed by the Contractor’s Representative in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.4. 

“Subcontractor,” including manufacturers, means any person to whom execution of any part of the Facilities, including preparation of any design or supply of any Plant, is sub-contracted directly or indirectly by the Contractor, and includes its legal successors or permitted assigns.

“Dispute Board” (DB) means the person or persons named as such in the PCC appointed by agreement between the Employer and the Contractor to make a decision with respect to any dispute or difference between the Employer and the Contractor referred to him or her by the Parties pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 46.1 (Dispute Board) hereof.

“The Bank” means the financing institution named in the PCC.

“Contract Price” means the sum specified in Article 2.1 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement, subject to such additions and adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom, as may be made pursuant to the Contract.

“Facilities” means the Plant to be supplied and installed, as well as all the Installation Services to be carried out by the Contractor under the Contract.

“Plant” means permanent plant, equipment, machinery, apparatus, materials, articles and things of all kinds to be provided and incorporated in the Facilities by the Contractor under the Contract (including the spare parts to be supplied by the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 7.3 hereof), but does not include Contractor’s Equipment.

“Installation Services” means all those services ancillary to the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, to be provided by the Contractor under the Contract, such as transportation and provision of marine or other similar insurance, inspection, expediting, site preparation works (including the provision and use of Contractor’s Equipment and the supply of all construction materials required), installation, testing, precommissioning, commissioning, operations, maintenance, the provision of operations and maintenance manuals, training, etc… as the case may require.

“Contractor’s Equipment” means all facilities, equipment, machinery, tools, apparatus, appliances or things of every kind required in or for installation, completion and maintenance of Facilities that are to be provided by the Contractor, but does not include Plant, or other things intended to form or forming part of the Facilities.

“Country of Origin” means the countries and territories eligible under the rules of the Bank as further elaborated in the PCC.

“Site” means the land and other places upon which the Facilities are to be installed, and such other land or places as may be specified in the Contract as forming part of the Site.

“Effective Date” means the date of fulfillment of all conditions stated in Article 3 (Effective Date) of the Contract Agreement, from which the Time for Completion shall be counted.

“Time for Completion” means the time within which Completion of the Facilities as a whole (or of a part of the Facilities where a separate Time for Completion of such part has been prescribed) is to be attained, as referred to in GCC Clause 8 and in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Contract.

“Completion” means that the Facilities (or a specific part thereof where specific parts are specified in the Contract) have been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight and clean condition, that all work in respect of Precommissioning of the Facilities or such specific part thereof has been completed, and that the Facilities or specific part thereof are ready for Commissioning as provided in GCC Clause 24 (Completion) hereof.

“Precommissioning” means the testing, checking and other requirements specified in the Employer’s Requirements that are to be carried out by the Contractor in preparation for Commissioning as provided in GCC Clause 24 (Completion) hereof.

“Commissioning” means operation of the Facilities or any part thereof by the Contractor following Completion, which operation is to be carried out by the Contractor as provided in GCC Sub-Clause 25.1 (Commissioning) hereof, for the purpose of carrying out Guarantee Test(s).

“Guarantee Test(s)” means the test(s) specified in the Employer’s Requirements to be carried out to ascertain whether the Facilities or a specified part thereof is able to attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 25.2 (Guarantee Test) hereof.

“Operational Acceptance” means the acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities (or any part of the Facilities where the Contract provides for acceptance of the Facilities in parts), which certifies the Contractor’s fulfillment of the Contract in respect of Functional Guarantees of the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) in accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 28 (Functional Guarantees) hereof and shall include deemed acceptance in accordance with GCC Clause 25 (Commissioning and Operational Acceptance) hereof.

“Defect Liability Period” means the period of validity of the warranties given by the Contractor commencing at Completion of the Facilities or a part thereof, during which the Contractor is responsible for defects with respect to the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) as provided in GCC Clause 27 (Defect Liability) hereof.

“ES” means Environmental and Social (including Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), and Sexual Harassment (SH)).

“Sexual Exploitation and Abuse” “(SEA)” means the following:

Sexual Exploitation is defined as any actual or attempted abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation of another.

Sexual Abuse is defined as the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions;

“Sexual Harassment” “(SH)” is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature by the Contractor’s Personnel with other Contractor’s Personnel or Employer’s Personnel.

“Contractor’s Personnel” means all personnel whom the Contractor utilizes in the execution of the Contract, including the staff, labor and other employees of the Contractor and each Subcontractor; and any other personnel assisting the Contractor in the execution of the Contract; and

 “Employer’s Personnel” means all staff, labor and other employees of the Project Manager and of the Employer engaged in fulfilling the Employer’s obligations under the Contract; and any other personnel identified as Employer’s Personnel, by a notice from the Employer to the Contractor.

2.    Contract Documents

2.1     Subject to Article 1.2 (Order of Precedence) of the Contract Agreement, all documents forming part of the Contract (and all parts thereof) are intended to be correlative, complementary and mutually explanatory.  The Contract shall be read as a whole.

3.    Interpretation

3.1     In the Contract, except where the context requires otherwise:

  1. words indicating one gender include all genders;
  2. words indicating the singular also include the plural and words indicating the plural also include the singular;
  3. provisions including the word “agree,” “agreed,” or “agreement” require the agreement to be recorded in writing;
  4. the word “tender” is synonymous with “Bid,” “tenderer,” with “Bidder,” and “tender documents” with “Bidding  Document,” and
  5. “written” or “in writing” means hand-written, type-written, printed or electronically made, and resulting in a permanent record.

The marginal words and other headings shall not be taken into consideration in the interpretation of these Conditions.

3.2     Incoterms

Unless inconsistent with any provision of the Contract, the meaning of any trade term and the rights and obligations of Parties thereunder shall be as prescribed by Incoterms.

Incoterms means international rules for interpreting trade terms published by the International Chamber of Commerce (latest edition), 38 Cours Albert 1er, 75008 Paris, France.

3.3     Entire Agreement

Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 16.4 hereof, the Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Employer and Contractor with respect to the subject matter of Contract and supersedes all communications, negotiations and agreements (whether written or oral) of Parties with respect thereto made prior to the date of Contract.

3.4     Amendment

No amendment or other variation of the Contract shall be effective unless it is in writing, is dated, expressly refers to the Contract, and is signed by a duly authorized representative of each Party hereto.

3.5     Independent Contractor

The Contractor shall be an independent contractor performing the Contract.  The Contract does not create any agency, partnership, joint venture or other joint relationship between the Parties hereto. Subject to the provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the manner in which the Contract is performed.  All employees, representatives or Subcontractors engaged by the Contractor in connection with the performance of the Contract shall be under the complete control of the Contractor and shall not be deemed to be employees of the Employer, and nothing contained in the Contract or in any subcontract awarded by the Contractor shall be construed to create any contractual relationship between any such employees, representatives or Subcontractors and the Employer.

3.6     Non-Waiver

3.6.1  Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 3.6.2 below, no relaxation, forbearance, delay or indulgence by either Party in enforcing any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or the granting of time by either Party to the other shall prejudice, affect or restrict the rights of that Party under the Contract, nor shall any waiver by either Party of any breach of Contract operate as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract.

3.6.2  Any waiver of a Party’s rights, powers or remedies under the Contract must be in writing, must be dated and signed by an authorized representative of the Party granting such waiver, and must specify the right and the extent to which it is being waived.

3.7     Severability

If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or rendered invalid or unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions and conditions of the Contract.

3.8     Country of Origin

“Origin” means the place where the plant and component parts thereof are mined, grown, produced or manufactured, and from which the services are provided. Plant components are produced when, through manufacturing, processing, or substantial or major assembling of components, a commercially recognized product results that is substantially different in its basic characteristics or in purpose or utility from its components.

4.    Communica­tions

4.1     Wherever these Conditions provide for the giving or issuing of approvals, certificates, consents, determinations, notices, requests and discharges, these communications shall be:

  1. in writing and delivered against receipt; and
  2. delivered, sent or transmitted to the address for the recipient’s communications as stated in the Contract Agreement.

When a certificate is issued to a Party, the certifier shall send a copy to the other Party. When a notice is issued to a Party, by the other Party or the Project Manager, a copy shall be sent to the Project Manager or the other Party, as the case may be.

5.    Law and Language

5.1     The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with laws of the country specified in the PCC.

    1. The ruling language of the Contract shall be that stated in the PCC.
    2. The language for communications shall be the ruling language unless otherwise stated in the PCC.

6.    Fraud and Corruption

    1. The Bank requires compliance with the Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines and its prevailing sanctions policies and procedures as set forth in the WBG’s Sanctions Framework, as set forth in Appendix B to the GCC.
    2. The Employer requires the Contractor to disclose any commissions or fees that may have been paid or are to be paid to agents or any other party with respect to the Bidding process or execution of the Contract. The information disclosed must include at least the name and address of the agent or other party, the amount and currency, and the purpose of the commission, gratuity or fee.
  1. Subject Matter of Contract

7.    Scope of Facilities

7.1     Unless otherwise expressly limited in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor’s obligations cover the provision of all Plant and the performance of all Installation Services required for the design, and the manufacture (including procurement, quality assurance, construction, installation, associated civil works, Precommissioning and delivery) of the Plant, and the installation, completion and commissioning of the Facilities in accordance with the plans, procedures, specifications, drawings, codes and any other documents as specified in the Section, Employer’s Requirements.  Such specifications include, but are not limited to, the provision of supervision and engineering services; the supply of labor, materials, equipment, spare parts (as specified in GCC Sub-Clause 7.3 below) and accessories; Contractor’s Equipment; construction utilities and supplies; temporary materials, structures and facilities; transportation (including, without limitation, unloading and hauling to, from and at the Site); and storage, except for those supplies, works and services that will be provided or performed by the Employer, as set forth in the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer.

7.2     The Contractor shall, unless specifically excluded in the Contract, perform all such work and/or supply all such items and materials not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for attaining Completion of the Facilities as if such work and/or items and materials were expressly mentioned in the Contract.

7.3     In addition to the supply of Mandatory Spare Parts included in the Contract, the Contractor agrees to supply spare parts required for the operation and maintenance of the Facilities for the period specified in the PCC and the provisions, if any, specified in the PCC.  However, the identity, specifications and quantities of such spare parts and the terms and conditions relating to the supply thereof are to be agreed between the Employer and the Contractor, and the price of such spare parts shall be that given in Price Schedule No. 6, which shall be added to the Contract Price.  The price of such spare parts shall include the purchase price therefor and other costs and expenses (including the Contractor’s fees) relating to the supply of spare parts.

 

8.    Time for Commence­ment and Completion

8.1     The Contractor shall commence work on the Facilities within the period specified in the PCC and without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clauses 9.9 and 26.2 hereof, the Contractor shall thereafter proceed with the Facilities in accordance with the time schedule specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule.

8.2     The Contractor shall attain Completion of the Facilities or of a part where a separate time for Completion of such part is specified in the Contract, within the time stated in the PCC or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40 hereof.

 

9.    Contractor’s Responsibilities

9.1     The Contractor shall design, manufacture including associated purchases and/or subcontracting, install and complete the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. When completed, the Facilities should be fit for the purposes for which they are intended as defined in the Contract.

9.2     The Contractor confirms that it has entered into this Contract on the basis of a proper examination of the data relating to the Facilities including any data as to boring tests provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that the Contractor could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site if access thereto was available and of other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities as of the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to Bid submission.  The Contractor acknowledges that any failure to acquaint itself with all such data and information shall not relieve its responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Facilities.

9.3     The Contractor shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located which such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor to obtain in its name and which are necessary for the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, visas for the Contractor’s Personnel and entry permits for all imported Contractor’s Equipment.  The Contractor shall acquire all other permits, approvals and/or licenses that are not the responsibility of the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 10.3 hereof and that are necessary for the performance of the Contract.

9.4     The Contractor shall comply with all laws in force in the country where the Facilities are to be implemented.  The laws will include all local, state, national or other laws that affect the performance of the Contract and bind upon the Contractor.  The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any and all liabilities, damages, claims, fines, penalties and expenses of whatever nature arising or resulting from the violation of such laws by the Contractor or its personnel, including the Subcontractors and their personnel, but without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clause 10.1 hereof.

9.5     Any Plant and Installation Services that will be incorporated in or be required for the Facilities and other supplies shall have their origin as specified under GCC Clause 1 (Country of Origin). Any subcontractors retained by the Contractor shall be from a country as specified in GCC Clause 1 (Country of Origin).

9.6     If the Contractor is a joint venture, or association (JV) of two or more persons, all such persons shall be jointly and severally bound to the Employer for the fulfillment of the provisions of the Contract, and shall designate one of such persons to act as a leader with authority to bind the JV. The composition or the constitution of the JV shall not be altered without the prior consent of the Employer.

9.7     Pursuant to paragraph 2.2 e. of Appendix B to the General Conditions the Contractor shall permit and shall cause its agents (where declared or not), subcontractors, subconsultants, service providers, suppliers, and personnel, to permit, the Bank and/or persons appointed by the Bank to inspect the site and/or the accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurement process, selection and/or contract execution, and to have such accounts, records and other documents audited by auditors appointed by the Bank. The Contractor’s and its Subcontractors’ and subconsultants’ attention is drawn to Sub-Clause 6.1 (Fraud and Corruption) which provides, inter alia, that acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights constitute a prohibited practice subject to contract termination (as well as to a determination of ineligibility pursuant to the Bank’s prevailing sanctions procedures).

9.8 The Contractor shall conform to the sustainable procurement contractual provisions, if and as specified in the PCC.

9.9   Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP)         

The Contractor shall not carry out mobilization to Site unless the Project Manager gives approval, an approval that  shall not be unreasonably delayed, to the measures the Contractor proposes to address environmental and social risks and impacts including the code of conduct, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause  22.4.

The Contractor shall submit, to the Project Manager for Review, any additional Management Strategies and Implementation Plans as are necessary to manage the ES risks and impacts of the Facilities. These Management Strategies and Implementation Plans collectively comprise the Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP).

The Contractor shall review the C-ESMP, periodically (but not less than every six (6) months), and update it as required to ensure that it contains measures appropriate to the Facilities. The updated C-ESMP shall be submitted to the Project Manager for its approval.

9.10  Training of Contractor’s Personnel

The Contractor shall provide appropriate training to relevant Contractor’s Personnel on ES aspects of the Contract, including appropriate sensitization on prohibition of SEA and health and safety training referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 22.2.7. 

As stated in the Employer’s Requirements or as instructed by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall also allow appropriate opportunities for the relevant Contractor’s Personnel to be trained on ES aspects of the Contract by the Employer’s personnel and/or other personnel assigned by the Employer.

9.11 Stakeholder engagements

The Contractor shall provide relevant contract- related information, as the Employer and/or Project Manager may reasonably request to conduct contract stakeholder engagement. “Stakeholder” refers to individuals or groups who:

      1. are affected or likely to be affected by the Contract; and
      2. may have an interest in the Contract.

The Contractor may also directly participate in contract stakeholder engagements, as the Employer and/or Project Manager may reasonably request.

9.12      Forced Labor

The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage forced labour. Forced labour consists of any work or service, not voluntarily performed, that is exacted from an individual under threat of force or penalty, and includes any kind of involuntary or compulsory labour, such as indentured labour, bonded labour or similar labour-contracting arrangements.

No persons shall be employed or engaged who have been subject to trafficking. Trafficking in persons is defined as the recruitment, transportation, transfer, harbouring or receipt of persons by means of the threat or use of force or other forms of coercion, abduction, fraud, deception, abuse of power, or of a position of vulnerability, or of the giving or receiving of payments or benefits to achieve the consent of a person having control over another person, for the purposes of exploitation.

The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) not to employ or engage forced labour including trafficked persons. If forced labour/trafficking cases are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks.

9.13      Child Labor

The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage a child under the age of 14 unless the national law specifies a higher age (the minimum age).

The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage a child between the minimum age and the age of 18 in a manner that is likely to be hazardous, or to interfere with, the child’s education, or to be harmful to the child’s health or physical, mental, spiritual, moral, or social development.

The Contractor including its Subcontractors, shall only employ or engage children between the minimum age and the age of 18 after an appropriate risk assessment has been conducted by the Contractor with the Engineer’s consent. The Contractor shall be subject to regular monitoring by the Project Manager that includes monitoring of health, working conditions and hours of work.

Work considered hazardous for children is work that, by its nature or the circumstances in which it is carried out, is likely to jeopardize the health, safety, or morals of children. Such work activities prohibited for children include work:

  1. with exposure to physical, psychological or sexual abuse;
  2. underground, underwater, working at heights or in confined spaces;
  3. with dangerous machinery, equipment or tools, or involving handling or transport of heavy loads;
  4. in unhealthy environments exposing children to hazardous substances, agents, or processes, or to temperatures, noise or vibration damaging to health; or
  5. under difficult conditions such as work for long hours, during the night or in confinement on the premises of the employer.

The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) not to employ or engage child labor. If child labor cases are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks.

9.14      Serious Safety Issues

The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall comply with all applicable safety obligations. The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) to adopt procedures and mitigation measures adequate to address safety issues related to their personnel. If serious safety issues are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks.

9.15      Obtaining natural resource materials

The Contractor shall obtain natural resource materials  from suppliers  that can demonstrate, through compliance with the applicable verification  and/ or certification requirements, that obtaining such materials is not contributing to the risk of significant conversion or significant degradation of natural or critical habitats such as unsustainably harvested wood products, gravel or sand extraction from riverbeds or beaches.

If a supplier cannot continue to demonstrate that obtaining such materials is not contributing to the risk of significant conversion or significant degradation of natural or critical habitats, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to demonstrate that they are not significantly adversely impacting the habitats.

9.16   Site Signage

The Contractor shall not post and shall ensure that its Subcontractors/suppliers/manufacturers and Contractors’ Personnel shall not post, any signage on the Site, or in any other place where the Works will be carried out, except such signage as is required under the Contract, including by the Laws of the Country, or has been approved by the Employer. For the purposes of this sub-clause, signage shall include, inter alia, flags, billboards, advertising materials and any other similar item separately posted on the Site.

 

10.  Employer’s Responsibilities

10.1   All information and/or data to be supplied by the Employer as described in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, shall be deemed to be accurate, except when the Employer expressly states otherwise.

10.2   The Employer shall be responsible for acquiring and providing legal and physical possession of the Site and access thereto, and for providing possession of and access to all other areas reasonably required for the proper execution of the Contract, including all requisite rights of way, as specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer.  The Employer shall give full possession of and accord all rights of access thereto on or before the date(s) specified in that Appendix.

10.3   The Employer shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located which (a) such authorities or undertakings require the Employer to obtain in the Employer’s name, (b) are necessary for the execution of the Contract, including those required for the performance by both the Contractor and the Employer of their respective obligations under the Contract, and (c) are specified in the  Appendix  (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer).

10.4   If requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining in a timely and expeditious manner all permits, approvals and/or licenses necessary for the execution of the Contract from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings that such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor or Subcontractors or the personnel of the Contractor or Subcontractors, as the case may be, to obtain.

10.5   Unless otherwise specified in the Contract or agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Employer shall provide sufficient, properly qualified operating and maintenance personnel; shall supply and make available all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, other materials and facilities; and shall perform all work and services of whatsoever nature, including those required by the Contractor to properly carry out Precommissioning, Commissioning and Guarantee Tests, all in accordance with the provisions of the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, at or before the time specified in the program furnished by the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 hereof and in the manner thereupon specified or as otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor.

10.6   The Employer shall be responsible for the continued operation of the Facilities after Completion, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 24.8, and shall be responsible for facilitating the Guarantee Test(s) for the Facilities, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2.

10.7   All costs and expenses involved in the performance of the obligations under this GCC Clause 10 shall be the responsibility of the Employer, save those to be incurred by the Contractor with respect to the performance of Guarantee Tests, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2.

10.8   In the event that the Employer shall be in breach of any of his obligations under this Clause, the additional cost incurred by the Contractor in consequence thereof shall be determined by the Project Manager and added to the Contract Price.

 

    
  1. Payment

11.  Contract Price

11.1   The Contract Price shall be as specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement.

11.2   Unless an adjustment clause is provided for in the PCC, the Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum not subject to any alteration, except in the event of a Change in the Facilities or as otherwise provided in the Contract.

11.3   Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 9.2, 10.1 and 35 hereof, the Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied itself as to the correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price, which shall, except as otherwise provided for in the Contract, cover all its obligations under the Contract.

12.  Terms of Payment

12.1   The Contract Price shall be paid as specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement and in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, which also outlines the procedures to be followed in making application for and processing payments.

12.2   No payment made by the Employer herein shall be deemed to constitute acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities or any part(s) thereof.

12.3   In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment by its respective due date or within the period set forth in the Contract, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate(s) shown in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, for the period of delay until payment has been made in full, whether before or after judgment or arbitrage award.

12.4   The currency or currencies in which payments are made to the Contractor under this Contract shall be specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, subject to the general principle that payments will be made in the currency or currencies in which the Contract Price has been stated in the Contractor’s Bid.

12.5   As specified in the PCC, if the Contractor fails to perform its cyber security obligations under the Contract, an assessed amount, as determined by the Project Manager, may be withheld until the obligation has been performed.

13.  Securities

13.1   Issuance of Securities

The Contractor shall provide the securities specified below in favor of the Employer at the times, and in the amount, manner and form specified below.

13.2   Advance Payment Security

13.2.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security in an amount equal to the advance payment calculated in accordance with the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, and in the same currency or currencies.

13.2.2 The security shall be in the form provided in the Bidding documents or in another form acceptable to the Employer.  The amount of the security shall be reduced in proportion to the value of the Facilities executed by and paid to the Contractor from time to time, and shall automatically become null and void when the full amount of the advance payment has been recovered by the Employer.  The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration.

13.3   Performance Security

13.3.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security for the due performance of the Contract in the amount specified in the PCC.

13.3.2 The Performance Security shall be denominated in the currency or currencies of the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer, and shall be in the form provided in Section X, Contract Forms, corresponding to the type of bank guarantee stipulated by the Employer in the PCC, or in another form acceptable to the Employer.

13.3.3 Unless otherwise specified in the PCC, the security shall be reduced by half on the date of the Operational Acceptance. The Security shall become null and void, or shall be reduced pro rata to the Contract Price of a part of the Facilities for which a separate Time for Completion is provided, five hundred and forty (540) days after Completion of the Facilities or three hundred and sixty five (365) days after Operational Acceptance of the Facilities, whichever occurs first; provided, however, that if the Defects Liability Period has been extended on any part of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.8 hereof, the Contractor shall issue an additional security in an amount proportionate to the Contract Price of that part.  The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration, provided, however, that if the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10, is liable for an extended defect liability obligation, the Performance Security shall be extended for the period specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10 and up to the amount specified in the PCC.

13.3.4 The Employer shall not make a claim under the Performance Security, except for amounts to which the Employer is entitled under the Contract. The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless against and from all damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) resulting from a claim under the Performance Security to the extent to which the Employer was not entitled to make the claim.

14.  Taxes and Duties

14.1   Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall bear and pay all taxes, duties, levies and charges assessed on the Contractor, its Subcontractors or their employees by all municipal, state or national government authorities in connection with the Facilities in and outside of the country where the Site is located.

14.2   Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 14.1 above, the Employer shall bear and promptly pay

(a)     all customs and import duties for the Plant specified in Price Schedule No. 1; and

(b)     other domestic taxes such as, sales tax and value added tax (VAT) on the Plant specified in Price Schedules No. 1 and No. 2 and that is to be incorporated into the Facilities, and on the finished goods, imposed by the law of the country where the Site is located.

14.3   If any tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or privileges may be available to the Contractor in the country where the Site is located, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to enable the Contractor to benefit from any such tax savings to the maximum allowable extent.

14.4   For the purpose of the Contract, it is agreed that the Contract Price specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement is based on the taxes, duties, levies and charges prevailing at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to the date of Bid submission in the country where the Site is located (hereinafter called “Tax” in this GCC Sub-Clause 14.4).  If any rates of Tax are increased or decreased, a new Tax is introduced, an existing Tax is abolished, or any change in interpretation or application of any Tax occurs in the course of the performance of Contract, which was or will be assessed on the Contractor, Subcontractors or their employees in connection with performance of the Contract, an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price shall be made to fully take into account any such change by addition to the Contract Price or deduction therefrom, as the case may be, in accordance with GCC Clause 36 hereof.

  1. Intellectual Property

15.  License/Use of Technical Information

15.1    For the operation and maintenance of the Plant, the Contractor hereby grants a non-exclusive and non-transferable license (without the right to sub-license) to the Employer under the patents, utility models or other industrial property rights owned by the Contractor or by a third Party from whom the Contractor has received the right to grant licenses thereunder, and shall also grant to the Employer a non-exclusive and non-transferable right (without the right to sub-license) to use the know-how and other technical information disclosed to the Employer under the Contract. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as transferring ownership of any patent, utility model, trademark, design, copyright, know-how or other intellectual property right from the Contractor or any third Party to the Employer.

15.2   The copyright in all drawings, documents and other materials containing data and information furnished to the Employer by the Contractor herein shall remain vested in the Contractor or, if they are furnished to the Employer directly or through the Contractor by any third Party, including suppliers of materials, the copyright in such materials shall remain vested in such third Party.

16.  Confidential Information

16.1   The Employer and the Contractor shall keep confidential and shall not, without the written consent of the other Party hereto, divulge to any third Party any documents, data or other information furnished directly or indirectly by the other Party hereto in connection with the Contract, whether such information has been furnished prior to, during or following termination of the Contract.  Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor may furnish to its Subcontractor(s) such documents, data and other information it receives from the Employer to the extent required for the Subcontractor(s) to perform its work under the Contract, in which event the Contractor shall obtain from such Subcontractor(s) an undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed on the Contractor under this GCC Clause 16.

16.2   The Employer shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the Contractor for any purpose other than the operation and maintenance of the Facilities.  Similarly, the Contractor shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the Employer for any purpose other than the design, procurement of Plant, construction or such other work and services as are required for the performance of the Contract.

16.3   The obligation of a Party under GCC Sub-Clauses 16.1 and 16.2 above, however, shall not apply to that information which

(a)   now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault of that Party

(b)   can be proven to have been possessed by that Party at the time of disclosure and which was not previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the other Party hereto

(c)   otherwise lawfully becomes available to that Party from a third Party that has no obligation of confidentiality

(d)  is being provided to the Bank.

16.4   The above provisions of this GCC Clause 16 shall not in any way modify any undertaking of confidentiality given by either of the Parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the Facilities or any part thereof.

16.5   The provisions of this GCC Clause 16 shall survive termination, for whatever reason, of the Contract.

  1. Execution of the Facilities

17.  Representatives

17.1   Project Manager

If the Project Manager is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Employer shall appoint and notify the Contractor in writing of the name of the Project Manager.  The Employer may from time to time appoint some other person as the Project Manager in place of the person previously so appointed, and shall give a notice of the name of such other person to the Contractor without delay.  No such appointment shall be made at such a time or in such a manner as to impede the progress of work on the Facilities.  Such appointment shall only take effect upon receipt of such notice by the Contractor.  The Project Manager shall represent and act for the Employer at all times during the performance of the Contract.  All notices, instructions, orders, certificates, approvals and all other communications under the Contract shall be given by the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided.

All notices, instructions, information and other communications given by the Contractor to the Employer under the Contract shall be given to the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided.

17.2   Contractor’s Representative & Construction Manager

17.2.1 If the Contractor’s Representative is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Contractor shall appoint the Contractor’s Representative and shall request the Employer in writing to approve the person so appointed.  If the Employer makes no objection to the appointment within fourteen (14) days, the Contractor’s Representative shall be deemed to have been approved.  If the Employer objects to the appointment within fourteen (14) days giving the reason therefor, then the Contractor shall appoint a replacement within fourteen (14) days of such objection, and the foregoing provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.1 shall apply thereto.

17.2.2     The Contractor’s Representative shall represent and act for the Contractor at all times during the performance of the Contract and shall give to the Project Manager all the Contractor’s notices, instructions, information and all other communications under the Contract.

All notices, instructions, information and all other communications given by the Employer or the Project Manager to the Contractor under the Contract shall be given to the Contractor’s Representative or, in its absence, its deputy, except as herein otherwise provided.

The Contractor shall not revoke the appointment of the Contractor’s Representative without the Employer’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  If the Employer consents thereto, the Contractor shall appoint some other person as the Contractor’s Representative, pursuant to the procedure set out in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.1.

17.2.3     The Contractor’s Representative may, subject to the approval of the Employer which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at any time delegate to any person any of the powers, functions and authorities vested in him or her.  Any such delegation may be revoked at any time.  Any such delegation or revocation shall be subject to a prior notice signed by the Contractor’s Representative, and shall specify the powers, functions and authorities thereby delegated or revoked.  No such delegation or revocation shall take effect unless and until a copy thereof has been delivered to the Employer and the Project Manager.

Any act or exercise by any person of powers, functions and authorities so delegated to him or her in accordance with this GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.3 shall be deemed to be an act or exercise by the Contractor’s Representative.

17.2.4     From the commencement of installation of the Facilities at the Site until Completion, the Contractor’s Representative shall appoint a suitable person as the Construction Manager.  The Construction Manager shall supervise all work done at the Site by the Contractor and shall be present at the Site throughout normal working hours except when on leave, sick or absent for reasons connected with the proper performance of the Contract.  Whenever the Construction Manager is absent from the Site, a suitable person shall be appointed to act as the Construction Manager’s deputy.

17.2.5     The Project Manager may require the Contractor to remove (or cause to be removed) the Contractor’s Representative or any other person employed by the Contractor in the execution of the Contract, who:

  1. persists in any misconduct or lack of care;
  2. carries out duties incompetently or negligently;
  3. fails to comply with any provision of the Contract;
  4. persists in any conduct which is prejudicial to safety, health, or the protection of the environment;
  5. based on reasonable evidence, is determined to have engaged in Fraud and Corruption during the execution of the Contract;
  6. has been recruited from the Employer’s Personnel in breach of GCC Sub-Clause 22.2.2;
  7. undertakes behaviour which breaches the Code of Conduct (ES), as applicable;

If appropriate, the Contractor shall then promptly appoint (or cause to be appointed) a suitable replacement with equivalent skills and experience.

Notwithstanding any requirement from the Project Manager to remove or cause to remove any person, the Contractor shall take immediate action as appropriate in response to any violation of (a) through (g) above. Such immediate action shall include removing (or causing to be removed) from the Site or other places where the Contract is being executed, any Contractor’s Personnel who engages in (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (g) above or has been recruited as stated in (f) above..

17.2.6     If any representative or person employed by the Contractor is removed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.5, the Contractor shall, where required, promptly appoint a suitable replacement with equivalent skills and experience.

18.  Work Program

18.1   Contractor’s Organization

The Contractor shall supply to the Employer and the Project Manager a chart showing the proposed organization to be established by the Contractor for carrying out work on the Facilities within twenty-one (21) days of the Effective Date.  The chart shall include the identities of the key personnel and the curricula vitae of such key personnel to be employed shall be supplied together with the chart.  The Contractor shall promptly inform the Employer and the Project Manager in writing of any revision or alteration of such an organization chart.

18.2   Program of Performance

Within twenty-eight (28) days after the Effective Date, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a detailed program of performance of the Contract, made in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and showing the sequence in which it proposes to design, manufacture, transport, assemble, install and precommission the Facilities, as well as the date by which the Contractor reasonably requires that the Employer shall have fulfilled its obligations under the Contract so as to enable the Contractor to execute the Contract in accordance with the program and to achieve Completion, Commissioning and Acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract.  The program so submitted by the Contractor shall accord with the Time Schedule included in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule, and any other dates and periods specified in the Contract.  The Contractor shall update and revise the program as and when appropriate or when required by the Project Manager, but without modification in the Times for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to Sub-Clause 8.2 and any extension granted in accordance with GCC Clause 40, and shall submit all such revisions to the Project Manager.

18.3   Progress Report

The Contractor shall monitor progress of all the activities specified in the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 above, and supply a progress report to the Project Manager every month.

The progress report shall be in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and shall indicate: (a) percentage completion achieved compared with the planned percentage completion for each activity; and (b) where any activity is behind the program, giving comments and likely consequences and stating the corrective action being taken.

Unless otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, each progress report shall include the Environmental and Social (ES) metrics set out in Appendix C.

If stated in the PCC, progress report shall include status of compliance to cyber security risks management, and any foreseeable cyber security risk and mitigation.

In addition to the progress reports, the Contractor shall inform the Project Manager immediately of any allegation, incident or accident in the Site,  which has or is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the environment, the affected communities, the public, Employer’s Personnel or Contractor’s Personnel. This includes, but is not limited to, any incident or accident causing fatality or serious injury; significant adverse effects or damage to private property; any cyber security incidents as specified in the PCC; or any allegation of SEA and/or SH. In case of SEA and/or SH, while maintaining confidentiality as appropriate, the type of allegation (sexual exploitation, sexual abuse or sexual harassment), gender and age of the person who experienced the alleged incident should be included in the information.

The Contractor, upon becoming aware of the allegation, incident or accident, shall also immediately inform the Project Manager of any such incident or accident on the Subcontractors’ or suppliers’ premises relating to the Facilities  which has or is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the environment, the affected communities, the public, Employer’s Personnel, or Contractor’s, its Subcontractors’ and suppliers’ personnel. The notification shall provide sufficient detail regarding such incidents or accidents. The Contractor shall provide full details of such incidents or accidents to the Project Manager within the timeframe agreed with the Project Manager.

The Contractor shall require its Subcontractors and suppliers to immediately notify the Contractor of any incidents or accidents referred to in this Subclause.

18.4   Progress of Performance

If at any time the Contractor’s actual progress falls behind the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 18.2, or it becomes apparent that it will so fall behind, the Contractor shall, at the request of the Employer or the Project Manager, prepare and submit to the Project Manager a revised program, taking into account the prevailing circumstances, and shall notify the Project Manager of the steps being taken to expedite progress so as to attain Completion of the Facilities within the Time for Completion under GCC Sub-Clause 8.2, any extension thereof entitled under GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, or any extended period as may otherwise be agreed upon between the Employer and the Contractor.

18.5   Procedures

The Contract shall be executed in accordance with the Contract Documents including the procedures given in the Forms and Procedures of the Employer’s Requirements.

The Contractor may execute the Contract in accordance with its own standard project execution plans and procedures to the extent that they do not conflict with the provisions contained in the Contract.

19.  Subcontracting

19.1   The Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors, specifies major items of supply or services and a list of approved Subcontractors against each item, including manufacturers.  Insofar as no Subcontractors are listed against any such item, the Contractor shall prepare a list of Subcontractors for such item for inclusion in such list.  The Contractor may from time to time propose any addition to or deletion from any such list.  The Contractor shall submit any such list or any modification thereto to the Employer for its approval in sufficient time so as not to impede the progress of work on the Facilities. Submission by the Contractor, for addition of any Subcontractor not named in the Contract, shall also include the Subcontractor’s declaration in accordance with Appendix D- Sexual exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment (SH) Performance Declaration. Approval by the Employer for any of the Subcontractors shall not relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations, duties or responsibilities under the Contract.

19.2   The Contractor shall select and employ its Subcontractors for such major items from those listed in the lists referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 19.1.

19.3   For items or parts of the Facilities not specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors, the Contractor may employ such Subcontractors as it may select, at its discretion.

19.4   Each sub-contract shall include provisions which would entitle the Employer to require the sub-contract to be assigned to the Employer under GCC 19.5 (if and when applicable), or in event of termination by the Employer under GCC 42.2.

19.5   If a Subcontractor's obligations extend beyond the expiry date of the relevant Defects Liability Period and the Project Manager, prior to that date, instructs the Contractor to assign the benefits of such obligations to the Employer, then the Contractor shall do so.

19.6 The Contractor shall ensure that its Subcontractors execute the Facilities in accordance with the Contract, including complying with the relevant ES requirements and the obligations set out in GCC Sub-Clause 22.4.

20.  Design and Engineering

20.1   Specifications and Drawings

20.1.1     The Contractor shall execute the basic and detailed design and the engineering work in compliance with the provisions of the Contract, or where not so specified, in accordance with good engineering practice.

The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the specifications, drawings and other technical documents that it has prepared, whether such specifications, drawings and other documents have been approved by the Project Manager or not, provided that such discrepancies, errors or omissions are not because of inaccurate information furnished in writing to the Contractor by or on behalf of the Employer.

20.1.2     The Contractor shall be entitled to disclaim responsibility for any design, data, drawing, specification or other document, or any modification thereof provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, by giving a notice of such disclaimer to the Project Manager.

20.2   Codes and Standards

Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and standards in accordance with which the Contract shall be executed, the edition or the revised version of such codes and standards current at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to date of Bid submission shall apply unless otherwise specified.  During Contract execution, any changes in such codes and standards shall be applied subject to approval by the Employer and shall be treated in accordance with GCC Clause 39.

20.3   Approval/Review of Technical Documents by Project Manager

20.3.1     The Contractor shall prepare or cause its Subcontractors to prepare, and furnish to the Project Manager the documents listed in the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Documents for Approval or Review, for its approval or review as specified and in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 (Program of Performance).

Any part of the Facilities covered by or related to the documents to be approved by the Project Manager shall be executed only after the Project Manager’s approval thereof.

GCC Sub-Clauses 20.3.2 through 20.3.7 shall apply to those documents requiring the Project Manager’s approval, but not to those furnished to the Project Manager for its review only.

20.3.2     Within fourteen (14) days after receipt by the Project Manager of any document requiring the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.1, the Project Manager shall either return one copy thereof to the Contractor with its approval endorsed thereon or shall notify the Contractor in writing of its disapproval thereof and the reasons therefor and the modifications that the Project Manager proposes.

If the Project Manager fails to take such action within the said fourteen (14) days, then the said document shall be deemed to have been approved by the Project Manager.

20.3.3     The Project Manager shall not disapprove any document, except on the grounds that the document does not comply with the Contract or that it is contrary to good engineering practice.

20.3.4     If the Project Manager disapproves the document, the Contractor shall modify the document and resubmit it for the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.2. If the Project Manager approves the document subject to modification(s), the Contractor shall make the required modification(s), whereupon the document shall be deemed to have been approved.

20.3.5     If any dispute or difference occurs between the Employer and the Contractor in connection with or arising out of the disapproval by the Project Manager of any document and/or any modification(s) thereto that cannot be settled between the Parties within a reasonable period, then such dispute or difference may be referred to a Dispute Board for determination in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.1 hereof.  If such dispute or difference is referred to a Dispute Board, the Project Manager shall give instructions as to whether and if so, how, performance of the Contract is to proceed.  The Contractor shall proceed with the Contract in accordance with the Project Manager’s instructions, provided that if the Dispute Board upholds the Contractor’s view on the dispute and if the Employer has not given notice under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 hereof, then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Employer for any additional costs incurred by reason of such instructions and shall be relieved of such responsibility or liability in connection with the dispute and the execution of the instructions as the Dispute Board shall decide, and the Time for Completion shall be extended accordingly.

20.3.6     The Project Manager’s approval, with or without modification of the document furnished by the Contractor, shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or liability imposed upon it by any provisions of the Contract except to the extent that any subsequent failure results from modifications required by the Project Manager.

20.3.7     The Contractor shall not depart from any approved document unless the Contractor has first submitted to the Project Manager an amended document and obtained the Project Manager’s approval thereof, pursuant to the provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.

If the Project Manager requests any change in any already approved document and/or in any document based thereon, the provisions of GCC Clause 39 shall apply to such request.

21.  Procurement

21.1   Plant

Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 14.2, the Contractor shall procure and transport all Plant in an expeditious and orderly manner to the Site.

21.2   Employer-Supplied Plant

If the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, provides that the Employer shall furnish any specific items to the Contractor, the following provisions shall apply:

21.2.1     The Employer shall, at its own risk and expense, transport each item to the place on or near the Site as agreed upon by the Parties and make such item available to the Contractor at the time specified in the program furnished by the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2, unless otherwise mutually agreed.

21.2.2     Upon receipt of such item, the Contractor shall inspect the same visually and notify the Project Manager of any detected shortage, defect or default.  The Employer shall immediately remedy any shortage, defect or default, or the Contractor shall, if practicable and possible, at the request of the Employer, remedy such shortage, defect or default at the Employer’s cost and expense.  After inspection, such item shall fall under the care, custody and control of the Contractor.  The provision of this GCC Sub-Clause 21.2.2 shall apply to any item supplied to remedy any such shortage or default or to substitute for any defective item, or shall apply to defective items that have been repaired.

21.2.3     The foregoing responsibilities of the Contractor and its obligations of care, custody and control shall not relieve the Employer of liability for any undetected shortage, defect or default, nor place the Contractor under any liability for any such shortage, defect or default whether under GCC Clause 27 or under any other provision of Contract.

21.3   Transportation

21.3.1     The Contractor shall at its own risk and expense transport all the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site by the mode of transport that the Contractor judges most suitable under all the circumstances.

21.3.2     Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall be entitled to select any safe mode of transport operated by any person to carry the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment.

21.3.3     Upon dispatch of each shipment of materials and the Contractor’s Equipment, the Contractor shall notify the Employer by telex, cable, facsimile or electronic means, of the description of the materials and of the Contractor’s Equipment, the point and means of dispatch, and the estimated time and point of arrival in the country where the Site is located, if applicable, and at the Site.  The Contractor shall furnish the Employer with relevant shipping documents to be agreed upon between the Parties.

21.3.4     The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, if necessary, approvals from the authorities for transportation of the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site.  The Employer shall use its best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining such approvals, if requested by the Contractor.  The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any claim for damage to roads, bridges or any other traffic facilities that may be caused by the transport of the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site.

21.4   Customs Clearance

The Contractor shall, at its own expense, handle all imported materials and Contractor’s Equipment at the point(s) of import and shall handle any formalities for customs clearance, subject to the Employer’s obligations under GCC Sub-Clause 14.2, provided that if applicable laws or regulations require any application or act to be made by or in the name of the Employer, the Employer shall take all necessary steps to comply with such laws or regulations.  In the event of delays in customs clearance that are not the fault of the Contractor, the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension in the Time for Completion, pursuant to GCC Clause 40.

22.  Installation

22.1   Setting Out/Supervision

22.1.1     Bench Mark:  The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting-out of the Facilities in relation to bench marks, reference marks and lines provided to it in writing by or on behalf of the Employer.

           If, at any time during the progress of installation of the Facilities, any error shall appear in the position, level or alignment of the Facilities, the Contractor shall forthwith notify the Project Manager of such error and, at its own expense, immediately rectify such error to the reasonable satisfaction of the Project Manager.  If such error is based on incorrect data provided in writing by or on behalf of the Employer, the expense of rectifying the same shall be borne by the Employer.

22.1.2     Contractor’s Supervision:  The Contractor shall give or provide all necessary superintendence during the installation of the Facilities, and the Construction Manager or its deputy shall be constantly on the Site to provide full-time superintendence of the installation.  The Contractor shall provide and employ only technical personnel who are skilled and experienced in their respective callings and supervisory staff who are competent to adequately supervise the work at hand.

22.2   Labor:

22.2.1 Engagement of Staff and Labor

Except as otherwise stated in the  Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall make arrangements for the engagement of all staff and labor, local or otherwise, and for their payment, housing, feeding and transport.

The Contractor shall provide and employ on the Site in the installation of the Facilities such skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labor as is necessary for the proper and timely execution of the Contract.  The Contractor is encouraged to use local labor that has the necessary skills.

The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permit(s) and/or visa(s) from the appropriate authorities for the entry of all labor and personnel to be employed on the Site into the country where the Site is located. The Employer will, if requested by the Contractor, use his best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state, national or government permission required for bringing in the Contractor’s   Personnel.

The Contractor shall at its own expense provide the means of repatriation to all of its Contractor’s Personnel employed for the excution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out to the place where they were recruited or to their domicile.  It shall also provide suitable temporary maintenance of all such persons from the cessation of their employment on the Contract to the date programmed for their departure.  In the event that the Contractor defaults in providing such means of transportation and temporary maintenance, the Employer may provide the same to such personnel and recover the cost of doing so from the Contractor.

The Contractor shall provide Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out, relevant information and documentation that are clear and understandable regarding their terms and conditions of employment. The information and documentation shall set out their rights under relevant labor laws applicable to the Contractor’s Personnel (which will include any applicable collective agreements), including their rights related to hours of work, wages, overtime, compensation and benefits, as well as those arising from any requirements in the  Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor’s Personnel shall be informed when any material changes to their terms or conditions of employment occur.

22.2.2 Persons in the Service of Employer

The Contractor shall not recruit, or attempt to recruit, staff and labor from amongst the Employer’s Personnel.

22.2.3 Labor Laws

The Contractor shall comply with all the relevant labor laws applicable to the Contractor’s Personnel, including laws relating to their employment, health, safety, welfare, immigration and emigration, and shall allow them all their legal rights.

The Contractor shall at all times during the progress of the Contract use its best endeavors to prevent any unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct or behavior by or amongst its employees and the labor of its Subcontractors.

The Contractor shall, in all dealings with its labor and the labor of its Subcontractors currently employed on or connected with the Contract, pay due regard to all recognized festivals, official holidays, religious or other customs and all local laws and regulations pertaining to the employment of labor.

22.2.4 Rates of Wages and Conditions of Labor

The Contractor shall pay rates of wages, and observe conditions of labor, which are not lower than those established for the trade or industry where the work is carried out. If no established rates or conditions are applicable, the Contractor shall pay rates of wages and observe conditions which are not lower than the general level of wages and conditions observed locally by employers whose trade or industry is similar to that of the Contractor.

The Contractor shall inform the Contractor’s Personnel about:

  1. any deduction to their payment and the conditions of such deductions in accordance with the applicable laws or as stated in the Employer’s Requirements; and
  2. their liability to pay personal income taxes in the Country in respect of such of their salaries, wages, allowances and any benefits as are subject to tax under the laws of the Country for the time being in force.

The Contractor shall perform such duties in regard to such deductions thereof as may be imposed on him by such laws.

Where required by applicable Laws or as stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor and its Subcontarctors shall provide their  personnel written notice of termination of employment and details of severance payments in a timely manner. The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall have paid their personnel (either directly or where appropriate for their benefit) all due wages and entitlements including, as applicable, social security benefits and pension contributions, on or before the end of their engagement/ employment.

22.2.5 Working Hours

    No work shall be carried out on the Site on locally recognized days of rest, or outside the normal working hours stated in the PCC, unless:

(a)     otherwise stated in the Contract,

(b)     the Project Manager gives consent, or

(c)     the work is unavoidable, or necessary for the protection of life or property or for the safety of the Facilities, in which case the Contractor shall immediately advise the Project Manager.

If and when the Contractor considers it necessary to carry out work at night or on public holidays so as to meet the Time for Completion and requests the Project Manager’s consent thereto, the Project Manager shall not unreasonably withhold such consent.

This Sub-Clause shall not apply to any work which is customarily carried out by rotary or double-shifts.

22.2.6 Facilities for Staff and Labor

Except as otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary accommodation and welfare facilities for the Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out. The Contractor shall also provide facilities for the Employer’s  Personnel as stated in the Employer’s Requirements.

If stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall give access to or provide services that accommodate the physical, social and cultural needs of the Contractor’s Personnel. The Contractor shall also provide similar facilities for the Employer’s Personnel as stated in the Employer’s Requirements.

The Contractor shall not permit any of the Contractor’s Personnel to maintain any temporary or permanent living quarters within the structures forming part of the Facilities.

22.2.7 Health and Safety

The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to maintain the health and safety of the  Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located).

Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 9.9, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager for its approval a health and safety manual which sets out all the health and safety requirements under the Contract.

The health and safety manual shall be in addition to any other similar document required under applicable health and safety regulations and Laws.

The Contractor shall:

  1. comply with all applicable health and safety regulations and laws;
  2. comply with all applicable health and safety obligations specified in the Contract;
  3. develop and implement procedures to establish and maintain a safe working environment without risk to health at all workplaces, machinery, equipment and processes under the control of the Contractor, including control measures for chemical, physical and biological substances and agents;
  4. provide health and safety training of the Contractor’s Personnel as appropriate and maintain training records;
  5. actively engage the Contractor’s Personnel in promoting understanding, and methods for, implementation of health and safety requirements, as well as in providing information to such personnel, and provision of personal protective equipment without expense to the personnel;
  6. put in place workplace processes for the Contractor’s  Personnel to report work situations that they believe are not safe or healthy, and to remove themselves from a work situation which they have reasonable justification to believe presents an imminent and serious danger to their life or health; Contractor’s Personnel who remove themselves from such work situations shall not be required to return to work until necessary remedial action to correct the situation has been taken. Such personnel shall not be retaliated against or otherwise subject to reprisal or negative action for such reporting or removal;
  7. in collaboration with local health authorities, ensure that medical staff, first aid facilities, sick bay and ambulance service are available at all times at the Site and at any accommodation for Contractor’s and Employer’s Personnel;
  8. appoint an accident prevention officer at the Site, responsible for maintaining safety and protection against accidents. This person shall be qualified for this responsibility and shall have the authority to issue instructions and take protective measures to prevent accidents. Throughout the performance of the Contract, the Contractor shall provide whatever is required by this person to exercise this responsibility and authority;
  9. put in place measures to avoid or minimize the potential for community exposure to water-borne, water-based, water-related, and vector-borne diseases;
  10. put in place measures to be implemented to avoid or minimize the spread of communicable diseases (including transfer of Sexually Transmitted Diseases or Infections (STDs), such as HIV virus) and non-communicable diseases associated with the Installation Services, taking into consideration differentiated exposure to and higher sensitivity of vulnerable groups. This includes taking measures to avoid or minimize the transmission of communicable diseases that may be associated with the influx of temporary or permanent Contract-related labor;
  11. have in place procedures for prevention, preparedness and response activities to be implemented in the case of an emergency event (i.e. an unanticipated incident, arising from both natural and man-made hazards, typically in the form of fire, explosions, leaks or spills, which may occur for a variety of different reasons including failure to implement operating procedures that are designed to prevent their occurrence, extreme weather or lack of early warning);
  12. collaborate, as applicable,  with the Employer’s Personnel, any other contractors employed by the Employer, and/or personnel of any legally constituted public authorities and private utility companies that are employed in carrying out, on or near the site, of any work not included in the Contract, in applying the health and safety requirements. This is without prejudice to the responsibility of the relevant entities  for the health and safety of their  own  personnel; and  
  13. put in place a system for regular review of health and safety performance and the working environment.

22.2.8 Funeral Arrangements

In the event of the death of any of the Contractor’s Personnel or accompanying members of their families, the Contractor shall be responsible for making the appropriate arrangements for their return or burial, unless otherwise specified in the PCC.

22.2.9 Records of Contractor’s Personnel

The Contractor shall keep accurate records of the Contractor’s Personnel, including the number of each class of Contractor’s personnel on the Site and the names, ages, genders, hours worked and wages paid to all workers. These records shall be summarized on a monthly basis in a form approved by the Project Manager and shall be available for inspection by the Project Manager until the Contractor has completed all work.

22.2.10 Supply of Foodstuffs

The Contractor shall arrange for the provision of a sufficient supply of suitable food as may be stated in the Employer’s Requirements at reasonable prices for the Contractor’s personnel for the purposes of or in connection with the Contract.

22.2.11 Supply of Water

The Contractor shall, having regard to local conditions, provide on the Site an adequate supply of drinking and other water for the use of the Contractor’s personnel.

22.2.12 Measures against Insect and Pest Nuisance

The Contractor shall at all times take the necessary precautions to protect the Contractor’s Personnel employed on the Site from insect and pest nuisance, and to reduce their danger to health. The Contractor shall comply with all the regulations of the local health authorities, including use of appropriate insecticide.

22.2.13 Alcoholic Liquor or Drugs

The Contractor shall not, otherwise than in accordance with the laws of the Country, import, sell, give barter or otherwise dispose of any alcoholic liquor or drugs, or permit or allow importation, sale, gift barter or disposal by Contractor's Personnel.

22.2.14 Arms and Ammunition

The Contractor shall not give, barter, or otherwise dispose of, to any person, any arms or ammunition of any kind, or allow Contractor's Personnel to do so.

22.2.15 Workers’ Organizations

In countries where the relevant labor laws recognize workers’ rights to form and to join workers’ organizations of their choosing and to bargain collectively without interference, the Contractor shall comply with such laws. In such circumstances, the role of legally established workers’ organizations and legitimate workers’ representatives will be respected, and they will be provided with information needed for meaningful negotiation in a timely manner. Where the relevant labor laws substantially restrict workers’ organizations, the Contractor shall enable alternative means for the Contractor’s Personnel to express their grievances and protect their rights regarding working conditions and terms of employment. The Contractor shall not seek to influence or control these alternative means. The Contractor shall not discriminate or retaliate against the Contractor’s Personnel who participate, or seek to participate, in such organizations and collective bargaining or alternative mechanisms. Workers’ organizations are expected to fairly represent the workers in the workforce.

22.2.16  Non-Discrimination and Equal Opportunity

The Contractor shall not make decisions relating to the employment or treatment of Contractor’s Personnel on the basis of personal characteristics unrelated to inherent job requirements. The Contractor shall base the employment of Contractor’s Personnel on the principle of equal opportunity and fair treatment, and shall not discriminate with respect to any aspects of the employment relationship, including recruitment and hiring, compensation (including wages and benefits), working conditions and terms of employment, access to training, job assignment, promotion, termination of employment or retirement, and disciplinary practices.

Special measures of protection or assistance to remedy past discrimination or selection for a particular job based on the inherent requirements of the job shall not be deemed discrimination. The Contractor shall provide protection and assistance as necessary to ensure non-discrimination and equal opportunity, including for specific groups such as women, people with disabilities, migrant workers and children (of working age in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 9.13).

22.2.17  Contractor’s Personnel Grievance Mechanism

The Contractor shall have a grievance mechanism for the Contractor’s Personnel, and where relevant the workers’ organizations stated in subclause 22.2.15, to raise workplace concerns. The grievance mechanism shall be proportionate to the nature, scale, risks and impacts of the Contract. The mechanism shall address concerns promptly, using an understandable and transparent process that provides timely feedback to those concerned in a language they understand, without any retribution, and shall operate in an independent and objective manner.

The Contractor’s Personnel shall be informed of the grievance mechanism at the time of engagement for the Contract, and the measures put in place to protect them against any reprisal for its use. Measures will be put in place to make the grievance mechanism easily accessible to all Contractor’s Personnel.

The grievance mechanism shall not impede access to other judicial or administrative remedies that might be available, or substitute for grievance mechanisms provided through collective agreements.

The grievance mechanism may utilize existing grievance mechanisms, providing that they are properly designed and implemented, address concerns promptly, and are readily accessible to such project workers. Existing grievance mechanisms may be supplemented as needed with Contract-specific arrangements.

22.3   Contractor’s Equipment

22.3.1 All Contractor’s Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site shall be deemed to be intended to be used exclusively for the execution of the Contract.  The Contractor shall not remove the same from the Site without the Project Manager’s consent that such Contractor’s Equipment is no longer required for the execution of the Contract.

22.3.2 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, upon completion of the Facilities, the Contractor shall remove from the Site all Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site and any surplus materials remaining thereon.

22.3.3 The Employer will, if requested, use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state or national government permission required by the Contractor for the export of the Contractor’s Equipment imported by the Contractor for use in the execution of the Contract that is no longer required for the execution of the Contract.

22.4   Site Regulations

The Employer and the Contractor shall establish Site regulations setting out the rules to be observed in the execution of the Contract at the Site and shall comply therewith.  The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Project Manager with a copy to the Employer, proposed Site regulations for the Project Manager’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Such Site regulations shall include, but shall not be limited to, Code of Conduct for environmental and social aspectssubmitted as part of the Bid and agreed to by the Employer, , security arrangements in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 22.8, safety of the Facilities, gate control, sanitation, medical care, and fire prevention.

The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to ensure that each Contractor’s Personnel, employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out, is made aware of the Code of Conduct including specific behaviors that are prohibited, and understands the consequences of engaging in such prohibited behaviors. 

These measures include providing instructions and documentation that can be understood by the Contractor’s Personnel and seeking to obtain that person’s signature acknowledging receipt of such instructions and/or documentation, as appropriate.

The Contractor shall also ensure that the Code of Conduct is visibly displayed in multiple locations on the Site and any other place where the Installation Services  will be carried out, as well as in areas outside the Site accessible to the local community and project affected people. The posted Code of Conduct shall be provided in languages comprehensible to Contractor’s Personnel, Employer’s Personnel and the local community.

The Contractor’s Management Strategy and Implementation Plans shall include appropriate processes for the Contractor to verify compliance with these obligations.

22.5   Opportunities for Other Contractors

22.5.1 The Contractor shall, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, give all reasonable opportunities for carrying out the work to any other contractors employed by the Employer on or near the Site.

22.5.2 If the Contractor, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, makes available to other contractors any roads or ways the maintenance for which the Contractor is responsible, permits the use by such other contractors of the Contractor’s Equipment, or provides any other service of whatsoever nature for such other contractors, the Employer shall fully compensate the Contractor for any loss or damage caused or occasioned by such other contractors in respect of any such use or service, and shall pay to the Contractor reasonable remuneration for the use of such equipment or the provision of such services.

22.5.3 The Contractor shall also so arrange to perform its work as to minimize, to the extent possible, interference with the work of other contractors.  The Project Manager shall determine the resolution of any difference or conflict that may arise between the Contractor and other contractors and the workers of the Employer in regard to their work.

22.5.4 The Contractor shall notify the Project Manager promptly of any defects in the other contractors’ work that come to its notice, and that could affect the Contractor’s work.  The Project Manager shall determine the corrective measures, if any, required to rectify the situation after inspection of the Facilities.  Decisions made by the Project Manager shall be binding on the Contractor.

22.6   Emergency Work

If, by reason of an emergency arising in connection with and during the execution of the Contract, any protective or remedial work is necessary as a matter of urgency to prevent damage to the Facilities, the Contractor shall immediately carry out such work.

If the Contractor is unable or unwilling to do such work immediately, the Employer may do or cause such work to be done as the Employer may determine is necessary in order to prevent damage to the Facilities.  In such event the Employer shall, as soon as practicable after the occurrence of any such emergency, notify the Contractor in writing of such emergency, the work done and the reasons therefor. If the work done or caused to be done by the Employer is work that the Contractor was liable to do at its own expense under the Contract, the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid by the Contractor to the Employer.  Otherwise, the cost of such remedial work shall be borne by the Employer.

22.7   Site Clearance

22.7.1 Site Clearance in Course of Performance:  In the course of carrying out the Contract, the Contractor shall keep the Site reasonably free from all unnecessary obstruction, store or remove any surplus materials, clear away any wreckage, rubbish or temporary works from the Site, and remove any Contractor’s Equipment no longer required for execution of the Contract.

22.7.2 Clearance of Site after Completion:  After Completion of all parts of the Facilities, the Contractor shall clear away and remove all wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind from the Site, and shall leave the Site and Facilities in a clean and safe condition.

22.8    Security of the Site

The Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the Site including providing and maintaining at its own expense all lighting, fencing, and watching when and where necessary for the proper execution and the protection of the Facilities, or for the safety of the owners and occupiers of adjacent property and for the safety of the public.

If required in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall submit for the Project Manager’s No-objection a security management plan that sets the security arrangements for the Site.

In making security arrangements, the Contractor shall be guided by applicable laws and any other requirements stated in the Employer’s Requirements.

The Contractor shall (i) conduct appropriate background checks on any personnel retained to provide security; (ii) train the security personnel adequately (or determine that they are properly trained) in the use of force (and where applicable, firearms), and appropriate conduct towards Contractor’s Personnel, Employer’s personnel and affected communities; and (iii) require the security personnel to act within the applicable Laws and any requirements set out in the Employer’s Reqquirements.

The Contractor shall not permit any use of force by security personnel in providing security except when used for preventive and defensive purposes in proportion to the nature and extent of the threat.

22.9 Protection of the Environment

The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to:

      1. protect the environment (both on and off the Site); and
      2. limit damage and nuisance to people and property resulting from pollution, noise and other results of the Contractor’s operations and/ or activities.

The Contractor shall ensure that emissions, surface discharges, effluent and any other pollutants from the Contractor’s activities shall exceed neither the values indicated in the Employer’s Requirements, nor those prescribed by applicable laws.

In the event of damage to the environment, property and/or nuisance to people, on or off Site as a result of the Contractor’s operations, the Contractor shall agree with the Project Manager the appropriate actions and time scale to remedy, as practicable, the damaged environment to its former condition. The Contractor shall implement such remedies at its cost to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.

22.10  Traffic and Road Safety

The Contractor shall take all necessary safety measures to avoid the occurrence of incidents and injuries to any third party associated with the use of Contractor’s Equipment on public roads or other public infrastructure.

The Contractor shall monitor and use road safety incidents and accidents reports to identify negative safety issues, and establish and implement necessary measures to resolve them.

22.11 Cultural Heritage Findings

All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity, structures, groups of structures, and other remains or items of geological, archaeological, paleontological, historical, architectural, religious interest found on the Site shall be placed under the care and custody of the Employer.

The Contractor shall:

  1. take all reasonable precautions, including fencing-off the area or site of the finding, to avoid further disturbance and prevent Contractor’s Personnel or other persons from removing or damaging any of these findings;
  2. as soon as practicable after discovery of any such finding, give a notice to the Project Manager, to give the Project Manager the opportunity to promptly inspect and/or investigate the finding before it is disturbed and to issue instructions for dealing with it;
  3. train relevant Contractor’s Personnel on the procedures for handling such findings; and
  4. implement any other action consistent with the requirements of the Employer’s Requirements and relevant laws.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs extra costs from complying  with the Project Manager instructions,  the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time under GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, and the amount of such extra costs shall be added to the Contract Price.

23.  Test and Inspection

23.1   The Contractor shall at its own expense carry out at the place of manufacture and/or on the Site all such tests and/or inspections of the Plant and any part of the Facilities as are specified in the Contract.

23.2   The Employer and the Project Manager or their designated representatives shall be entitled to attend the aforesaid test and/or inspection, provided that the Employer shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such attendance including, but not limited to, all traveling and board and lodging expenses.

23.3   Whenever the Contractor is ready to carry out any such test and/or inspection, the Contractor shall give a reasonable advance notice of such test and/or inspection and of the place and time thereof to the Project Manager.  The Contractor shall obtain from any relevant third Party or manufacturer any necessary permission or consent to enable the Employer and the Project Manager or their designated representatives to attend the test and/or inspection.

23.4   The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results of any such test and/or inspection.

If the Employer or Project Manager or their designated representatives fails to attend the test and/or inspection, or if it is agreed between the Parties that such persons shall not do so, then the Contractor may proceed with the test and/or inspection in the absence of such persons, and may provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results thereof.

23.5   The Project Manager may require the Contractor to carry out any test and/or inspection not required by the Contract, provided that the Contractor’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the carrying out of such test and/or inspection shall be added to the Contract Price.  Further, if such test and/or inspection impede the progress of work on the Facilities and/or the Contractor’s performance of its other obligations under the Contract, due allowance will be made in respect of the Time for Completion and the other obligations so affected.

23.6   If any Plant or any part of the Facilities fails to pass any test and/or inspection, the Contractor shall either rectify or replace such Plant or part of the Facilities and shall repeat the test and/or inspection upon giving a notice under GCC Sub-Clause 23.3.

23.7   If any dispute or difference of opinion shall arise between the Parties in connection with or arising out of the test and/or inspection of the Plant or part of the Facilities that cannot be settled between the Parties within a reasonable period of time, it may be referred to an Dispute Board for determination in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3.

23.8   The Contractor shall afford the Employer and the Project Manager, at the Employer’s expense, access at any reasonable time to any place where the Plant are being manufactured or the Facilities are being installed, in order to inspect the progress and the manner of manufacture or installation, provided that the Project Manager shall give the Contractor a reasonable prior notice. Without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clause 9.7, as instructed by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall also afford other relevant entities (at the Employer’s or their respective entities’ expense, as appropriate) access to the Facilities, to inspect progress and the manner of the execution of the Facilities, carry out environmental and social audit, as appropriate, or carry out any other duty as stated in the Employer’s Requirements or as instructed by the Project Manager.

23.9   The Contractor agrees that neither the execution of a test and/or inspection of Plant or any part of the Facilities, nor the attendance by the Employer or the Project Manager, nor the issue of any test certificate pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 23.4, shall release the Contractor from any other responsibilities under the Contract.

23.10 No part of the Facilities or foundations shall be covered up on the Site without the Contractor carrying out any test and/or inspection required under the Contract.  The Contractor shall give a reasonable notice to the Project Manager whenever any such parts of the Facilities or foundations are ready or about to be ready for test and/or inspection; such test and/or inspection and notice thereof shall be subject to the requirements of the Contract.

23.11 The Contractor shall uncover any part of the Facilities or foundations, or shall make openings in or through the same as the Project Manager may from time to time require at the Site, and shall reinstate and make good such part or parts.

If any parts of the Facilities or foundations have been covered up at the Site after compliance with the requirement of GCC Sub-Clause 23.10 and are found to be executed in accordance with the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through, reinstating, and making good the same shall be borne by the Employer, and the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract.

24.  Completion of the Facilities

24.1   As soon as the Facilities or any part thereof has, in the opinion of the Contractor, been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight and clean condition as specified in the Employer’s Requirements, excluding minor items not materially affecting the operation or safety of the Facilities, the Contractor shall so notify the Employer in writing.

24.2   Within seven (7) days after receipt of the notice from the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 24.1, the Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer for Precommissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof.

Pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, the Employer shall also provide, within the said seven (7) day period, the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Precommissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof.

24.3   As soon as reasonably practicable after the operating and maintenance personnel have been supplied by the Employer and the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters have been provided by the Employer in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 24.2, the Contractor shall commence Precommissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof in preparation for Commissioning, subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.5.

24.4   As soon as all works in respect of Precommissioning are completed and, in the opinion of the Contractor, the Facilities or any part thereof is ready for Commissioning, the Contractor shall so notify the Project Manager in writing.

24.5   The Project Manager shall, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4, either issue a Completion Certificate in the form specified in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures), stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4, or notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies.

If the Project Manager notifies the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies, the Contractor shall then correct such defects and/or deficiencies, and shall repeat the procedure described in GCC Sub-Clause 24.4.

If the Project Manager is satisfied that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion, the Project Manager shall, within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice, issue a Completion Certificate stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s repeated notice.

If the Project Manager is not so satisfied, then it shall notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice, and the above procedure shall be repeated.

24.6   If the Project Manager fails to issue the Completion Certificate and fails to inform the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4 or within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.5, or if the Employer makes use of the Facilities or part thereof, then the Facilities or that part thereof shall be deemed to have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s notice or repeated notice, or as of the Employer’s use of the Facilities, as the case may be.

24.7   As soon as possible after Completion, the Contractor shall complete all outstanding minor items so that the Facilities are fully in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, failing which the Employer will undertake such completion and deduct the costs thereof from any monies owing to the Contractor.

24.8   Upon Completion, the Employer shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof, together with the risk of loss or damage thereto, and shall thereafter take over the Facilities or the relevant part thereof.

25.   Commissioning and Operational Acceptance

25.1   Commissioning

25.1.1 Commissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof shall be commenced by the Contractor immediately after issue of the Completion Certificate by the Project Manager, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.5, or immediately after the date of the deemed Completion, under GCC Sub-Clause 24.6.

25.1.2 The Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel and all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Commissioning.

25.1.3 In accordance with the requirements of the Contract, the Contractor’s and Project Manager’s advisory personnel shall attend the Commissioning, including the Guarantee Test, and shall advise and assist the Employer.

25.2   Guarantee Test

25.2.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.5, the Guarantee Test and repeats thereof shall be conducted by the Contractor during Commissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof to ascertain whether the Facilities or the relevant part can attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees.  The Employer shall promptly provide the Contractor with such information as the Contractor may reasonably require in relation to the conduct and results of the Guarantee Test and any repeats thereof.

25.2.2 If for reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Guarantee Test of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof cannot be successfully completed within the period from the date of Completion specified in the PCC or any other period agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Contractor shall be deemed to have fulfilled its obligations with respect to the Functional Guarantees, and GCC Sub-Clauses 28.2 and 28.3 shall not apply.

25.3   Operational Acceptance

25.3.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.4 below, Operational Acceptance shall occur in respect of the Facilities or any part thereof when

(a)     the Guarantee Test has been successfully completed and the Functional Guarantees are met; or

(b)     the Guarantee Test has not been successfully completed or has not been carried out for reasons not attributable to the Contractor within the period from the date of Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2.2 above or any other period agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor; or

(c)     the Contractor has paid the liquidated damages specified in GCC Sub-Clause 28.3 hereof; and

(d)     any minor items mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 24.7 hereof relevant to the Facilities or that part thereof have been completed.

25.3.2 At any time after any of the events set out in GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.1 have occurred, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requesting the issue of an Operational Acceptance Certificate in the form provided in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures) in respect of the Facilities or the part thereof specified in such notice as of the date of such notice.

25.3.3 The Project Manager shall, after consultation with the Employer, and within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, issue an Operational Acceptance Certificate.

25.3.4 If within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, the Project Manager fails to issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate or fails to inform the Contractor in writing of the justifiable reasons why the Project Manager has not issued the Operational Acceptance Certificate, the Facilities or the relevant part thereof shall be deemed to have been accepted as of the date of the Contractor’s said notice.

25.4   Partial Acceptance

25.4.1 If the Contract specifies that Completion and Commissioning shall be carried out in respect of parts of the Facilities, the provisions relating to Completion and Commissioning including the Guarantee Test shall apply to each such part of the Facilities individually, and the Operational Acceptance Certificate shall be issued accordingly for each such part of the Facilities.

25.4.2 If a part of the Facilities comprises facilities such as buildings, for which no Commissioning or Guarantee Test is required, then the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for such facility when it attains Completion, provided that the Contractor shall thereafter complete any outstanding minor items that are listed in the Operational Acceptance Certificate.

25.5 Delayed Precommissioning and/or Guarantee Test

25.5.1 In the event that the Contractor is unable to proceed with the Precommissioning of the Facilities pursuant to Sub-Clause 24.3, or with the Guarantee Test pursuant to Sub-Clause 25.2, for reasons attributable to the Employer either on account of non availability of other facilities under the responsibilities of other contractor(s), or for reasons beyond the Contractor’s control, the provisions leading to “deemed” completion of activities such as Completion, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.6, and Operational Acceptance, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.4, and Contractor’s obligations regarding Defect Liability Period, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.2, Functional Guarantee, pursuant to GCC Clause 28, and Care of Facilities, pursuant to GCC Clause 32, and GCC Clause 41.1, Suspension, shall not apply.  In this case, the following provisions shall apply.

25.5.2 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager that he will be unable to proceed with the activities and obligations pursuant to above Sub-Clause 25.5.1, the Contractor shall be entitled to the following:

(a)     the Time of Completion shall be extended for the period of suspension without imposition of liquidated damages pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 26.2;

(b)     payments due to the Contractor in accordance with the provision specified in the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, which would not have been payable in normal circumstances due to non-completion of the subject activities, shall be released to the Contractor against submission of a security in the form of a bank guarantee of equivalent amount acceptable to the Employer, and which shall become null and void when the Contractor will have complied with its obligations regarding those payments, subject to the provision of Sub-Clause 25.5.3 below;

(c)     the expenses towards the above security and extension of other securities under the contract, of which validity needs to be extended, shall be reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer;

(d)     the additional charges towards the care of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 32.1 shall be reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer for the period between the notification mentioned above and the notification mentioned in Sub-Clause 25.5.4 below.  The provision of GCC Sub-Clause 33.2 shall apply to the Facilities during the same period.

25.5.3 In the event that the period of suspension under above Sub-Clause 25.5.1 actually exceeds one hundred eighty (180) days, the Employer and Contractor shall mutually agree to any additional compensation payable to the Contractor.

25.5.4 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager that the Plant is ready for Precommissioning, the Contractor shall proceed without delay in performing Precommissioning in accordance with Clause 24.

  1. Guarantees and Liabilities

26.  Completion Time Guarantee

26.1   The Contractor guarantees that it shall attain Completion of the Facilities (or a part for which a separate time for completion is specified) within the Time for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 8.2, or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40  hereof.

26.2   If the Contractor fails to attain Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40, the Contractor shall pay to the Employer liquidated damages in the amount specified in the PCC as a percentage rate of the Contract Price or the relevant part thereof.  The aggregate amount of such liquidated damages shall in no event exceed the amount specified as “Maximum” in the PCC as a percentage rate of the Contract Price.  Once the “Maximum” is reached, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.2.

Such payment shall completely satisfy the Contractor’s obligation to attain Completion of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40.  The Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof.

However, the payment of liquidated damages shall not in any way relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations to complete the Facilities or from any other obligations and liabilities of the Contractor under the Contract.

Save for liquidated damages payable under this GCC Sub-Clause 26.2, the failure by the Contractor to attain any milestone or other act, matter or thing by any date specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule, and/or other program of work prepared pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 shall not render the Contractor liable for any loss or damage thereby suffered by the Employer.

26.3   If the Contractor attains Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof before the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor a bonus in the amount specified in the PCC.  The aggregate amount of such bonus shall in no event exceed the amount specified as “Maximum” in the PCC.

27.  Defect Liability

27.1   The Contractor warrants that the Facilities or any part thereof shall be free from defects in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant supplied and of the work executed.

27.2   The Defect Liability Period shall be five hundred and forty (540) days from the date of Completion of the Facilities (or any part thereof) or one year from the date of Operational Acceptance of the Facilities (or any part thereof), whichever first occurs, unless specified otherwise in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10.

If during the Defect Liability Period any defect should be found in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant supplied or of the work executed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall promptly, in consultation and agreement with the Employer regarding appropriate remedying of the defects, and at its cost, repair, replace or otherwise make good as the Contractor shall determine at its discretion, such defect as well as any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect.  The Contractor shall not be responsible for the repair, replacement or making good of any defect or of any damage to the Facilities arising out of or resulting from any of the following causes:

(a)     improper operation or maintenance of the Facilities by the Employer;

(b)     operation of the Facilities outside specifications provided in the Contract; or

(c)     normal wear and tear.

27.3   The Contractor’s obligations under this GCC Clause 27 shall not apply to:

(a)     any materials that are supplied by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 21.2, are normally consumed in operation, or have a normal life shorter than the Defect Liability Period stated herein;

(b)     any designs, specifications or other data designed, supplied or specified by or on behalf of the Employer or any matters for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein; or

(c)     any other materials supplied or any other work executed by or on behalf of the Employer, except for the work executed by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 27.7.

27.4   The Employer shall give the Contractor a notice stating the nature of any such defect together with all available evidence thereof, promptly following the discovery thereof.  The Employer shall afford all reasonable opportunity for the Contractor to inspect any such defect.

27.5   The Employer shall afford the Contractor all necessary access to the Facilities and the Site to enable the Contractor to perform its obligations under this GCC Clause 27.

The Contractor may, with the consent of the Employer, remove from the Site any Plant or any part of the Facilities that are defective if the nature of the defect, and/or any damage to the Facilities caused by the defect, is such that repairs cannot be expeditiously carried out at the Site.

27.6   If the repair, replacement or making good is of such a character that it may affect the efficiency of the Facilities or any part thereof, the Employer may give to the Contractor a notice requiring that tests of the defective part of the Facilities shall be made by the Contractor immediately upon completion of such remedial work, whereupon the Contractor shall carry out such tests.

If such part fails the tests, the Contractor shall carry out further repair, replacement or making good, as the case may be, until that part of the Facilities passes such tests.  The tests shall be agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor.

27.7   If the Contractor fails to commence the work necessary to remedy such defect or any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect within a reasonable time (which shall in no event be considered to be less than fifteen (15) days), the Employer may, following notice to the Contractor, proceed to do such work, and the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid to the Employer by the Contractor or may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due the Contractor or claimed under the Performance Security.

27.8   If the Facilities or any part thereof cannot be used by reason of such defect and/or making good of such defect, the Defect Liability Period of the Facilities or such part, as the case may be, shall be extended by a period equal to the period during which the Facilities or such part cannot be used by the Employer because of any of the aforesaid reasons.

27.9   Except as provided in GCC Clauses 27 and 33, the Contractor shall be under no liability whatsoever and howsoever arising, and whether under the Contract or at law, in respect of defects in the Facilities or any part thereof, the Plant, design or engineering or work executed that appear after Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof, except where such defects are the result of the gross negligence, fraud, or criminal or willful action of the Contractor.

27.10 In addition, any such component of the Facilities, and during the period of time as may be specified in the PCC, shall be subject to an extended defect liability period.  Such obligation of the Contractor shall be in addition to the defect liability period specified under GCC Sub-Clause 27.2.

28.  Functional Guarantees

28.1   The Contractor guarantees that during the Guarantee Test, the Facilities and all parts thereof shall attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, subject to and upon the conditions therein specified.

28.2   If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, are not met either in whole or in part, the Contractor shall at its cost and expense make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Plant or any part thereof as may be necessary to meet at least the minimum level of such Guarantees.  The Contractor shall notify the Employer upon completion of the necessary changes, modifications and/or additions, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test until the minimum level of the Guarantees has been met.  If the Contractor eventually fails to meet the minimum level of Functional Guarantees, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.2.

28.3   If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, are not attained either in whole or in part, but the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the said Appendix to the Contract Agreement is met, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s option, either

(a)     make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities or any part thereof that are necessary to attain the Functional Guarantees at its cost and expense, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test or

(b)     pay liquidated damages to the Employer in respect of the failure to meet the Functional Guarantees in accordance with the provisions in the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees.

28.4   The payment of liquidated damages under GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, up to the limitation of liability specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, shall completely satisfy the Contractor’s guarantees under GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, and the Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof.  Upon the payment of such liquidated damages by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for the Facilities or any part thereof in respect of which the liquidated damages have been so paid.

29.  Patent Indemnity

29.1   The Contractor shall, subject to the Employer’s compliance with GCC Sub-Clause 29.2, indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Employer may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract by reason of:  (a) the installation of the Facilities by the Contractor or the use of the Facilities in the country where the Site is located; and (b) the sale of the products produced by the Facilities in any country.

Such indemnity shall not cover any use of the Facilities or any part thereof other than for the purpose indicated by or to be reasonably inferred from the Contract, any infringement resulting from the use of the Facilities or any part thereof, or any products produced thereby in association or combination with any other equipment, Plant or materials not supplied by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract Agreement.

29.2   If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer arising out of the matters referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 29.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof, and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim.

If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf.  Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim.

The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing.

29.3   The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Contractor may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract arising out of or in connection with any design, data, drawing, specification, or other documents or materials provided or designed by or on behalf of the Employer.

30.  Limitation of Liability

30.1   Except in cases of criminal negligence or willful misconduct,

(a)     neither Party shall be liable to the other Party, whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of use, loss of production, or loss of profits or interest costs, which may be suffered by the other Party in connection with the Contract, other than specifically provided as any obligation of the Party in the Contract, and

(b)     the aggregate liability of the Contractor to the Employer, whether under the Contract, in tort or otherwise, shall not exceed the amount resulting from the application of the multiplier specified in the PCC, to the Contract Price or, if a multiplier is not so specified, the total Contract Price, provided that this limitation shall not apply to the cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment, or to any obligation of the Contractor to indemnify the Employer with respect to patent infringement.

  1. Risk Distribution

31.  Transfer of Ownership

31.1   Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) to be imported into the country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the Employer upon loading on to the mode of transport to be used to convey the Plant from the country of origin to that country.

31.2   Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) procured in the country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the Employer when the Plant are brought on to the Site.

31.3   Ownership of the Contractor’s Equipment used by the Contractor and its Subcontractors in connection with the Contract shall remain with the Contractor or its Subcontractors.

31.4   Ownership of any Plant in excess of the requirements for the Facilities shall revert to the Contractor upon Completion of the Facilities or at such earlier time when the Employer and the Contractor agree that the Plant in question are no longer required for the Facilities.

31.5   Notwithstanding the transfer of ownership of the Plant, the responsibility for care and custody thereof together with the risk of loss or damage thereto shall remain with the Contractor pursuant to GCC Clause 32 (Care of Facilities) hereof until Completion of the Facilities or the part thereof in which such Plant are incorporated.

32.  Care of Facilities

32.1   The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or any part thereof until the date of Completion of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Clause 24 or, where the Contract provides for Completion of the Facilities in parts, until the date of Completion of the relevant part, and shall make good at its own cost any loss or damage that may occur to the Facilities or the relevant part thereof from any cause whatsoever during such period.  The Contractor shall also be responsible for any loss or damage to the Facilities caused by the Contractor or its Subcontractors in the course of any work carried out, pursuant to GCC Clause 27.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall not be liable for any loss or damage to the Facilities or that part thereof caused by reason of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2 and 38.1.

32.2   If any loss or damage occurs to the Facilities or any part thereof or to the Contractor’s temporary facilities by reason of

(a)     insofar as they relate to the country where the Site is located, nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation, radioactive contamination, pressure wave caused by aircraft or other aerial objects, or any other occurrences that an experienced contractor could not reasonably foresee, or if reasonably foreseeable could not reasonably make provision for or insure against, insofar as such risks are not normally insurable on the insurance market and are mentioned in the general exclusions of the policy of insurance, including War Risks and Political Risks, taken out under GCC Clause 34 hereof; or

(b)     any use or occupation by the Employer or any third Party other than a Subcontractor, authorized by the Employer of any part of the Facilities; or

(c)     any use of or reliance upon any design, data or specification provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, or any such matter for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein,

the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all sums payable in respect of the Facilities executed, notwithstanding that the same be lost, destroyed or damaged, and will pay to the Contractor the replacement value of all temporary facilities and all parts thereof lost, destroyed or damaged.  If the Employer requests the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby occasioned, the Contractor shall make good the same at the cost of the Employer in accordance with GCC Clause 39.  If the Employer does not request the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby occasioned, the Employer shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of that part of the Facilities thereby lost, destroyed or damaged, or, where the loss or damage affects a substantial part of the Facilities, the Employer shall terminate the Contract pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.1 hereof.

32.3   The Contractor shall be liable for any loss of or damage to any Contractor’s Equipment, or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for purposes of the Facilities, except (i) as mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 32.2 with respect to the Contractor’s temporary facilities, and (ii) where such loss or damage arises by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2 (b) and (c) and 38.1.

32.4   With respect to any loss or damage caused to the Facilities or any part thereof or to the Contractor’s Equipment by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC Sub-Clause 38.1, the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 38.3 shall apply.

33.  Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnifica­tion

33.1   Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 33.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, in respect of the death or injury of any person or loss of or damage to any property other than the Facilities whether accepted or not, arising in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities and by reason of the negligence of the Contractor or its Subcontractors, or their employees, officers or agents, except any injury, death or property damage caused by the negligence of the Employer, its contractors, employees, officers or agents.

33.2   If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer that might subject the Contractor to liability under GCC Sub-Clause 33.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim.

If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf.  Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim.

The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing.

33.3   The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from any liability for loss of or damage to property of the Employer, other than the Facilities not yet taken over, that is caused by fire, explosion or any other perils, in excess of the amount recoverable from insurances procured under GCC Clause 34, provided that such fire, explosion or other perils were not caused by any act or failure of the Contractor.

33.4   The Party entitled to the benefit of an indemnity under this GCC Clause 33 shall take all reasonable measures to mitigate any loss or damage which has occurred.  If the Party fails to take such measures, the other Party’s liabilities shall be correspondingly reduced.

34.  Insurance

34.1   To the extent specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix.  The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, who should not unreasonably withhold such approval.

(a)     Cargo Insurance During Transport

Covering loss or damage occurring while in transit from the Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Plant (including spare parts therefor) and to the Contractor’s Equipment.

(b)     Installation All Risks Insurance

Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to Completion of the Facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the Defect Liability Period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the Defect Liability Period.

(c)     Third Party Liability Insurance

Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third Parties including the Employer’s personnel, and loss of or damage to property occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities.

(d)     Automobile Liability Insurance

Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors, whether or not owned by them, in connection with the execution of the Contract.

(e)     Workers’ Compensation

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed.

(f)     Employer’s Liability

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed.

(g)     Other Insurances

Such other insurances as may be specifically agreed upon by the Parties hereto as listed in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements.

34.2   The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1 except for the Cargo Insurance During Transport, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances.  All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies.

34.3   The Contractor shall, in accordance with the provisions of the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, deliver to the Employer certificates of insurance or copies of the insurance policies as evidence that the required policies are in full force and effect.  The certificates shall provide that no less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice shall be given to the Employer by insurers prior to cancellation or material modification of a policy.

34.4   The Contractor shall ensure that, where applicable, its Subcontractor(s) shall take out and maintain in effect adequate insurance policies for their personnel and vehicles and for work executed by them under the Contract, unless such Subcontractors are covered by the policies taken out by the Contractor.

34.5   The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the performance of the Contract those insurances specified in the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix.  The Contractor and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all such policies.  All insurers’ rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies.  The Employer shall deliver to the Contractor satisfactory evidence that the required insurances are in full force and effect.  The policies shall provide that not less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice shall be given to the Contractor by all insurers prior to any cancellation or material modification of the policies.  If so requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall provide copies of the policies taken out by the Employer under this GCC Sub-Clause 34.5.

34.6   If the Contractor fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, the Employer may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Contractor under the Contract any premium that the Employer shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Contractor.  If the Employer fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC 34.5, the Contractor may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Employer under the Contract any premium that the Contractor shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Employer.  If the Contractor fails to or is unable to take out and maintain in effect any such insurances, the Contractor shall nevertheless have no liability or responsibility towards the Employer, and the Contractor shall have full recourse against the Employer for any and all liabilities of the Employer herein.

34.7   Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare and conduct all and any claims made under the policies effected by it pursuant to this GCC Clause 34, and all monies payable by any insurers shall be paid to the Contractor.  The Employer shall give to the Contractor all such reasonable assistance as may be required by the Contractor.  With respect to insurance claims in which the Employer’s interest is involved, the Contractor shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Employer.  With respect to insurance claims in which the Contractor’s interest is involved, the Employer shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Contractor.

35.  Unforeseen Conditions

35.1   If, during the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall encounter on the Site any physical conditions other than climatic conditions, or artificial obstructions that could not have been reasonably foreseen prior to the date of the Contract Agreement by an experienced contractor on the basis of reasonable examination of the data relating to the Facilities including any data as to boring tests, provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that it could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site if access thereto was available, or other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities, and if the Contractor determines that it will in consequence of such conditions or obstructions incur additional cost and expense or require additional time to perform its obligations under the Contract that would not have been required if such physical conditions or artificial obstructions had not been encountered, the Contractor shall promptly, and before performing additional work or using additional Plant or Contractor’s Equipment, notify the Project Manager in writing of

(a)     the physical conditions or artificial obstructions on the Site that could not have been reasonably foreseen;

(b)     the additional work and/or Plant and/or Contractor’s Equipment required, including the steps which the Contractor will or proposes to take to overcome such conditions or obstructions;

(c)     the extent of the anticipated delay; and

(d)     the additional cost and expense that the Contractor is likely to incur.

On receiving any notice from the Contractor under this GCC Sub-Clause 35.1, the Project Manager shall promptly consult with the Employer and Contractor and decide upon the actions to be taken to overcome the physical conditions or artificial obstructions encountered.  Following such consultations, the Project Manager shall instruct the Contractor, with a copy to the Employer, of the actions to be taken.

35.2   Any reasonable additional cost and expense incurred by the Contractor in following the instructions from the Project Manager to overcome such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 35.1 shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor as an addition to the Contract Price.

If the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of the Contract because of any such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 35.1, the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 40.

36.  Change in Laws and Regulations

36.1   If, after the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to the date of Bid submission, in the country where the Site is located, any law, regulation, ordinance, order or by-law having the force of law is enacted, promulgated, abrogated or changed which shall be deemed to include any change in interpretation or application by the competent authorities, that subsequently affects the costs and expenses of the Contractor and/or the Time for Completion, the Contract Price shall be correspondingly increased or decreased, and/or the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been affected in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, such additional or reduced costs shall not be separately paid or credited if the same has already been accounted for in the price adjustment provisions where applicable, in accordance with the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 11.2.

37.  Force Majeure

37.1   “Force Majeure” shall mean any event beyond the reasonable control of the Employer or of the Contractor, as the case may be, and which is unavoidable notwithstanding the reasonable care of the Party affected, and shall include, without limitation, the following:

(a)     war, hostilities or warlike operations whether a state of war be declared or not, invasion, act of foreign enemy and civil war

(b)     rebellion, revolution, insurrection, mutiny, usurpation of civil or military government, conspiracy, riot, civil commotion and terrorist acts

(c)     confiscation, nationalization, mobilization, commandeering or requisition by or under the order of any government or de jure or de facto authority or ruler or any other act or failure to act of any local state or national government authority

(d)     strike, sabotage, lockout, embargo, import restriction, port congestion, lack of usual means of public transportation and communication, industrial dispute, shipwreck, shortage or restriction of power supply, epidemics, quarantine and plague

(e)     earthquake, landslide, volcanic activity, fire, flood or inundation, tidal wave, typhoon or cyclone, hurricane, storm, lightning, or other inclement weather condition, nuclear and pressure waves or other natural or physical disaster

(f)     shortage of labor, materials or utilities where caused by circumstances that are themselves Force Majeure.

37.2   If either Party is prevented, hindered or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under the Contract by an event of Force Majeure, then it shall notify the other in writing of the occurrence of such event and the circumstances thereof within fourteen (14) days after the occurrence of such event.

37.3   The Party who has given such notice shall be excused from the performance or punctual performance of its obligations under the Contract for so long as the relevant event of Force Majeure continues and to the extent that such Party’s performance is prevented, hindered or delayed.  The Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 40.

37.4   The Party or Parties affected by the event of Force Majeure shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect thereof upon its or their performance of the Contract and to fulfill its or their obligations under the Contract, but without prejudice to either Party’s right to terminate the Contract under GCC Sub-Clauses 37.6 and 38.5.

37.5

          No delay or nonperformance by either Party hereto caused by the occurrence of any event of Force Majeure shall

(a)     constitute a default or breach of the Contract, or

(b)     give rise to any claim for damages or additional cost or expense occasioned thereby, subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2, 38.3 and 38.4

if and to the extent that such delay or nonperformance is caused by the occurrence of an event of Force Majeure.

37.6   If the performance of the Contract is substantially prevented, hindered or delayed for a single period of more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of one or more events of Force Majeure during the currency of the Contract, the Parties will attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution, failing which either Party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other, but without prejudice to either Party’s right to terminate the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 38.5.

37.7   In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 37.6, the rights and obligations of the Employer and the Contractor shall be as specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 42.1.2 and 42.1.3.

37.8   Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 37.5, Force Majeure shall not apply to any obligation of the Employer to make payments to the Contractor herein.

38.  War Risks

38.1   “War Risks” shall mean any event specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of GCC Sub-Clause 37.1 and any explosion or impact of any mine, bomb, shell, grenade or other projectile, missile, munitions or explosive of war, occurring or existing in or near the country (or countries) where the Site is located.

38.2   Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract, the Contractor shall have no liability whatsoever for or with respect to

(a)     destruction of or damage to Facilities, Plant, or any part thereof;

(b)     destruction of or damage to property of the Employer or any third Party; or

(c)     injury or loss of life

if such destruction, damage, injury or loss of life is caused by any War Risks, and the Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, actions, lawsuits, damages, costs, charges or expenses arising in consequence of or in connection with the same.

38.3   If the Facilities or any Plant or Contractor’s Equipment or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for the purposes of the Facilities shall sustain destruction or damage by reason of any War Risks, the Employer shall pay the Contractor for

(a)     any part of the Facilities or the Plant so destroyed or damaged to the extent not already paid for by the Employer

          and so far as may be required by the Employer, and as may be necessary for completion of the Facilities

(b)     replacing or making good any Contractor’s Equipment or other property of the Contractor so destroyed or damaged

(c)     replacing or making good any such destruction or damage to the Facilities or the Plant or any part thereof .

If the Employer does not require the Contractor to replace or make good any such destruction or damage to the Facilities, the Employer shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of that part of the Facilities thereby destroyed or damaged or, where the loss, destruction or damage affects a substantial part of the Facilities, shall terminate the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.

If the Employer requires the Contractor to replace or make good on any such destruction or damage to the Facilities, the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC 40.

38.4   Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract, the Employer shall pay the Contractor for any increased costs or incidentals to the execution of the Contract that are in any way attributable to, consequent on, resulting from, or in any way connected with any War Risks, provided that the Contractor shall as soon as practicable notify the Employer in writing of any such increased cost.

38.5   If during the performance of the Contract any War Risks shall occur that financially or otherwise materially affect the execution of the Contract by the Contractor, the Contractor shall use its reasonable efforts to execute the Contract with due and proper consideration given to the safety of its and its Subcontractors’ personnel engaged in the work on the Facilities, provided, however, that if the execution of the work on the Facilities becomes impossible or is substantially prevented for a single period of more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of any War Risks, the Parties will attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution, failing which either Party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other.

38.6   In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Sub-Clauses 38.3 or 38.5, the rights and obligations of the Employer and the Contractor shall be specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 42.1.2 and 42.1.3.

  1. Change in Contract Elements

39.  Change in the Facilities

39.1   Introducing a Change

39.1.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2.5 and 39.2.7, the Employer shall have the right to propose, and subsequently require, that the Project Manager order the Contractor from time to time during the performance of the Contract to make any change, modification, addition or deletion to, in or from the Facilities hereinafter called “Change”, provided that such Change falls within the general scope of the Facilities and does not constitute unrelated work and that it is technically practicable, taking into account both the state of advancement of the Facilities and the technical compatibility of the Change envisaged with the nature of the Facilities as specified in the Contract.

39.1.2 Value Engineering: The Contractor may prepare, at its own cost, a value engineering proposal at any time during the performance of the contract. The value engineering proposal shall, at a minimum, include the following;

  1. the proposed change(s), and a description of the difference to the existing contract requirements;
  2. a full cost/benefit analysis of the proposed change(s) including a description and estimate of costs (including life cycle costs) the Employer may incur in implementing the value engineering proposal; and
  3. a description of any effect(s) of the change on performance/functionality.

The Employer may accept the value engineering proposal if the proposal demonstrates benefits that:

  1. accelerates the delivery period; or
  2. reduces the Contract Price or the life cycle costs to the Employer; or
  3. improves the quality, efficiency, safety or sustainability of the Facilities; or
  4. yields any other benefits to the Employer,

without compromising the necessary functions of the Facilities.

If the value engineering proposal is approved by the Employer and results in:

  1. a reduction of the Contract Price; the amount to be paid to the Contractor shall be the percentage specified in the PCC of the reduction in the Contract Price; or
  2. an increase in the Contract Price; but results in a reduction in life cycle costs due to any benefit described in (a) to (d) above, the amount to be paid to the Contractor shall be the full increase in the Contract Price.

39.1.3 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clauses 39.1.1 and 39.1.2, no change made necessary because of any default of the Contractor in the performance of its obligations under the Contract shall be deemed to be a Change, and such change shall not result in any adjustment of the Contract Price or the Time for Completion.

39.1.4 The procedure on how to proceed with and execute Changes is specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2 and 39.3, and further details and forms are provided in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures).

39.2   Changes Originating from Employer

39.2.1 If the Employer proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.1, it shall send to the Contractor a “Request for Change Proposal,” requiring the Contractor to prepare and furnish to the Project Manager as soon as reasonably practicable a “Change Proposal,” which shall include the following:

(a)       brief description of the Change

(b)       effect on the Time for Completion

(c)       estimated cost of the Change

(d)       effect on Functional Guarantees (if any)

(e)       effect on the Facilities

(f)       effect on any other provisions of the Contract: and

(g)      any additional documents as specified in the PCC.

39.2.2 Prior to preparing and submitting the “Change Proposal,” the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager an “Estimate for Change Proposal,” which shall be an estimate of the cost of preparing and submitting the Change Proposal.

           Upon receipt of the Contractor’s Estimate for Change Proposal, the Employer shall do one of the following:

(a)       accept the Contractor’s estimate with instructions to the Contractor to proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal

(b)       advise the Contractor of any part of its Estimate for Change Proposal that is unacceptable and request the Contractor to review its estimate

(c)       advise the Contractor that the Employer does not intend to proceed with the Change.

39.2.3 Upon receipt of the Employer’s instruction to proceed under GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2 (a), the Contractor shall, with proper expedition, proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.1.

39.2.4 The pricing of any Change shall, as far as practicable, be calculated in accordance with the rates and prices included in the Contract.  If such rates and prices are inequitable, the Parties thereto shall agree on specific rates for the valuation of the Change.

39.2.5 If before or during the preparation of the Change Proposal it becomes apparent that the aggregate effect of compliance therewith and with all other Change Orders that have already become binding upon the Contractor under this GCC Clause 39 would be to increase or decrease the Contract Price as originally set forth in Article 2 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement by more than fifteen percent (15%), the Contractor may give a written notice of objection thereto prior to furnishing the Change Proposal as aforesaid.  If the Employer accepts the Contractor’s objection, the Employer shall withdraw the proposed Change and shall notify the Contractor in writing thereof.

The Contractor’s failure to so object shall neither affect its right to object to any subsequent requested Changes or Change Orders herein, nor affect its right to take into account, when making such subsequent objection, the percentage increase or decrease in the Contract Price that any Change not objected to by the Contractor represents.

39.2.6 Upon receipt of the Change Proposal, the Employer and the Contractor shall mutually agree upon all matters therein contained.  Within fourteen (14) days after such agreement, the Employer shall, if it intends to proceed with the Change, issue the Contractor with a Change Order.

If the Employer is unable to reach a decision within fourteen (14) days, it shall notify the Contractor with details of when the Contractor can expect a decision.

If the Employer decides not to proceed with the Change for whatever reason, it shall, within the said period of fourteen (14) days, notify the Contractor accordingly.  Under such circumstances, the Contractor shall be entitled to reimbursement of all costs reasonably incurred by it in the preparation of the Change Proposal, provided that these do not exceed the amount given by the Contractor in its Estimate for Change Proposal submitted in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2.

39.2.7 If the Employer and the Contractor cannot reach agreement on the price for the Change, an equitable adjustment to the Time for Completion, or any other matters identified in the Change Proposal, the Employer may nevertheless instruct the Contractor to proceed with the Change by issue of a “Pending Agreement Change Order.”

Upon receipt of a Pending Agreement Change Order, the Contractor shall immediately proceed with effecting the Changes covered by such Order.  The Parties shall thereafter attempt to reach agreement on the outstanding issues under the Change Proposal.

If the Parties cannot reach agreement within sixty (60) days from the date of issue of the Pending Agreement Change Order, then the matter may be referred to the Dispute Board in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 46.1.

39.3   Changes Originating from Contractor

39.3.1 If the Contractor proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.2, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a written “Application for Change Proposal,” giving reasons for the proposed Change and including the information specified in GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.2.

Upon receipt of the Application for Change Proposal, the Parties shall follow the procedures outlined in GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2.6 and 39.2.7.  However, the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover the costs of preparing the Application for Change Proposal.

40.  Extension of Time for Completion

40.1   The Time(s) for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 8.2 shall be extended if the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract by reason of any of the following:

(a)     any Change in the Facilities as provided in GCC Clause 39

(b)     any occurrence of Force Majeure as provided in GCC Clause 37, unforeseen conditions as provided in GCC Clause 35, or other occurrence of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clause 32.2

(c)     any suspension order given by the Employer under GCC Clause 41 hereof or reduction in the rate of progress pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2 or

(d)     any changes in laws and regulations as provided in GCC Clause 36 or

(e)     any default or breach of the Contract by the Employer, Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled ,or any activity, act or omission of the Employer, or the Project Manager, or any other contractors employed by the Employer, or

  1. any delay on the part of a Subcontractor, provided such delay is due to a cause for which the Contractor himself would have been entitled to an extension of time under this sub-clause, or
  2. delays attributable to the Employer or caused by customs, or
  3. any other matter specifically mentioned in the Contract

by such period as shall be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and as shall fairly reflect the delay or impediment sustained by the Contractor.

40.2   Except where otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a notice of a claim for an extension of the Time for Completion, together with particulars of the event or circumstance justifying such extension as soon as reasonably practicable after the commencement of such event or circumstance.  As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such notice and supporting particulars of the claim, the Employer and the Contractor shall agree upon the period of such extension.  In the event that the Contractor does not accept the Employer’s estimate of a fair and reasonable time extension, the Contractor shall be entitled to refer the matter to a Dispute Board, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 46.1.

40.3 The Contractor shall at all times use its reasonable efforts to minimize any delay in the performance of its obligations under the Contract.

40.4  In all cases where the Contractor has given a notice of a claim for an extension of time under GCC 40.2, the Contractor shall consult with the Project Manager in order to determine the steps (if any) which can be taken to overcome or minimize the actual or anticipated delay. The Contractor shall there after comply with all reasonable instructions which the Project Manager shall give in order to minimize such delay. If compliance with such instructions shall cause the Contractor to incur extra costs and the Contractor is entitled to an extension of time under GCC 40.1, the amount of such extra costs shall be added to the Contract Price.

41.  Suspension

41.1   The Employer may request the Project Manager, by notice to the Contractor, to order the Contractor to suspend performance of any or all of its obligations under the Contract.  Such notice shall specify the obligation of which performance is to be suspended, the effective date of the suspension and the reasons therefor.  The Contractor shall thereupon suspend performance of such obligation, except those obligations necessary for the care or preservation of the Facilities, until ordered in writing to resume such performance by the Project Manager.

If, by virtue of a suspension order given by the Project Manager, other than by reason of the Contractor’s default or breach of the Contract, the Contractor’s performance of any of its obligations is suspended for an aggregate period of more than ninety (90) days, then at any time thereafter and provided that at that time such performance is still suspended, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requiring that the Employer shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of receipt of the notice, order the resumption of such performance or request and subsequently order a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of the suspended obligations from the Contract.

If the Employer fails to do so within such period, the Contractor may, by a further notice to the Project Manager, elect to treat the suspension, where it affects a part only of the Facilities, as a deletion of such part in accordance with GCC Clause 39 or, where it affects the whole of the Facilities, as termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.

41.2   If

(a)     the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated in GCC Sub-Clause 12.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be.  If the Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, or fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice or

(b)     the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employer’s failure to provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 10.2, or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the Facilities,

then the Contractor may by fourteen (14) days’ notice to the Employer suspend performance of all or any of its obligations under the Contract, or reduce the rate of progress.

41.3   If the Contractor’s performance of its obligations is suspended or the rate of progress is reduced pursuant to this GCC Clause 41, then the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, and any and all additional costs or expenses incurred by the Contractor as a result of such suspension or reduction shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor in addition to the Contract Price, except in the case of suspension order or reduction in the rate of progress by reason of the Contractor’s default or breach of the Contract.

41.4   During the period of suspension, the Contractor shall not remove from the Site any Plant, any part of the Facilities or any Contractor’s Equipment, without the prior written consent of the Employer.

42.  Termination

42.1   Termination for Employer’s Convenience

42.1.1 The Employer may at any time terminate the Contract for any reason by giving the Contractor a notice of termination that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.

42.1.2 Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.1, the Contractor shall either immediately or upon the date specified in the notice of termination

(a)     cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition

(b)     terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) (ii) below

(c)     remove all Contractor’s Equipment from the Site, repatriate the Contractor’s Personnel from the Site, remove from the Site any wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind, and leave the whole of the Site in a clean and safe condition, and

(d)     subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.3,

(i)      deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination

(ii)    to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors; and

(iii)   deliver to the Employer all non-proprietary drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as at the date of termination in connection with the Facilities.

42.1.3 In the event of termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.1, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor the following amounts:

(a)     the Contract Price, properly attributable to the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor as of the date of termination

(b)     the costs reasonably incurred by the Contractor in the removal of the Contractor’s Equipment from the Site and in the repatriation of the Contractor’s Personnel

(c)     any amounts to be paid by the Contractor to its Subcontractors in connection with the termination of any subcontracts, including any cancellation charges

(d)     costs incurred by the Contractor in protecting the Facilities and leaving the Site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.2

(e)     the cost of satisfying all other obligations, commitments and claims that the Contractor may in good faith have undertaken with third Parties in connection with the Contract and that are not covered by paragraphs (a) through (d) above.

42.2   Termination for Contractor’s Default

42.2.1 The Employer, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies it may possess, may terminate the Contract forthwith in the following circumstances by giving a notice of termination and its reasons therefor to the Contractor, referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.2:

(a)     if the Contractor becomes bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, if the Contractor is a corporation, a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up, other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction, a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Contractor takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt

(b)     if the Contractor assigns or transfers the Contract or any right or interest therein in violation of the provision of GCC Clause 43.

(c)     if the Contractor, in the judgment of the Employer has engaged in Fraud and Corruption, as defined in   paragrpah 2.2 a. of Appendix B to the GCC, in competing for or in executing the Contract.

42.2.2 If the Contractor

(a)     has abandoned or repudiated the Contract

(b)     has without valid reason failed to commence work on the Facilities promptly or has suspended, other than pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2, the progress of Contract performance for more than twenty-eight (28) days after receiving a written instruction from the Employer to proceed

(c)     persistently fails to execute the Contract in accordance with the Contract or persistently neglects to carry out its obligations under the Contract without just cause

(d)     refuses or is unable to provide sufficient materials, services or labor to execute and complete the Facilities in the manner specified in the program furnished under GCC Sub-Clause 18.2  at rates of progress that give reasonable assurance to the Employer that the Contractor can attain Completion of the Facilities by the Time for Completion as extended,

          then the Employer may, without prejudice to any other rights it may possess under the Contract, give a notice to the Contractor stating the nature of the default and requiring the Contractor to remedy the same.  If the Contractor fails to remedy or to take steps to remedy the same within fourteen (14) days of its receipt of such notice, then the Employer may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice of termination to the Contractor that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.

42.2.3 Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.2.1 or 42.2.2, the Contractor shall, either immediately or upon such date as is specified in the notice of termination,

(a)     cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition

(b)     terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) below

(c)     deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination

(d)     to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the  Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors

(e)     deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the Facilities.

42.2.4 The Employer may enter upon the Site, expel the Contractor, and complete the Facilities itself or by employing any third Party.  The Employer may, to the exclusion of any right of the Contractor over the same, take over and use with the payment of a fair rental rate to the Contractor, with all the maintenance costs to the account of the Employer and with an indemnification by the Employer for all liability including damage or injury to persons arising out of the Employer’s use of such equipment, any Contractor’s Equipment owned by the Contractor and on the Site in connection with the Facilities for such reasonable period as the Employer considers expedient for the supply and installation of the Facilities.

Upon completion of the Facilities or at such earlier date as the Employer thinks appropriate, the Employer shall give notice to the Contractor that such Contractor’s Equipment will be returned to the Contractor at or near the Site and shall return such Contractor’s Equipment to the Contractor in accordance with such notice.  The Contractor shall thereafter without delay and at its cost remove or arrange removal of the same from the Site.

42.2.5 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.6, the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid the Contract Price attributable to the Facilities executed as of the date of termination, the value of any unused or partially used Plant on the Site, and the costs, if any, incurred in protecting the Facilities and in leaving the Site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.3.  Any sums due the Employer from the Contractor accruing prior to the date of termination shall be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor under this Contract.

42.2.6 If the Employer completes the Facilities, the cost of completing the Facilities by the Employer shall be determined.

If the sum that the Contractor is entitled to be paid, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, plus the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in completing the Facilities, exceeds the Contract Price, the Contractor shall be liable for such excess.

If such excess is greater than the sums due the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, the Contractor shall pay the balance to the Employer, and if such excess is less than the sums due the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, the Employer shall pay the balance to the Contractor.

The Employer and the Contractor shall agree, in writing, on the computation described above and the manner in which any sums shall be paid.

42.3   Termination by the Contractor

42.3.1 If

(a)    the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated in GCC Sub-Clause 12.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be.  If the Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, or

(b)    the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employer’s failure to provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the Facilities,

then the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer thereof, and if the Employer has failed to pay the outstanding sum, to approve the invoice or supporting documents, to give its reasons for withholding such approval, or to remedy the breach within twenty-eight (28) days of such notice, or if the Contractor is still unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days of the said notice, the Contractor may by a further notice to the Employer referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.1, forthwith terminate the Contract.

42.3.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice to the Employer to that effect, referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.2, if the Employer becomes bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, being a corporation, if a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction), a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Employer takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt.

42.3.3 If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.3.1 or 42.3.2, then the Contractor shall immediately

(a)     cease all further work, except for such work as may be necessary for the purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition

(b)     terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) (ii)

(c)     remove all Contractor’s Equipment from the Site and repatriate the Contractor’s Personnel from the Site, and

(d)     subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.4,

(i)      deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination

(ii)    to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors, and

(iii)   deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the Facilities.

42.3.4 If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.3.1 or 42.3.2, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all payments specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.3, and reasonable compensation for all loss, except for loss of profit, or damage sustained by the Contractor arising out of, in connection with or in consequence of such termination.

42.3.5 Termination by the Contractor pursuant to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3 is without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Contractor that may be exercised in lieu of or in addition to rights conferred by GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.

42.4   In this GCC Clause 42, the expression “Facilities executed” shall include all work executed, Installation Services provided, and all Plant acquired, or subject to a legally binding obligation to purchase, by the Contractor and used or intended to be used for the purpose of the Facilities, up to and including the date of termination.

42.5   In this GCC Clause 42, in calculating any monies due from the Employer to the Contractor, account shall be taken of any sum previously paid by the Employer to the Contractor under the Contract, including any advance payment paid pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment.

43.  Assignment

43.1   Neither the Employer nor the Contractor shall, without the express prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, assign to any third Party the Contract or any part thereof, or any right, benefit, obligation or interest therein or thereunder, except that the Contractor shall be entitled to assign either absolutely or by way of charge any monies due and payable to it or that may become due and payable to it under the Contract.

44. Export Restrictions

44.1   Notwithstanding any obligation under the Contract to complete all export formalities, any export restrictions attributable to the Employer, to the country of the Employer or to the use of the Plant and Installation Services to be supplied which arise from trade regulations from a country supplying those Plant and Installation Services, and which substantially impede the Contractor from meeting its obligations under the Contract, shall release the Contractor from the obligation to provide deliveries or services, always provided, however, that the Contractor can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Employer and of the Bank that it has completed all formalities in a timely manner, including applying for permits, authorizations and licenses necessary for the export of the Plant and Installation Services under the terms of the Contract.  Termination of the Contract on this basis shall be for the Employer’s convenience pursuant to Sub-Clause 42.1.

  1. Claims, Disputes and Arbitration

45.  Contractor’s Claims

45.1   If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to any extension of the Time for Completion and/or any additional payment, under any Clause of these Conditions or otherwise in connection with the Contract, the Contractor shall submit a notice to the Project Manager, describing the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim. The notice shall be given as soon as practicable, and not later than 28 days after the Contractor became aware, or should have become aware, of the event or circumstance.

If the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within such period of 28 days, the Time for Completion shall not be extended, the Contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment, and the Employer shall be discharged from all liability in connection with the claim. Otherwise, the following provisions of this Sub-Clause shall apply.

The Contractor shall also submit any other notices which are required by the Contract, and supporting particulars for the claim, all as relevant to such event or circumstance.

The Contractor shall keep such contemporary records as may be necessary to substantiate any claim, either on the Site or at another location acceptable to the Project Manager. Without admitting the Employer’s liability, the Project Manager may, after receiving any notice under this Sub-Clause, monitor the record-keeping and/or instruct the Contractor to keep further contemporary records. The Contractor shall permit the Project Manager to inspect all these records, and shall (if instructed) submit copies to the Project Manager.

Within 42 days after the Contractor became aware (or should have become aware) of the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall send to the Project Manager a fully detailed claim which includes full supporting particulars of the basis of the claim and of the extension of time and/or additional payment claimed. If the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim has a continuing effect:

  1. this fully detailed claim shall be considered as interim;
  2. the Contractor shall send further interim claims at monthly intervals, giving the accumulated delay and/or amount claimed, and such further particulars as the Project Manager may reasonably require; and
  3. the Contractor shall send a final claim within 28 days after the end of the effects resulting from the event or circumstance, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Project Manager.

Within 42 days after receiving a claim or any further particulars supporting a previous claim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Project Manager and approved by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall respond with approval, or with disapproval and detailed comments. He may also request any necessary further particulars, but shall nevertheless give his response on the principles of the claim within such time.

Each Payment Certificate shall include such amounts for any claim as have been reasonably substantiated as due under the relevant provision of the Contract. Unless and until the particulars supplied are sufficient to substantiate the whole of the claim, the Contractor shall only be entitled to payment for such part of the claim as he has been able to substantiate.

The Project Manager shall agree with the Contractor or estimate: (i) the extension (if any) of the Time for Completion (before or after its expiry) in accordance with GCC Clause 40, and/or (ii) the additional payment (if any) to which the Contractor is entitled under the Contract.

The requirements of this Sub-Clause are in addition to those of any other Sub-Clause which may apply to a claim. If the Contractor fails to comply with this or another Sub-Clause in relation to any claim, any extension of time and/or additional payment shall take account of the extent (if any) to which the failure has prevented or prejudiced proper investigation of the claim, unless the claim is excluded under the second paragraph of this Sub-Clause.

In the event that the Contractor and the Employer cannot agree on any matter relating to a claim, either Party may refer the matter to the Dispute Board pursuant to GCC 46 hereof.

46. Disputes and Arbitration

46.1   Appointment of the Dispute Board

Disputes shall be referred to a DB for decision in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3. The Parties shall appoint a DB by the date stated in the PCC.

The DB shall comprise, as stated in the PCC, either one or three suitably qualified persons (“the members”), each of whom shall meet the criteria set forth in Sub-Clause 3 of Appendix A- General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement. If the number is not so stated and the Parties do not agree otherwise, the DB shall comprise three persons, one of whom shall serve as chairman.

If the Contract is with a foreign Contractor, the DB members shall not have the same nationality as the Employer or the Contractor.

If the Parties have not jointly appointed the DB 21 days before the date stated in the PCC and the DB is to comprise three persons, each Party shall nominate one member for the approval of the other Party. The first two members shall recommend and the Parties shall agree upon the third member, who shall act as chairman.

However, if a list of potential members is included in the PCC, the members shall be selected from those on the list, other than anyone who is unable or unwilling to accept appointment to the DB.

The agreement between the Parties and either the sole member or each of the three members shall incorporate by reference the General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement contained in the Appendix to these General Conditions, with such amendments as are agreed between them.

The DB shall be deemed to be constituted on the date the Parties and the sole member or the three members (as the case may be) of the DB have all signed a DB agreement.

The terms of the remuneration of either the sole member or each of the three members, including the remuneration of any expert whom the DB consults, shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties when agreeing the terms of appointment of the member or such expert (as the case may be). Each Party shall be responsible for paying one-half of this remuneration.

If a member declines to act or is unable to act as a result of death, disability, resignation or termination of appointment, a replacement shall be appointed in the same manner as the replaced person was required to have been nominated or agreed upon, as described in this Sub-Clause.

The appointment of any member may be terminated by mutual agreement of both Parties, but not by the Employer or the Contractor acting alone. Unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, the appointment of the DB (including each member) shall expire when the Operational Acceptance Certificate has been issued in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.

 

46.2   Failure to Agree on the Composition of the Dispute Board

If any of the following conditions apply, namely:

  1. the Parties fail to agree upon the appointment of the sole member of the DB by the date stated in the first paragraph of GCC Sub-Clause 46.1,
  2. either Party fails to nominate a member (for approval by the other Party) of a DB of three persons by such date,
  3. the Parties fail to agree upon the appointment of the third member (to act as chairman) of the DB by such date, or
  4. the Parties fail to agree upon the appointment of a replacement person within 42 days after the date on which the sole member or one of the three members declines to act or is unable to act as a result of death, disability, resignation or termination of appointment,

then the appointing entity or official named in the PCC shall, upon the request of either or both of the Parties and after due consultation with both Parties, appoint this member of the DB. This appointment shall be final and conclusive. Each Party shall be responsible for paying one-half of the remuneration of the appointing entity or official.

 

46.3   Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision

If a dispute (of any kind whatsoever) arises between the Parties in connection with the performance of the Contract, including any dispute as to any certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, either Party may refer the dispute in writing to the DB for its decision, with copies to the other Party and the Project Manager. Such reference shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause.

For a DB of three persons, the DB shall be deemed to have received such reference on the date when it is received by the chairman of the DB.

Both Parties shall promptly make available to the DB all such additional information, further access to the Site, and appropriate facilities, as the DB may require for the purposes of making a decision on such dispute. The DB shall be deemed to be not acting as arbitrator(s).

Within 84 days after receiving such reference, or within such other period as may be proposed by the DB and approved by both Parties, the DB shall give its decision, which shall be reasoned and shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause. The decision shall be binding on both Parties, who shall promptly give effect to it unless and until it shall be revised in an amicable settlement or an arbitral award as described below. Unless the Contract has already been abandoned, repudiated or terminated, the Contractor shall continue with the performance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract.

If either Party is dissatisfied with the DB’s decision, then either Party may, within 28 days after receiving the decision, give notice to the other Party of its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration. If the DB fails to give its decision within the period of 84 days (or as otherwise approved) after receiving such reference, then either Party may, within 28 days after this period has expired, give notice to the other Party of its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration.

In either event, this notice of dissatisfaction shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause, and shall set out the matter in dispute and the reason(s) for dissatisfaction. Except as stated in GCC Sub-Clauses 46.6 and 46.7, neither Party shall be entitled to commence arbitration of a dispute unless a notice of dissatisfaction has been given in accordance with this Sub-Clause.

If the DB has given its decision as to a matter in dispute to both Parties, and no notice of dissatisfaction has been given by either Party within 28 days after it received the DB’s decision, then the decision shall become final and binding upon both Parties.

 

46.4   Amicable Settlement

Where notice of dissatisfaction has been given under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 above, both Parties shall attempt to settle the dispute amicably before the commencement of arbitration. However, unless both Parties agree otherwise, arbitration may be commenced on or after the fifty-sixth day after the day on which notice of dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration was given, even if no attempt at amicable settlement has been made.

 

46.5   Arbitration

Unless indicated otherwise in the PCC, any dispute not settled amicably and in respect of which the DB’s decision (if any) has not become final and binding shall be finally settled by arbitration. Unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, arbitration shall be conducted as follows:

(a)     For contracts with foreign contractors:

unless otherwise specified in the PCC; the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce; by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be the neutral location stated in the PCC; and the arbitration shall be conducted in the ruling language stated in the PCC;

and

(b)     For contracts with domestic contractors, arbitration with proceedings conducted in accordance with the laws of the Employer’s Country.

The arbitrator(s) shall have full power to open up, review and revise any certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, and any decision of the DB, relevant to the dispute. Nothing shall disqualify the Project Manager from being called as a witness and giving evidence before the arbitrator(s) on any matter whatsoever relevant to the dispute.

Neither Party shall be limited in the proceedings before the arbitrator(s) to the evidence or arguments previously put before the DB to obtain its decision, or to the reasons for dissatisfaction given in its notice of dissatisfaction. Any decision of the DB shall be admissible in evidence in the arbitration.

Arbitration may be commenced prior to or after completion of the Facilities. The obligations of the Parties, the Project Manager and the DB shall not be altered by reason of any arbitration being conducted during the progress of the execution of the Facilities.

 

46.6   Failure to Comply with Dispute Board’s Decision

In the event that a Party fails to comply with a DB decision which has become final and binding, then the other Party may, without prejudice to any other rights it may have, refer the failure itself to arbitration under GCC Sub-Clause 46.5. GCC Sub-Clauses 46.3 and 46.4 shall not apply to this reference.

 

46.7   Expiry of Dispute Board’s Appointment

If a dispute arises between the Parties in connection with the performance of the Contract, and there is no DB in place, whether by reason of the expiry of the DB’s appointment or otherwise:

(a)     GCC Sub-Clauses 46.3 and 46.4 shall not apply, and

(b)     the dispute may be referred directly to arbitration under GCC Sub-Clause 46.5

47. Cyber Security

 

47.1   Pursuant to the PCC, the Contractor including its Subcontractors/ suppliers/ manufacturers shall take all technical and organizational measures necessary to protect the information technology systems and data used in connection with the Contract. Without limiting the foregoing, the Contractor, including its Subcontractors/ suppliers/ manufacturers, shall use all reasonable efforts to establish, maintain, implement and comply with, reasonable information technology, information security, cyber security and data protection controls, policies and procedures, including oversight, access controls, encryption, technological and physical safeguards and business continuity/disaster recovery and security plans that are designed to protect against and prevent breach, destruction, loss, unauthorized distribution, use, access, disablement, misappropriation or modification, or other compromise or misuse of or relating to any information technology system or data used in connection with the Contract.

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX A

General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement

1.       Definitions

Each “Dispute Board Agreement” is a tripartite agreement by and between:

the “Employer”;

the “Contractor”; and

the “Member” who is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement as being:

(i)      the sole member of the “DB” and, where this is the case, all references to the “Other Members” do not apply, or

(ii)     one of the three persons who are jointly called the “DB” (or “dispute board”) and, where this is the case, the other two persons are called the “Other Members”.

The Employer and the Contractor have entered (or intend to enter) into a contract, which is called the “Contract” and is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement, which incorporates this Appendix. In the Dispute Board Agreement, words and expressions which are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Contract.

2.       General Provisions

Unless otherwise stated in the Dispute Board Agreement, it shall take effect on the latest of the following dates:

(a)     the Commencement Date defined in the Contract,

(b)     when the Employer, the Contractor and the Member have each signed the Dispute Board Agreement, or

(c)     when the Employer, the Contractor and each of the Other Members (if any) have respectively each signed a dispute board agreement.

This employment of the Member is a personal appointment. At any time, the Member may give not less than 70 days’ notice of resignation to the Employer and to the Contractor, and the Dispute Board Agreement shall terminate upon the expiry of this period.

3.       Warranties

The Member warrants and agrees that he/she is and shall be impartial and independent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager. The Member shall promptly disclose, to each of them and to the Other Members (if any), any fact or circumstance which might appear inconsistent with his/her warranty and agreement of impartiality and independence.

  1. When appointing the Member, the Employer and the Contractor relied upon the Member’s representations that he/she is:has at least a bachelor’s degree in relevant disciplines such as law, engineering, construction management or contract management; 
  2. has at least ten years of experience in contract administration/management and dispute resolution, out of which at least five years of experience as an arbitrator or adjudicator in construction-related disputes;
  3. has received formal training as an adjudicator from an internationally recognized organization; 
  4. has experience and/or is knowledgeable in the type of work which the Contractor is to carry out under the Contract;
  5. has experience in the interpretation of construction and/or engineering contract documents; and
  6. is fluent in the language for communications defined in GCC Sub-Clause 5.3 (or the language as agreed between the Parties and the DB).

4.       General Obligations of the Member

The Member shall:

(a)     have no interest financial or otherwise in the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, nor any financial interest in the Contract except for payment under the Dispute Board Agreement;

(b)     not previously have been employed as a consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, except in such circumstances as were disclosed in writing to the Employer and the Contractor before they signed the Dispute Board Agreement;

(c)     have disclosed in writing to the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any), before entering into the Dispute Board Agreement and to his/her best knowledge and recollection, any professional or personal relationships with any director, officer or employee of the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, and any previous involvement in the overall project of which the Contract forms part;

(d)     not, for the duration of the Dispute Board Agreement, be employed as a consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, except as may be agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any);

(e)     comply with the annexed procedural rules and with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3;

(f)     not give advice to the Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s Personnel or the Contractor’s  Personnel concerning the conduct of the Contract, other than in accordance with the annexed procedural rules;

(g)     not while a Member enter into discussions or make any agreement with the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager regarding employment by any of them, whether as a consultant or otherwise, after ceasing to act under the Dispute Board Agreement;

(h)     ensure his/her availability for all site visits and hearings as are necessary;

(i)      become conversant with the Contract and with the progress of the Facilities (and of any other parts of the project of which the Contract forms part) by studying all documents received which shall be maintained in a current working file;

(j)      treat the details of the Contract and all the DB’s activities and hearings as private and confidential, and not publish or disclose them without the prior written consent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any); and

(k)     be available to give advice and opinions, on any matter relevant to the Contract when requested by both the Employer and the Contractor, subject to the agreement of the Other Members (if any).

5.       General Obligations of the Employer and the Contractor

The Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s Personnel and the Contractor’s Personnel shall not request advice from or consultation with the Member regarding the Contract, otherwise than in the normal course of the DB’s activities under the Contract and the Dispute Board Agreement. The Employer and the Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with this provision, by the Employer’s Personnel and the Contractor’s  Personnel respectively.

The Employer and the Contractor undertake to each other and to the Member that the Member shall not, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor, the Member and the Other Members (if any):

(a)     be appointed as an arbitrator in any arbitration under the Contract;

(b)     be called as a witness to give evidence concerning any dispute before arbitrator(s) appointed for any arbitration under the Contract; or

(c)     be liable for any claims for anything done or omitted in the discharge or purported discharge of the Member’s functions, unless the act or omission is shown to have been in bad faith.

The Employer and the Contractor hereby jointly and severally indemnify and hold the Member harmless against and from claims from which he is relieved from liability under the preceding paragraph.

Whenever the Employer or the Contractor refers a dispute to the DB under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, which will require the Member to make a site visit and attend a hearing, the Employer or the Contractor shall provide appropriate security for a sum equivalent to the reasonable expenses to be incurred by the Member. No account shall be taken of any other payments due or paid to the Member.

6.       Payment

The Member shall be paid as follows, in the currency named in the Dispute Board Agreement:

(a)     a retainer fee per calendar month, which shall be considered as payment in full for:

(i)      being available on 28 days’ notice for all site visits and hearings;

(ii)    becoming and remaining conversant with all project developments and maintaining relevant files;

(iii)    all office and overhead expenses including secretarial services, photocopying and office supplies incurred in connection with his duties; and

(iv)    all services performed hereunder except those referred to in sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Clause.

The retainer fee shall be paid with effect from the last day of the calendar month in which the Dispute Board Agreement becomes effective; until the last day of the calendar month in which the Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Facilities.

With effect from the first day of the calendar month following the month in which Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Facilities, the retainer fee shall be reduced by one third This reduced fee shall be paid until the first day of the calendar month in which the Member resigns or the Dispute Board Agreement is otherwise terminated.

(b)     a daily fee which shall be considered as payment in full for:

(i)      each day or part of a day up to a maximum of two days’ travel time in each direction for the journey between the Member’s home and the site, or another location of a meeting with the Other Members (if any);

(ii)     each working day on site visits, hearings or preparing decisions; and

(iii)    each day spent reading submissions in preparation for a hearing.

(c)     all reasonable expenses including necessary travel expenses (air fare in less than first class, hotel and subsistence and other direct travel expenses) incurred in connection with the Member’s duties, as well as the cost of telephone calls, courier charges, faxes and telexes: a receipt shall be required for each item in excess of five percent of the daily fee referred to in sub-paragraph (b) of this Clause;

(d)     any taxes properly levied in the Country on payments made to the Member (unless a national or permanent resident of the Country) under this Clause 6.

The retainer and daily fees shall be as specified in the Dispute Board Agreement. Unless it specifies otherwise, these fees shall remain fixed for the first 24 calendar months and shall thereafter be adjusted by agreement between the Employer, the Contractor and the Member, at each anniversary of the date on which the Dispute Board Agreement became effective.

If the Parties fail to agree on the retainer fee or the daily fee the appointing entity or official named in the PCC shall determine the amount of the fees to be used.

The Member shall submit invoices for payment of the monthly retainer and air fares quarterly in advance. Invoices for other expenses and for daily fees shall be submitted following the conclusion of a site visit or hearing. All invoices shall be accompanied by a brief description of activities performed during the relevant period and shall be addressed to the Contractor.

The Contractor shall pay each of the Member’s invoices in full within 56 calendar days after receiving each invoice and shall apply to the Employer (in the Statements under the Contract) for reimbursement of one-half of the amounts of these invoices. The Employer shall then pay the Contractor in accordance with the Contract.

If the Contractor fails to pay to the Member the amount to which he/she is entitled under the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer shall pay the amount due to the Member and any other amount which may be required to maintain the operation of the DB; and without prejudice to the Employer’s rights or remedies. In addition to all other rights arising from this default, the Employer shall be entitled to reimbursement of all sums paid in excess of one-half of these payments, plus all costs of recovering these sums and financing charges calculated at the rate specified in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 12.3.

If the Member does not receive payment of the amount due within 70 days after submitting a valid invoice, the Member may (i) suspend his/her services (without notice) until the payment is received, and/or (ii) resign his/her appointment by giving notice under Clause 7.

7.       Termination

At any time: (i) the Employer and the Contractor may jointly terminate the Dispute Board Agreement by giving 42 days’ notice to the Member; or (ii) the Member may resign as provided for in Clause 2.

If the Member fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer and the Contractor may, without prejudice to their other rights, terminate it by notice to the Member. The notice shall take effect when received by the Member.

If the Employer or the Contractor fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement, the Member may, without prejudice to his other rights, terminate it by notice to the Employer and the Contractor. The notice shall take effect when received by them both.

Any such notice, resignation and termination shall be final and binding on the Employer, the Contractor and the Member. However, a notice by the Employer or the Contractor, but not by both, shall be of no effect.

8.       Default of the Member

If the Member fails to comply with any of his obligations under Clause 4 concerning his impartiality or independence in relation to the Employer or the Contractor, he/she shall not be entitled to any fees or expenses hereunder and shall, without prejudice to their other rights, reimburse each of the Employer and the Contractor for any fees and expenses received by the Member and the Other Members (if any), for proceedings or decisions (if any) of the DB which are rendered void or ineffective by the said failure to comply.

9.       Disputes

Any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Dispute Board Agreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be finally settled by institutional arbitration. If no other arbitration institute is agreed, the arbitration shall be conducted under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with these Rules of Arbitration.

 

Appendix A

DISPUTE BOARD GUIDELINES

1.         Unless otherwise agreed by the Employer and the Contractor, the DB shall visit the site at intervals of not more than 140 days, including times of critical construction events, at the request of either the Employer or the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed by the Employer, the Contractor and the DB, the period between consecutive visits shall not be less than 70 days, except as required to convene a hearing as described below.

2.         The timing of and agenda for each site visit shall be as agreed jointly by the DB, the Employer and the Contractor, or in the absence of agreement, shall be decided by the DB. The purpose of site visits is to enable the DB to become and remain acquainted with the progress of the execution of the Contract and of any actual or potential problems or claims, and, as far as reasonable, to prevent potential problems or claims from becoming disputes.

3.         Site visits shall be attended by the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager and shall be coordinated by the Employer in co-operation with the Contractor. The Employer shall ensure the provision of appropriate conference facilities and secretarial and copying services. At the conclusion of each site visit and before leaving the site, the DB shall prepare a report on its activities during the visit and shall send copies to the Employer and the Contractor.

4.         The Employer and the Contractor shall furnish to the DB one copy of all documents which the DB may request, including Contract documents, progress reports, variation instructions, certificates and other documents pertinent to the performance of the Contract. All communications between the DB and the Employer or the Contractor shall be copied to the other Party. If the DB comprises three persons, the Employer and the Contractor shall send copies of these requested documents and these communications to each of these persons.

5.         If any dispute is referred to the DB in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, the DB shall proceed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 and these Guidelines. Subject to the time allowed to give notice of a decision and other relevant factors, the DB shall:

(a)        act fairly and impartially as between the Employer and the Contractor, giving each of them a reasonable opportunity of putting his case and responding to the other’s case, and

(b)       adopt procedures suitable to the dispute, avoiding unnecessary delay or expense.

6.         The DB may conduct a hearing on the dispute, in which event it will decide on the date and place for the hearing and may request that written documentation and arguments from the Employer and the Contractor be presented to it prior to or at the hearing.

7.          Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer and the Contractor, the DB shall have power to adopt an inquisitorial procedure, to refuse admission to hearings or audience at hearings to any persons other than representatives of the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager, and to proceed in the absence of any Party who the DB is satisfied received notice of the hearing; but shall have discretion to decide whether and to what extent this power may be exercised.

8.         The Employer and the Contractor empower the DB, among other things, to:

(a)        establish the procedure to be applied in deciding a dispute,

(b)       decide upon the DB’s own jurisdiction, and as to the scope of any dispute referred to it,

(c)        conduct any hearing as it thinks fit, not being bound by any rules or procedures other than those contained in the Contract and these Guidelines,

(d)       take the initiative in ascertaining the facts and matters required for a decision,

(e)       make use of its own specialist knowledge, if any,

(f)        decide upon the payment of financing charges in accordance with the Contract,

(g)       decide upon any provisional relief such as interim or conservatory measures,

(h)       open up, review and revise any certificate, decision, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, relevant to the dispute, and

(i)        appoint, should the DB so consider necessary and the Parties agree, a suitable expert/s  (including legal and technical expert(s)) at the cost of the Parties to give advice on a specific matter/s relevant to the dispute.

9.         The DB shall not express any opinions during any hearing concerning the merits of any arguments advanced by the Parties. Thereafter, the DB shall make and give its decision in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, or as otherwise agreed by the Employer and the Contractor in writing. If the DB comprises three persons:

(a)        it shall convene in private after a hearing, in order to have discussions and prepare its decision;

(b)       it shall endeavor to reach a unanimous decision: if this proves impossible the applicable decision shall be made by a majority of the Members, who may require the minority Member to prepare a written report for submission to the Employer and the Contractor; and

(c)         if a Member fails to attend a meeting or hearing, or to fulfil any required function, the other two Members may nevertheless proceed to make a decision, unless:

(i)        either the Employer or the Contractor does not agree that they do so, or

(ii)       the absent Member is the chairman and he/she instructs the other Members to not make a decision.

 

 

APPENDIX B

 

Fraud and Corruption

(Text in this Appendix shall not be modified)

  1. Purpose
    1. The Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines and this annex apply with respect to procurement under Bank Investment Project Financing operations.
  2. Requirements
  1. The Bank requires that Borrowers (including beneficiaries of Bank financing); bidders (applicants/proposers), consultants, contractors and suppliers; any sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers or suppliers; any agents (whether declared or not); and any of their personnel, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement process, selection and contract execution of Bank-financed contracts, and refrain from Fraud and Corruption.
  2. To this end, the Bank:
  1. Defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows:
  1. “corrupt practice” is the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party;
  2. “fraudulent practice” is any act or omission, including misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;
  3. “collusive practice” is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to achieve an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of another party;
  4. “coercive practice” is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a party;
  5. “obstructive practice” is:
  1. deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering, or concealing of evidence material to the investigation or making false statements to investigators in order to materially impede a Bank investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive, or collusive practice; and/or threatening, harassing, or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation; or
  2. acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights provided for under paragraph 2.2 e. below.
  1. Rejects a proposal for award if the Bank determines that the firm or individual recommended for award, any of its personnel, or its agents, or its sub-consultants, sub-contractors, service providers, suppliers and/ or their employees, has, directly or indirectly, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices in competing for the contract in question;
  2. In addition to the legal remedies set out in the relevant Legal Agreement, may take other appropriate actions, including declaring misprocurement, if the Bank determines at any time that representatives of the Borrower or of a recipient of any part of the proceeds of the loan engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices during the procurement process, selection and/or execution of the contract in question, without the Borrower having taken timely and appropriate action satisfactory to the Bank to address such practices when they occur, including by failing to inform the Bank in a timely manner at the time  they knew of the practices;
  3. Pursuant to the Bank’s Anti- Corruption Guidelines and in accordance with the Bank’s prevailing sanctions policies and procedures, may sanction a firm or individual, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, including by publicly declaring such firm or individual ineligible (i) to be awarded or otherwise benefit from a Bank-financed contract, financially or in any other manner;[15] (ii) to be a nominated[16] sub-contractor, consultant, manufacturer or supplier, or service provider of an otherwise eligible firm being awarded a Bank-financed contract; and (iii) to receive the proceeds of any loan made by the Bank or otherwise to participate further in the preparation or implementation of any Bank-financed project;
  4. Requires that a clause be included in bidding/request for proposals documents and in contracts financed by a Bank loan, requiring (i) bidders (applicants/proposers), consultants, contractors, and suppliers, and their sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers, suppliers, agents, personnel, permit the Bank to inspect[17] all accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurement process, selection and/or contract execution, and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Bank.

 

 

APPENDIX C

Metrics for Progress Reports- Environmental and Social (ES)

Metrics for regular reporting:

          1. environmental incidents or non-compliances with contract requirements, including contamination, pollution or damage to ground or water supplies;
          2. health and safety incidents, accidents, injuries that require treatment and all fatalities;
          3. interactions with regulators:  identify agency, dates, subjects, outcomes (report the negative if none);
          4. status of all permits and agreements:
  2. work permits: number required, number received, actions taken for those not received;
  3. status of permits and consents:
  1. safety officer: number days worked, number of full inspections & partial inspections, reports to construction/project management;
  2. number of workers, work hours, metric of PPE use (percentage of workers with full personal protection equipment (PPE), partial, etc.), worker violations observed (by type of violation, PPE or otherwise), warnings given, repeat warnings given, follow-up actions taken (if any);
          1. worker accommodations:
  1. number of expats housed in accommodations, number of locals;
  2. date of last inspection, and highlights of inspection including status of accommodations’ compliance with national and local law and good practice, including sanitation, space, etc.;
  3. actions taken to recommend/require improved conditions, or to improve conditions.
          1. Health services: provider of health services, information and/or training, location of clinic, number of non-safety disease or illness treatments and diagnoses (no names to be provided);
          2. gender (for expats and locals separately): number of female workers, percentage of workforce, gender issues raised and dealt with (cross-reference grievances or other sections as needed);
          3. training:
  1. number of new workers, number receiving induction training, dates of induction training;
  2. number and dates of toolbox talks, number of workers receiving Occupational Health and Safety (OHS), environmental and social training;
  3. number and dates of communicable diseases (including STDs) sensitization and/or training, no. workers receiving training (in the reporting period and in the past); same questions for gender sensitization, flag person training.
  4. number and date of SEA prevention and SH sensitization and/or training events, including number of workers receiving training on Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (in the reporting period and in the past), etc.
          1. environmental and social supervision:
  1. environmental: days worked, areas inspected and numbers of inspections of each (road section, work camp, accommodations, quarries, borrow areas, spoil areas, swamps, forest crossings, etc.), highlights of activities/findings (including violations of environmental and/or social best practices, actions taken), reports to environmental and/or social specialist/construction/site management;
  2. social: days worked, number of partial and full site inspections (by area: road section, work camp, accommodations, quarries, borrow areas, spoil areas, clinic, HIV/AIDS center, community centers, etc.), highlights of activities (including violations of environmental and/or social requirements observed, actions taken), reports to environmental and/or social specialist/construction/site management; and
  3. community liaison person(s): days worked (hours community center open), number of people met, highlights of activities (issues raised, etc.), reports to environmental and/or social specialist /construction/site management.
          1. Grievances: list new grievances (e.g., number of allegations of SEA and SH) received in the reporting period and number of unresolved past grievances by date received, complainant’s age and sex, how received, to whom referred to for action, resolution and date (if completed), data resolution reported to complainant, any required follow-up (Cross-reference other sections as needed):
  1. Worker grievances;
  2. Community grievances
          1. Traffic, road safety and vehicles/equipment:
  1. traffic and road safety incidents and accidents involving project vehicles & equipment: provide date, location, damage, cause, follow-up;
  2. traffic and road safety incidents and accidents involving non-project vehicles or property (also reported under immediate metrics): provide date, location, damage, cause, follow-up;
  3. overall condition of vehicles/equipment (subjective judgment by environmentalist); non-routine repairs and maintenance needed to improve safety and/or environmental performance (to control smoke, etc.).
          1. Environmental mitigations and issues (what has been done):
  1. erosion control: controls implemented by location, status of water crossings, environmentalist inspections and results, actions taken to resolve issues, emergency repairs needed to control erosion/sedimentation;
  2. spill clean-ups, if any:  material spilled, location, amount, actions taken, material disposal (report all spills that result in water or soil contamination;
  3. waste management: types and quantities generated and managed, including amount taken offsite (and by whom) or reused/recycled/disposed on-site;
  4. details of tree plantings and other mitigations required undertaken in the reporting period;
          1. compliance:
  1. compliance status for conditions of all relevant consents/permits, for the Work, etc.): statement of compliance or listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance;
  2. compliance status of C-ESMP/ESIP requirements: statement of compliance or listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance
  3. compliance status of SEA and SH prevention and response action plan: statement of compliance or listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance
  4. compliance status of Health and Safety Management Plan re: statement of compliance or listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance
  5. other unresolved issues from previous reporting periods related to environmental and social: continued violations, continued failure of equipment, continued lack of vehicle covers, spills not dealt with, continued compensation or blasting issues, etc.  Cross-reference other sections as needed.

 

 

 

APPENDIX D

Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment (SH) Performance Declaration for Subcontractors

 

[The following table shall be filled in by each subcontractor proposed by the Contractor, that was not named in the Contract]

Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Contract reference [insert contract reference]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages
 

SEA and/or SH Declaration

 

We:

¨  (a) have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations.

¨  (b) are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations.

¨  (c) had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor.

 

[If (c) above is applicable, attach evidence of an arbitral award reversing the findings on the issues underlying the disqualification.]

 

Name of the Subcontractor                                                         

Name of the person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Subcontractor _______

Title of the person signing on behalf of the Subcontractor                                                                                               ______________________

Signature of the person named above                                                                                               ______________________

Date signed ________________________________ day of ___________________, _____

Countersignature of authorized representative of the Contractor:

Signature: ________________________________________________________

Date signed ________________________________ day of ___________________, _____

 

Section IX - Particular Conditions of Contract

 

The following Particular Conditions of Contract shall supplement the General Conditions of Contract in Section VIII. Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the General Conditions.

 

 

Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)

The following Particular Conditions (PCC) shall supplement the General Conditions (GCC).  Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the GCC.  The clause number of the PCC is the corresponding clause number of the GCC.

PCC 1. Definitions

The Employer is:  Eswatini Electricity Company

The Project Manager is: Mr. Senzo Shongwe

The Bank is: World Bank

Country of Origin: all countries and territories as indicated in Section V of the bidding document, Eligible Countries.

PCC 5. Law and Language

PCC 5.1      The Contract shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of: Kingdom of Eswatini

PCC 5.2      The ruling language is: English

PCC 5.3      The language for communications is: English

PCC 7. Scope of Facilities [Spare Parts] (GCC Clause 7)

PCC 7.3      The Contractor agrees to supply spare parts for a period of years: five (5) years

Addition to PCC 7.3

The Contractor shall carry sufficient inventories to ensure an ex-stock supply of consumable spares for the Plant. Other spare parts and components shall be supplied as promptly as possible, but at the most within six (6) months of placing the order and opening the letter of credit.  In addition, in the event of termination of the production of spare parts, advance notification will be made to the Employer of the pending termination, with sufficient time to permit the Employer to procure the needed requirement.  Following such termination, the Contractor will furnish to the extent possible and at no cost to the Employer the blueprints, drawings and specifications of the spare parts, if requested.

PCC 8. Time for Commencement and Completion

PCC 8.1      The Contractor shall commence work on the Facilities within 15 (fifteen) calendar days from the Effective Date for determining Time for Completion as specified in the Contract Agreement.

PCC 8.2      The Time for Completion of the whole of the Facilities shall be Six (6) months from the Effective Date as described in the Contract Agreement.

PCC 9. Contractor’s Responsibilities

PCC 9.8      The following sustainable procurement contractual provisions apply:

  • The 11kV auto recloser must utilize vacuum interruption and be insulated with solid dielectrics.
  • The use of SF (Sulfur Hexafluoride) gas or insulating oils is strictly prohibited to minimize global warming potential and eliminate hazardous leaks.
  • The recloser manufacturing process shall be comply with the standard ISO 9001, Quality Management System.
  • The Recloser packaging material shall be recyclable.
  • The recloser shall be almost maintenance free throughout its life expectancy.

PCC 11. Contract Price

PCC 11.2    The Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum.

PCC 12. Terms of Payment

PCC 12.5   An amount equivalent to 2% of the Contract price.

PCC 13. Securities

PCC 13.3.1 The amount of Performance Security, as a percentage of the Contract Price for the Facility or for the part of the Facility for which a separate Time for Completion is provided, shall be: Ten (10%) of the Total Contract Price.

PCC 13.3.2 The Performance Security shall be in the form of the Bank Guarantee attached hereto in Section X, Contract Forms.

The Performance Security shall be issued by any registered "A" class commercial Bank in Kingdom of Eswatini, or a Foreign Bank. If Performance Security will be issued by a Foreign Bank, it shall be counter guaranteed by any registered "A" class commercial Bank in Kingdom of Eswatini. The performance security as required by the clause 13.3.1 above shall be valid for period covering entire contract execution period and any extension thereof plus defect liability period plus three months.

PCC 13.3.3 The Performance Security shall not be reduced on the date of the Operational Acceptance.

PCC 13.3.3 The Performance Security shall be reduced to ten percent (10%) of the value of the component covered by the extended defect liability to cover the Contractor’s extended defect liability in accordance with the provision in the PCC, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10. 

PCC 15. License/Use of Technical Information

PCC 15.2 Add the following as second paragraph:

The Employer shall have the right to reproduce any or all drawings, documents and other materials furnished to the Employer for the purpose of the Contract and in addition, if required, for operation and maintenance.

PCC 18. Progress Report

PCC 18.3   Progress reports shall include status of compliance to cyber security risks management, and any foreseeable cyber security risk and mitigation.

Potential and occurred cyber security incidents are to be immediately reported

PCC 21. Procurement

PCC 21.3.2 Add the following to the clause:

The Employer shall in no way be responsible for the condition of road and access.

PCC 22 Installation

PCC22.2.5 Working Hours

Normal working hours are: 0800hrs to 1700hrs (Monday to Friday)

PCC 22.2.8 Funeral Arrangements: as specified in the GCC.

PCC 23. Tests and Inspection

PCC 23.2 Supplement GCC 23.2 with the following:

For tests / inspections and training, the Contractor will arrange and pay for the visa fee, accommodation in the international and local travel of two (02) representatives of the employer i.e. - air tickets; local transport; accommodation.

PCC 23.3 Supplement GCC 23.3 with the following:

The Contractor shall furnish the Project Manager with the details of the program of the tests and/or inspection and of the place and time thereof at least two (2) weeks in advance in case of domestic supplies & six (6) weeks in advance in case of foreign supplies.

PCC 23.4 Supplement GCC 23.3 with the following:

The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results of any such test and/or inspection within fifteen (15) days after completion of tests.

PCC 23.6 Add the following at the end of GCC 23.6:

All costs incurred by the Employer including all travelling and board and lodging expenses by the repetition of the tests or false call for tests shall be borne by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 23.2. Any delay in delivery due to retest or false call shall not constitute a release of the Contractor from his responsibilities for delay.

PCC 25. Commissioning and Operational Acceptance

PCC 25.2.2 The Guarantee Test of the Facilities shall be successfully completed within one (1) month from the date of Completion.

PCC 25.3.1(e) Add the following new sub-clause:

Three (3) sets of as built drawings, operating and maintenance manuals and USB drives etc.

PCC 26. Completion Time Guarantee

PCC 26.2

Applicable rate for liquidated damages: 1% per week

The above rate applies to the price of the part of the Facilities, as quoted in the Price Schedule, for that part for which the Contractor fails to achieve Completion within the particular Time for Completion. 

Maximum deduction for liquidated damages: 10% of the Contract Price

PCC 26.3    Applicable (amount or rate) for the bonus for early Completion:

Maximum bonus: N/A

PCC 26.3    No bonus will be given for earlier Completion of the Facilities or part thereof.

PCC 27. Defect Liability

PCC 27.10  The critical components covered under the extended defect liability are None.

PCC 30. Limitation of Liability

PCC 30.1 (b) The multiplier of the Contract Price is: one (1)

PCC 39. Value Engineering

PCC 39.1.2 If the value engineering proposal is approved by the Employer the amount to be paid to the Contractor shall be 50 % of the reduction in the Contract Price

PCC 39.2.1

(f) A “Change Proposal,” which shall include the following:

  • Effect on the Resource mobilization schedule
  • Effect on Risk Register
  • Effect on the payment schedule.

The Contractor shall implement and maintain appropriate administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to protect the Telecoms network, SCADA system, associated networks, software, hardware, and operational technology assets from unauthorized access, misuse, alteration, disruption, destruction, or disclosure.

PCC46. Disputes and Arbitration

PCC 46.1    The DB shall be appointed within 30 days after a dispute has been declared by either party of the Contract Agreement PCC 46.1

The DB shall be: comprised of one (1) person, who is fluent in the English language and shall be a professional experienced in the type of activities involved in the performance of the Contract and with the interpretation of contractual documents. The potential member is an independent and neutral with no interest in the Contract.

 

PCC 46.1 List of potential DB members:

List of arbitrators of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) (to be defined at contract signing).

Proposed by Contractor [Attach CVs to the Contract]

List of arbitrators of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) (to be defined at contract signing).

 

PCC 46.2 Appointment (if not agreed) to be made by: Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa)

PCC 46.5    Procedure to settle disputes in respect of which DB’s decision (if any) has not become final and binding shall be finally settled by arbitration:

Rules of arbitration

GCC Sub-Clause 46.5(a): For a Foreign Contractor, the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of the Rules of the Conduct of Arbitrations (5th Edition 2005) of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa); by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be the neutral location agreed by both parties.

 

GCC Sub-Clause 46.5 (b): For a local Contractor, the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of the Rules of the Conduct of Arbitrations (5th Edition 2005) of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) within the context of the Law of Eswatini; by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be in Eswatini.

PCC 47.

PCC 47.1- The Contractor shall comply with the following Cyber security requirements:

1. Comply with IEC 62443 (Industrial Automation and Control Systems cybersecurity).

2. Support IEC 62351 security measures for power system communications, including secure DNP3 communications where applicable.

3. Meet the cybersecurity capability requirements of IEEE 1686 for Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs).

 

Section X - Contract Forms

Table of Forms

Notification of Intention to Award. 298

Letter of Acceptance. 305

Contract Agreement 306

Appendix 1.  Terms and Procedures of Payment 310

Appendix 2.  Price Adjustment 313

Appendix 3.  Insurance Requirements. 315

Appendix 4.  Time Schedule. 318

Appendix 5.  List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors. 319

Appendix 6.  Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer 320

Appendix 7.  List of Documents for Approval or Review.. 321

Appendix 8.  Functional Guarantees. 322

Performance Security Form– Bank Guarantee. 324

Performance Security Form- Conditional Bank Guarantee. 327

Advance Payment Security. 329

 

Notification of Intention to Award

 

[This Notification of Intention to Award shall be sent to each Bidder that submitted a Bid, unless the Bidder has previously received notice of exclusion from the process at an interim stage of the procurement process]

[Send this Notification to the Bidder’s Authorized Representative named in the Bidder Information Form]

For the attention of Bidder’s Authorized Representative

Name: [insert Authorized Representative’s name]

Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s Address]

Telephone/Fax numbers: [insert Authorized Representative’s telephone/fax numbers]

Email Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s email address]

[IMPORTANT: insert the date that this Notification is transmitted to all participating Bidders. The Notification must be sent to all Bidders simultaneously. This means on the same date and as close to the same time as possible.] 

DATE OF TRANSMISSION: This Notification is sent by: [email/fax] on [date] (local time)

Notification of Intention to Award

Employer: [insert the name of the Employer]

Project: [insert name of project]

Contract title: [insert the name of the contract]

Country: [insert country where RFB is issued]

Loan No. /Credit No. / Grant No.: [insert reference number for loan/credit/grant]

RFB No: [insert RFB reference number from Procurement Plan]

This Notification of Intention to Award (Notification) notifies you of our decision to award the above contract. The transmission of this Notification begins the Standstill Period. During the Standstill Period, you may:

  1. request a debriefing in relation to the evaluation of your Bid, and/or
  2. submit a Procurement-related Complaint in relation to the decision to award the contract.
  1. The successful Bidder

Name:

[insert name of successful Bidder]

Address:

[insert address of the successful Bidder]

Contract price:

[insert contract price of the successful Bid]

Total combined score:

[insert the total combined score of the successful Bidder]

  1. Other Bidders [INSTRUCTIONS: insert names of all Bidders that submitted a Bid, Bid prices as read out and evaluated, technical scores and  combined scores.]

Name of Bidder

Technical Score

Bid Price

Evaluated Bid Cost

Combined Score

[insert name]

[insert Technical score]

[insert Bid price]

[insert evaluated cost]

[insert combined score]

[insert name]

[insert Technical score]

[insert Bid price]

[insert evaluated cost]

[insert combined score]

[insert name]

[insert Technical score]

[insert Bid price]

[insert evaluated cost]

[insert combined score]

[insert name]

[insert Technical score]

[insert Bid price]

[insert evaluated cost]

[insert combined score]

[insert name]

[insert Technical score]

[insert Bid price]

[insert evaluated cost]

[insert combined score]

  1. Reason/s why your Bid was unsuccessful[Delete if the combined score already reveals the reason]

[INSTRUCTIONS: State the reason/s why this Bidder’s Bid was unsuccessful. Do NOT include: (a) a point by point comparison with another Bidder’s Bid or (b) information that is marked confidential by the Bidder in its Bid.]

  1. How to request a debriefing

DEADLINE: The deadline to request a debriefing expires at midnight on [insert date] (local time).

You may request a debriefing in relation to the results of the evaluation of your Bid. If you decide to request a debriefing, your written request must be made within three (3) Business Days of receipt of this Notification of Intention to Award.

Provide the contract name, reference number, name of the Bidder, contact details; and address the request for debriefing as follows:

Attention: [insert full name of person, if applicable]

Title/position: [insert title/position]

Agency: [insert name of Employer]

Email address: [insert email address]

Fax number: [insert fax number] delete if not used

If your request for a debriefing is received within the 3 Business Days deadline, we will provide the debriefing within five (5) Business Days of receipt of your request. If we are unable to provide the debriefing within this period, the Standstill Period shall be extended by five (5) Business Days after the date that the debriefing is provided. If this happens, we will notify you and confirm the date that the extended Standstill Period will end.

The debriefing may be in writing, by phone, video conference call or in person. We shall promptly advise you in writing how the debriefing will take place and confirm the date and time.

If the deadline to request a debriefing has expired, you may still request a debriefing. In this case, we will provide the debriefing as soon as practicable, and normally no later than fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of publication of the Contract Award Notice.

  1. How to make a complaint

DEADLINE::  The deadline for submitting a Procurement-related Complaint challenging the decision to award the contract expires on midnight, [insert date] (local time).

Provide the contract name, reference number, name of the Bidder, contact details; and address the Procurement-related Complaint as follows:

Attention: [insert full name of person, if applicable]

Title/position: [insert title/position]

Agency: [insert name of Employer]

Email address: [insert email address]

Fax number: [insert fax number] delete if not used

At this point in the procurement process, you may submit a Procurement-related Complaint challenging the decision to award the contract. You do not need to have requested, or received, a debriefing before making this complaint. Your complaint must be submitted within the Standstill Period and received by us before the Standstill Period ends.

Further information:

For more information see the Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Procurement Regulations) (Annex III). You should read these provisions before preparing and submitting your complaint. In addition, the World Bank’s Guidance “How to make a Procurement-related Complaint” provides a useful explanation of the process, as well as a sample letter of complaint.

In summary, there are four essential requirements:

  1. You must be an ‘interested party’. In this case, that means a Bidder who submitted a Bid in this procurement and is the recipient of a Notification of Intention to Award.
  2. The complaint can only challenge the decision to award the contract.
  3. You must submit the complaint within the deadline stated above.
  4. You must include, in your complaint, all of the information required by the Procurement Regulations (as described in Annex III).
  1. Standstill Period

DEADLINE: The Standstill Period is due to end at midnight on [insert date] (local time).

The Standstill Period lasts ten (10) Business Days after the date of transmission of this Notification of Intention to Award.

The Standstill Period may be extended. This may happen where we are unable to provide a debriefing within the five (5) Business Day deadline. If this happens we will notify you of the extension

If you have any questions regarding this Notification please do not hesitate to contact us.

On behalf of the Employer:

Signature:        ______________________________________________

Name:               ______________________________________________

Title/position: ______________________________________________

Telephone:       ______________________________________________

Email:              ______________________________________________

 

 

 

 

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE FORM

 

This Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form (“Form”) is to be completed by the successful Bidder.  In case of joint venture, the Bidder must submit a separate Form for each member.  The beneficial ownership information to be submitted in this Form shall be current as of the date of its submission.

 

For the purposes of this Form, a Beneficial Owner of a Bidder is any natural person who ultimately owns or controls the Bidder by meeting one or more of the following conditions:

  • directly or indirectly holding 25% or more of the shares
  • directly or indirectly holding 25% or more of the voting rights
  • directly or indirectly having the right to appoint a majority of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Bidder


Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form

 

 

RFB No.: [insert number of RFB process]

Request for Bid No.: [insert identification]

 

To: [insert complete name of Employer]

 

In response to your request in the Letter of Acceptance dated [insert date of letter of Acceptance] to furnish additional information on beneficial ownership: [select one option as applicable and delete the options that are not applicable]

 

(i) we hereby provide the following beneficial ownership information. 

 

Details of beneficial ownership

Identity of Beneficial Owner

 

Directly or indirectly holding 25% or more of the shares

(Yes / No)

 

Directly or indirectly holding 25 % or more of the Voting Rights

(Yes / No)

 

Directly or indirectly having the right to appoint a majority of the board of the directors or an equivalent governing body of the Bidder

(Yes / No)

[include full name (last, middle, first), nationality, country of residence]

 

 

 

 

OR

 

(ii) We declare that there is no Beneficial Owner meeting one or more of the following conditions:

 

OR

 

(iii) We declare that we are unable to identify any Beneficial Owner meeting one or more of the following conditions. [If this option is selected, the Bidder shall provide explanation on why it is unable to identify any Beneficial Owner]

 

Name of the Bidder: *[insert complete name of the Bidder]_________

 

Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: **[insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]___________

 

Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]______

 

Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]_____

 

Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]_____

 

 

 

 

* In the case of the Bid submitted by a Joint Venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder. In the event that the Bidder is a joint venture, each reference to “Bidder” in the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form (including this Introduction thereto) shall be read to refer to the joint venture member.

** Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder. The power of attorney shall be attached with the Bid Schedules.

 

 

 

 

Letter of Acceptance

______________________

To:  ____________________________

 

This is to notify you that your Bid dated ____________ for execution of the _________________ for the Contract Price in the aggregate of _____________________ ________________, as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders is hereby accepted by our Agency.

 

You are requested to furnish (i) the Performance Security within 28 days in accordance with the Conditions of Contract, using for that purpose one of the Performance Security Forms and (ii) the additional information on beneficial ownership in accordance with ITB 46.1, within eight (8) Business days using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form, included in Section X, - Contract Forms, of the bidding document.

 

 

 

Authorized Signature:                                                                                                                                            

Name and Title of Signatory:                                                                                                                                            

Name of Agency:                                                                                                                                            

 

Attachment:  Contract Agreement

 

 

Contract Agreement

THIS AGREEMENT is made the ________ day of ________________________, _____,

BETWEEN

 

(1)Eswatini Electricity Company a corporation incorporated under the laws of the kingdom of Eswatini and having its principal place of business at Eluvatsini house, Mhlambanyatsi Road Mbabane, Eswatini  (hereinafter called “the Employer”), and (2) ______________________, a corporation incorporated under the laws of ________________________ and having its principal place of business at ________________________ (hereinafter called “the Contractor”).

 

WHEREAS the Employer desires to engage the Contractor to design, manufacture, test, deliver, install, complete and commission certain Facilities, viz. Design Supply and Installation of 11kV auto reclosers under the Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation (ASCENT) Project (“the Facilities”), and the Contractor has agreed to such engagement upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter appearing.

 

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

Article 1.  Contract Documents

1.1    Contract Documents (Reference GCC Clause 2)

The following documents shall constitute the Contract between the Employer and the Contractor, and each shall be read and construed as an integral part of the Contract:

(a)    This Contract Agreement and the Appendices hereto

(b)    Letter of Bid and Price Schedules submitted by the Contractor

(c)    Particular Conditions

(d)    General Conditions

(e)    Specification

(f)     Drawings

(g)    Other completed Bidding forms submitted with the Bid

(h)    Any other documents forming part of the Employer’s Requirements

(i)    Any other documents forming part of the contract, including, but not limited to:

      1. the ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans; and
      2. Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES).
      3. The SEA/SH prevention and Response Plan
      4. Project ESMF
      5. Project Labour Management

1.2    Order of Precedence (Reference GCC Clause 2)

In the event of any ambiguity or conflict between the Contract Documents listed above, the order of precedence shall be the order in which the Contract Documents are listed in Article 1.1 (Contract Documents) above.

1.3    Definitions (Reference GCC Clause 1)

Capitalized words and phrases used herein shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to them in the General Conditions.

Article 2.  Contract Price and Terms of Payment

2.1    Contract Price (Reference GCC Clause 11)

The Employer hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor the Contract Price in consideration of the performance by the Contractor of its obligations hereunder.  The Contract Price shall be the aggregate of:  __________________, _______________ as specified in Price Schedule No. 5 (Grand Summary), and_______________, _________________, or such other sums as may be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract.

2.2    Terms of Payment (Reference GCC Clause 12)

The terms and procedures of payment according to which the Employer will reimburse the Contractor are given in the Appendix (Terms and Procedures of Payment) hereto.

The Employer will not instruct its bank to issue an irrevocable confirmed documentary credit made available to the Contractor in a bank in the country of the Contractor. The credit shall be for an amount of $0.00 and shall be subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits 2007 Revision, ICC Publication No. 600.

In the event that the amount payable under Schedule No. 1 is adjusted in accordance with GCC 11.2 or with any of the other terms of the Contract, the Employer shall arrange for the documentary credit to be amended accordingly.

 

Article 3.  Effective Date

3.1    Effective Date (Reference GCC Clause 1)

The Effective Date from which the Time for Completion of the Facilities shall be counted is the date when all of the following conditions have been fulfilled:

(a)    This Contract Agreement has been duly executed for and on behalf of the Employer and the Contractor;

(b)    The Contractor has submitted to the Employer the Performance Security and the advance payment guarantee;

(c)    The Employer has paid the Contractor the advance payment;

(f) Individual Letters from key personnel confirming availability

Each party shall use its best efforts to fulfill the above conditions for which it is responsible as soon as practicable.

3.2    If the conditions listed under 3.1 are not fulfilled within two (2) months from the date of this Contract notification because of reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Parties shall discuss and agree on an equitable adjustment to the Contract Price and the Time for Completion and/or other relevant conditions of the Contract.

Article 4.  Communications

4.1    The address of the Employer for notice purposes, pursuant to GCC 4.1 is: ______________________.

    1. The address of the Contractor for notice purposes, pursuant to GCC 4.1 is: ________________________.

Article 5.  Appendices

5.1    The Appendices listed in the attached List of Appendices shall be deemed to form an integral part of this Contract Agreement.

    1. Reference in the Contract to any Appendix shall mean the Appendices attached hereto, and the Contract shall be read and construed accordingly.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Employer and the Contractor have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives the day and year first above written.

 

Signed by, for and on behalf of the Employer

 

 

                                                                                                                       

[Signature]

 

                                                                                                                       

[Title]

 

in the presence of                                                                                           

 

 

Signed by, for and on behalf of the Contractor

 

 

                                                                                                                       

[Signature]

 

                                                                                                                       

[Title]

 

in the presence of                                                                                           

 

 

APPENDICES

 

Appendix 1     Terms and Procedures of Payment

Appendix 2     Price Adjustment

Appendix 3     Insurance Requirements

Appendix 4     Time Schedule

Appendix 5     List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors

Appendix 6     Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer

Appendix 7     List of Documents for Approval or Review

Appendix 8     Functional Guarantees

 

 

 

Appendix 1.  Terms and Procedures of Payment

In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 12 (Terms of Payment), the Employer shall pay the Contractor in the following manner and at the following times, on the basis of the Price Breakdown given in the section on Price Schedules.  Payments will be made in the currencies quoted by the Bidder unless otherwise agreed between the Parties.  Applications for payment in respect of part deliveries may be made by the Contractor as work proceeds.

 

TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

Schedule No. 1.  Plant and Equipment Supplied from Abroad

In respect of plant and equipment supplied from abroad, the following payments shall be made:

Ten percent (10%) of the total CIP amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer.  The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of the plant and equipment delivered to the site, as evidenced by shipping and delivery documents.

Eighty percent (80%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon Incoterm “CIP”, upon delivery to the site within forty-five (45) days after receipt of documents.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Schedule No. 2.  Plant and Equipment Supplied from within the Employer’s Country

In respect of plant and equipment supplied from within the Employer’s Country, the following payments shall be made:

Ten percent (10%) of the total EXW amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer.  The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of the plant and equipment delivered to the site, as evidenced by shipping and delivery documents.

Eighty percent (80%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon Incoterm “Ex-Works,” upon delivery to the site within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice and documents.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Schedule No. 3.  Design Services

In respect of design services for both the foreign currency and the local currency portions, the following payments shall be made:

Ten percent (10%) of the total design services amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. 

Ninety percent (90%) of the total or pro rata design services amount upon acceptance of design in accordance with GCC Clause 20 by the Project Manager within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Schedule No. 4.  Installation Services

In respect of installation services for both the foreign and local currency portions, the following payments shall be made:

Ten percent (10%) of the total installation services amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer.  The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of work performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the invoices for installation services.

Eighty percent (80%) of the measured value of work performed by the Contractor, as identified in the said Program of Performance, during the preceding month, as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s application, will be made monthly within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation services performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s monthly applications, upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation services performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s monthly applications, upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment on its respective due date, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate of for local currency/CMA (lending Rate at Central Bank of Eswatini plus 1%) ÷12 and “for USD, the (Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) plus 1%) ÷12  ; for Euro,( EURIBOR plus 1%) ÷12; per month for period of delay until payment has been made in full.

 

PAYMENT PROCEDURES

 

The procedures to be followed in applying for certification and making payments shall be as follows:

The Contractor should submit invoice outlining the pay items covering the pro rata value of Supply/Work Done along with the submission of the following documents to the Project Manager:

      1. For Supply:
  2. Three (3) copies of Contractor’s invoice certified by the Employer showing contract no., description of goods, quantity, unit price and total amount.
  3. Payment Authorization as per the specified format duly signed by the authorized official (s), designated by the Employer to operate the Line of Credit.
  4. Original and Six (6) copies of negotiable, clean, on-board bill of lading marked freight prepaid / Lorry Receipt and 6 copies of non-negotiable bill of lading / Lorry Receipt.
  5. Three (3) copies of Detailed Packing list identifying contents of each package.
  6. Insurance Policy/Certificate.
  7. Manufacturer’s / Supplier’s Warranty Certificate.
  8. Dispatch authorization issued by the employer with the factory inspection report.
  9. Certificate of origin.
      1. For Design Services and Installation Services:
  1. All Payments for the works in part or full shall be based upon measurements or otherwise as per the Contract. After excavation before filling the trench/holes, the Contractor shall take and record measurements in presence of the authorized representatives of the Employer.
  2. The Value of work executed shall be determined by the Employer. The Value of work executed shall comprise the value of the quantities of the items in the Price Bid.
  3. The Contractor seeking any payment shall submit to the Employer an Invoice with bills with the relevant approved measurement certificates and other requisite documents, duly signed by the site representatives of the Employer. The Employer will then verify the bills and approve for release of payment.

 

 

 

Appendix 2.  Price Adjustment (Not Applicable)

The prices are to remain firm and fixed for the duration of the Contract.

 

 

Appendix 3.  Insurance Requirements

Insurances to be Taken Out by the Contractor

In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 34, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified.  The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

(a)    Cargo Insurance

Covering loss or damage occurring, while in transit from the supplier’s or manufacturer’s works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Facilities (including spare parts therefor) and to the construction equipment to be provided by the Contractor or its Subcontractors.

Amount

Deductible limits

Parties Insured

From

To

110% of the Contract Price

NIL

Employer, Contractor

Manufacturer’s   Works

Site

 

(b)    Installation All Risks Insurance

Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to completion of the Facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the defect liability period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the defect liability period.

 

Amount

Deductible limits

Parties Insured

From

To

110% of the Contract Price

NIL

Employer, Contractor, and Subcontractor  (if any)

Receipt of site

Up to Defect Liability Period

 

(c)    Third Party Liability Insurance

Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third parties (including the Employer’s personnel) and loss of or damage to property (including the Employer’s property and any parts of the Facilities that have been accepted by the Employer) occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities.

Amount

Deductible limits

Parties Insured

From

To

USD 100,000 per person per occasion

NIL

Employer, Contractor, and Subcontractor  (if any)

Commencement of work

Up to Defect Liability Period

USD 10,000

NIL

Third party personnel

Commencement of work

Up to Defect Liability Period

USD 50,000

NIL

Employer’s Property

Commencement of work

Up to Defect Liability Period

 

 

(d)    Automobile Liability Insurance

Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors (whether or not owned by them) in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities.  Comprehensive insurance in accordance with statutory requirements.

 

(e)    Workers’ Compensation

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities or any part thereof is executed.

 

(f)     Employer’s Liability

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities or any part thereof is executed.

 

(g)    Other Insurances

The Contractor is also required to take out and maintain at its own cost the following insurances:

Amount

Deductible limits

Parties Insured

From

To

To be indicated by the Contractor

NIL

Contractor, and Subcontractor  (if any)

Receipt of site

Up to Defect Liability Period

 

 

The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Cargo, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances.  All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies.

 

Insurances To Be Taken Out By The Employer

 

The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the performance of the Contract the following insurances.

 

Details:

NIL

 

 

Appendix 4.  Time Schedule

4.1 Description of Facilities:

Name of Facilities

Completion Time required by the Employer from the Effective Date

Completion date guaranteed by the Bidder from the effective date

Design, Supply and installation of 11kV auto-reclosers

 

 

Six (6) Months

 

 

 

4.2 The activities under the Contractor’s program for Project Completion shall be in the form of a master network (MNW) and shall identify the various activities like design, engineering, manufacturing, supply, installation, factory testing, transportation to site, site testing and commissioning, trial operation and taking over etc. of the facilities or specific part thereof (where specific parts are specified in PCC). The network shall conform to the above Project Completion Schedule. This master network will be discussed and agreed before Kick-off meeting in line with the above. The detailed network(s) and project implementation plans & programs shall preferably be prepared in Primavera or in MS Project or in the latest Project Management tool as convenient to the Employer and shall form part of the contract.

4.3 The Employer reserves the right to request minor changes in the work schedule at the time of Award of Contract to the successful Bidder.

 

 

Appendix 5.  List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors

A list of major items of Plant and Installation Services is provided below.

 

The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are approved for carrying out the items of the Facilities indicated below.  Where more than one Subcontractor is listed, the Contractor is free to choose between them, but it must notify the Employer of its choice in good time prior to appointing any selected Subcontractor.  In accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 19.1, the Contractor is free to submit proposals for Subcontractors for additional items from time to time.  No Subcontracts shall be placed with any such Subcontractors for additional items until the Subcontractors have been approved in writing by the Employer and their names have been added to this list of Approved Subcontractors.

 

 

Major Items of Plant and Installation Services

Approved Subcontractors/Manufacturers

Nationality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix 6.  Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer

The following personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided/supplied by the Employer, and the provisions of GCC Clauses 10, 21 and 24 shall apply as appropriate. All personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided by the Employer in good time so as not to delay the performance of the Contractor, in accordance with the approved Time Schedule and Program of Performance pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2.

Unless otherwise indicated, all personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided free of charge to the Contractor.

Personnel

Charge to Contractor (if any)

  • Operational staff for witnessing works, arranging outages and supervision during network outages.

None

Facilities

Charge to Contractor (if any)

None

None

Works

Charge to Contractor (if any)

  • Dismantling of existing 11 kV infrastructure at all 13 sites
  • Dismantling of existing 11 kV infrastructure at all 13 sites                                            

None

Supplies

Charge to Contractor (if any)

  • 4 D10/11 poles per site and corresponding steel cross arms
  • 13 x 16KVA 11/0.23kV transformers and corresponding MV surge arrestors, LV MCB in pole mounted box
  • Supply of Camo earthing conductor, clamps, spikes, lugs and conductive cement for all 13 sites

 

None

 

 

 

Appendix 7.  List of Documents for Approval or Review

 

Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.1, the Contractor shall prepare, or cause its Subcontractor to prepare, and present to the Project Manager in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 (Program of Performance), the following documents for

 

A.     Approval

 

B.     Review

 

 

Appendix 8.  Functional Guarantees

1.      General

This Appendix sets out

(a)    the functional guarantees referred to in GCC Clause 28 (Functional Guarantees)

(b)    the preconditions to the validity of the functional guarantees, either in production and/or consumption, set forth below

(c)    the minimum level of the functional guarantees

(d)    the formula for calculation of liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees.

2.      Preconditions

The Contractor gives the functional guarantees (specified herein) for the facilities, subject to the following preconditions being fully satisfied:

____________________________________________________________________________________

3.      Functional Guarantees

Subject to compliance with the foregoing preconditions, the Contractor guarantees as follows:

3.1    Production Capacity

_____________________________________________________________________________

and/or

3.2    Raw Materials and Utilities Consumption

____________________________________________________________________________

4.      Failure in Guarantees and Liquidated Damages

4.1    Failure to Attain Guaranteed Production Capacity

If the production capacity of the facilities attained in the guarantee test, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2, is less than the guaranteed figure specified in para. 3.1 above, but the actual production capacity attained in the guarantee test is not less than the minimum level specified in para. 4.3 below, and the Contractor elects to pay liquidated damages to the Employer in lieu of making changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, then the Contractor shall pay liquidated damages at the rate of ___________________ for every complete one percent (1%) of the deficiency in the production capacity of the Facilities, or at a proportionately reduced rate for any deficiency, or part thereof, of less than a complete one percent (1%).

4.2    Raw Materials and Utilities Consumption in Excess of Guaranteed Level

__________________________________________________________________

If the actual measured figure of specified raw materials and utilities consumed per unit (or their average total cost of consumption) exceeds the guaranteed figure specified in para. 3.2 above (or their specified average total cost of consumption), but the actual consumption attained in the guarantee test, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2, is not more than the maximum level specified in para. 4.3 below, and the Contractor elects to pay liquidated damages to the Employer in lieu of making changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, then the Contractor shall pay liquidated damages at the rate of [amount in the contract currency] for every complete one percent (1%) of the excess consumption of the Facilities, or part thereof, of less than a complete one percent (1%).

4.3    Minimum Levels

Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, if as a result of the guarantee test(s), the following minimum levels of performance guarantees (and consumption guarantees) are not attained by the Contractor, the Contractor shall at its own cost make good any deficiencies until the Facilities reach any of such minimum performance levels, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.2:

(a)    production capacity of the Facilities attained in the guarantee test:  ninety-five percent (95%) of the guaranteed production capacity (the values offered by the Contractor in its Bid for functional guarantees represents 100%).

and/or

(b)    average total cost of consumption of all the raw materials and utilities of the Facilities:  one hundred and five percent (105%) of the guaranteed figures (the figures offered by the Contractor in its Bid for functional guarantees represents 100%).

4.4    Limitation of Liability

Subject to para. 4.3 above, the Contractor’s aggregate liability to pay liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees shall not exceed ______ percent ( ___ %) of the Contract price.

 

 

 

Performance Security Form– Bank Guarantee[18]

[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

Beneficiary:   [insert name and Address of Employer]

 

Date:   _ [Insert date of issue]

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE No.: ____[Insert guarantee reference number]

Guarantor:  [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]

We have been informed that ____________________ (hereinafter called “the Applicant”) has entered into Contract No. ________________dated ____________ with the Beneficiary, for the execution of ____________________________ (hereinafter called “the Contract”).

 

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, a performance guarantee is required.

At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of _________________(___)[19],such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that the Applicant is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without the Beneficiary needing to prove or to show grounds for your demand or the sum specified therein.

This guarantee shall be reduced by half upon our receipt of:

 

(a)        a copy of the Operational Acceptance Certificate; or

(b)       a registered letter from the Applicant (i) attaching a copy of its notice requesting issuance of the Operational Acceptance Certificate and (ii) stating that the Project Manager has failed to issue such Certificate within the time required or provide in writing justifiable reasons why such Certificate has not been issued, so that Operational Acceptance is deemed to have occurred.

 

This guarantee shall expire no later than the earlier of:[20]

(a)        twelve months after our receipt of either (a) or (b) above; or

(b)       eighteen months after our receipt of:

(i)        a copy of the Completion Certificate; or

(ii)       a registered letter from the Applicant, attaching a copy of the notice to the Project Manager that the Facilities are ready for commissioning, and stating that fourteen days have elapsed from receipt of such notice (or seven days have elapsed if the notice was a repeated notice) and the Project Manager has failed to issue a Completion Certificate or inform the Applicant in writing of any defects or deficiencies; or

(iii)      a registered letter from the Applicant stating that no Completion Certificate has been issued but the Employer is making use of the Facilities; or

 

(c)        the ____ day of _____, 2___.[21]

 

Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded.

_____________________
[signature(s)]


 

Note:  All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.

 

Performance Security Form- Conditional Bank Guarantee

                                                                                                   Date:                                                                                                              

                                                                                  Loan/Credit No:                                                                                                              

                                                                                              RFB No:                                                                                                              

To: ___________________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,

We refer to the Contract Agreement (“the Contract”) signed on [date] between you and ____________________________ (“the Contractor”) concerning design, execution and completion of ____________________________.

By this letter we, the undersigned, [name of Bank], a Bank (or company) organized under the laws of _________________ and having its registered/principal office at _________________, do hereby jointly and severally with the Contractor irrevocably guarantee payment owed to you by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract, up to the sum of ___________, equivalent to _______________ percent (%)  of the Contract Price until the date of the Operational Acceptance Certificate and thereafter up to a sum of ____________, equivalent to__________ percent (%)  of the Contract Price, until twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance, or eighteen (18) months after Completion of the Facilities, whichever comes first.

Where it is agreed between you and the Contractor that the Facilities are to be accepted in parts, and thus where there are separate Completion and Operational Acceptance Certificates for each part, this Letter of Guarantee shall be apportioned to the value of each such part and shall reduce or expire as provided above on or following Completion or Operational Acceptance of each part.

We shall only undertake to make payment under this Letter of Guarantee upon our receipt of a written demand signed by your duly authorized officer for a specified sum, where such demand sets out the reasons for your claim under this Letter of Guarantee and is accompanied by

(a)    a copy of the written notice sent by you to the Contractor before making the claim under this Guarantee, specifying the Contractor’s breach of contract and requesting the Contractor to remedy it

(b)    a letter signed by your duly authorized officer certifying that the Contractor has failed to remedy the default within the period allowed for remedial action

(c)    a copy of your written notice to the Contractor stating your intent to claim under this Letter of Guarantee because of the Contractor’s failure to remedy the default in accordance with the request referred to in para. (a) above.

Our liability under this Letter of Guarantee shall be to pay to you whichever is the lesser of the sum so requested or the amount then guaranteed hereunder in respect of any demand duly made hereunder prior to expiry of this Letter of Guarantee, without being entitled to inquire whether or not this payment is lawfully demanded.

This Letter of Guarantee shall be valid from the date of issue until the earlier of twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance or eighteen (18) months after the date of Completion of the Facilities or, where the Facilities are to be accepted in parts, twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance or eighteen (18) months after the date of Completion of the last part or [date], whichever comes first.

Except for the documents herein specified, no other documents or other action shall be required, notwithstanding any applicable law or regulation.

If the Defect Liability Period is extended with respect to any part of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract, you shall notify us, and the validity of this Letter of Guarantee shall be extended with respect to the percentage of the Contract Price stipulated in the notification until expiry of such extended Defect Liability Period.

Our liability under this Letter of Guarantee shall become null and void immediately upon its expiry, whether it is returned or not, and no claim may be made hereunder after such expiry or after the aggregate of the sums paid by us to you shall equal the sums guaranteed hereunder, whichever is the earlier.

All notices to be given hereunder shall be given by registered (airmail) post to the addressee at the address herein set out or as otherwise advised by and between the parties hereto.

We hereby agree that any part of the Contract may be amended, renewed, extended, modified, compromised, released or discharged by mutual agreement between you and the Contractor, and this security may be exchanged or surrendered without in any way impairing or affecting our liabilities hereunder without notice to us and without the necessity for any additional endorsement, consent or guarantee by us, provided, however, that the sum guaranteed shall not be increased or decreased.

No action, event or condition which by any applicable law should operate to discharge us from liability hereunder shall have any effect and we hereby waive any right we may have to apply such law, so that in all respects our liability hereunder shall be irrevocable and, except as stated herein, unconditional in all respects.

Yours truly,

 

                                                                                                                       

Authorized Signature

 

Advance Payment Security

Demand Guarantee

[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

 

Beneficiary: ........................................................ Name and Address of Employer .....................................................

Date:[Insert date of issue].....................................................................................................................................................

Advance Payment Guarantee No.:[Insert guarantee reference number]

Guarantor:  [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]

............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

We have been informed that . . . . .. . . . .  (hereinafter called “the Applicant”) has entered into Contract No. . . . . .. . . . . dated . . . . . . ..with the Beneficiary, for the execution of, . . . . . .. . . . .  (hereinafter called “the Contract”).

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Conditions of the Contract, an advance payment in the sum  . . . . .. . . . . . (. . . . .. . . . .  ) is to be made against an advance payment guarantee.

At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of .
(. . . . .. . . . .  ) [22] upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating either that the applicant:

      1. has used the advance payment for purposes other than the costs of mobilization in respect of the Facilities; or
      2.  has failed to repay the advance payment in accordance with the Contract conditions, specifying the amount which the Applicant has failed to repay.

A demand under this guarantee may be presented as from the presentation to the Guarantor of a certificate from the Beneficiary’s bank stating that the advance payment referred to above has been credited to the Applicant on its account number ___________ at _________________..

 

The maximum amount of this guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amount of the advance payment repaid by the Applicant as indicated in copies of interim statements or payment certificates which shall be presented to us.  This guarantee shall expire, at the latest, upon our receipt of documentation indicating full repayment by the Applicant of the amount of the advance payment, or on the . . . day of . . . . . . . , . . . . .[23], whichever is earlier.  Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded.

 

____________________ [signature(s)]


Note:  All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.

 

 

[1]   Nonperformance, as decided by the Employer, shall include all contracts where (a) nonperformance was not challenged by the contractor, including through referral to the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract, and (b) contracts that were so challenged but fully settled against the contractor. Nonperformance shall not include contracts where Employers decision was overruled by the dispute resolution mechanism. Nonperformance must be based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation, i.e., dispute or litigation that has been resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted.

[2]         This requirement also applies to contracts executed by the Bidder as JV member.

[3]      The Bidder shall provide accurate information on the related Letter of Bid about any litigation or arbitration resulting from contracts completed or ongoing under its execution over the last five years. A consistent history of awards against the Bidder or any member of a joint venture may result in failure of the Bid.

[4] The Employer may use this information to seek further information or clarifications in carrying out its due diligence. 

[5]    For contracts under which the Bidder participated as a joint venture member or sub-contractor, only the Bidder’s share, by value, shall be considered to meet this requirement

[6]      Substantial completion shall be based on 80% or more Plant and installation completed under the contract.

[7]      In the case of JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has been met. Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value of a single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meets the requirement of total number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by all members each of value equal or more than the minimum value required shall be aggregated.

[8] In the case of JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has been met. Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value of a single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meets the requirement of total number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by all members each of value equal or more than the minimum value required shall be aggregated.

[9]      For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i) applying for pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such contract, and (ii) entering into an addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.

[10]        A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider (different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower. 

[11]        Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature.  They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by the Bank or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the veracity of an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms.  Such activity includes but is not limited to: accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as relevant; accessing and examining any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format) deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and obtaining third party verification of information.

 

 

[13] Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.

[14] Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.

2 Specify where necessary.

[15]      For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i) applying for pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such contract, and (ii) entering into an addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.

[16]        A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider (different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower. 

[17]        Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature.  They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by the Bank or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the veracity of an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms.  Such activity includes but is not limited to: accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as relevant; accessing and examining any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format) deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and obtaining third party verification of information.

[18]      The Employer should insert either the Bank Guarantee or the Conditional Guarantee.

[19]      The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the Contract Price specified in the Contract and denominated either in the currency(ies) of the Contract or a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.

[20]      This text shall be revised as and where necessary to take into account (i) partial acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with Sub-Clause 25.4 of the GCC; and (ii) extension of the Performance Security when the Contractor is liable for an extended warranty obligation pursuant to Sub-Clause 27.10 of the GCC (although in this latter case the Employer might want to consider an extended warranty security in lieu of the extension of the Performance Security).

[21]      Insert the date twenty-eight days after the expected expiration date of the Defect Liability Period. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Employer’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”

 

[22]The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the advance payment and denominated either in the currency(ies) of the advance payment as specified in the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.

[23]Insert the expected expiration date of the Time for Completion.  The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor.  Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph:  “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Beneficiary’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”

"},{"id":"OP00459337","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"18-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-09-03T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Ukraine","project_id":"P176114","project_name":"Improving Power System Resilience for European Power Grid Integration Project","bid_reference_no":"UHE-IPSR-ESG","bid_description":"Сonsultancy service provision by Consultant (legal entity (consulting firm)) for the ESG \n(Environmental, Social, and Corporate Governance) focused Training and Workshops (Capacity Building on O&M and Safety)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"07300, town Vyshgorod, \nKyiv oblast, Ukraine","contact_ctry_name":"Ukraine","contact_email":"o.hryshchenko@uhe.gov.ua","contact_name":"Olga Hryshchenko","contact_organization":"PRIVATE JOINT STOCK COMPANY “UKRHYDROENERGO”","contact_phone_no":"+380(4596)58271","contact_web_url":"https://uhe.gov.ua","submission_date":"2026-08-18T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

(DEADLINE EXTENSION)

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)

Country: Ukraine

Project:  176114: “Ukraine – Improving Power System Resilience for European Power Grid Integration (Installation of Hybrid Systems for Electricity Production in Ukrhydroenergo)”

Grant No.: CTF Grant No. TF0B5724

Assignment Title: “Consulting service provision on training and workshops focused on Environmental, Social, and Corporate Governance (ESG)”
Reference number: No. UHE-IPSR-ESG

PJSC “Ukrhydroenergo” has received financing from the Clean Technology Fund (CTF) to cover the costs of implementing Project 176114: “Ukraine – Improving Power System Resilience for European Power Grid Integration (Installation of Hybrid Systems for Electricity Production in Ukrhydroenergo)” and intends to apply a portion of the proceeds for consultancy services under Part 2. Technical Support of the Project.  

The consulting services (hereinafter referred to as the “Services”) envisage the implementation of the program of strengthening capacity of PJSC “Ukrhydroenergo” (UHE) in the area of Environmental, Social, and Corporate Governance (ESG), which shall include two complementary components: () conducting basic ESG trainings for a broad audience of UHE employees to promote a general understanding of ESG - integrating ESG aspects into UHE’s corporate management practices, including the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) as part of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and the Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (CSDDD); and (ii) conducting in-depth practical sessions for employees directly involved in the implementation of ESG principles and reporting at UHE according to European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) and other standards of International Financial Institutions  (IFI), as well as in the planning and implementation of projects using E&S risk management tools.

Components of the assignment:

() Component 1 – basic ESG trainings for a broad audience: development of a basic understanding of ESG concept; implementation and integration of environmental, social, and corporate governance (ESG) practices into all aspects of the Company's operations; integration of new reporting into business processes; ESG risk assessment, double materiality assessment, and understanding of the greenhouse gas emissions calculation process, including for taking them into account in cross-border electricity trade using UHE border carbon adjustment mechanism, among approximately 100 employees in key corporate functions.

(ii) Component 2 – In-depth capacity building on ESMS and E&S risk management at the project level: Strengthening the practical capacity of approximately 30–40 employees directly involved in implementing UHE’s environmental and social policies, as well as in project planning and development, in particular through the development and implementation of an Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS) and risk management tools at the project level.

(iii) Preparing reports by each component separately and a consolidated report on the follow-up activities based on the results of the conducted training sessions.

The contract is scheduled to begin on 30.10.2026, and its approximate completion period is 6 months from the effective date of the contract.

More details on the Services are provided in the Terms of Reference that can be uploaded by this link:  https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/10YpUAT00aLipxY_GQPYQ1_sfAM_vFjYo?usp=drive_link

At this stage, the Terms of Reference are provided for Information purpose only, to enable the Consultant to understand the nature, specifics, and scope of the assignment. It will not be discussed with the Consultants at this stage, and any changes, if appropriate, will be agreed upon with the most qualified Consultant at later stages of the selection process.

The most qualified Consultant will be selected based on the qualification criteria listed below.

PJSC “Ukrhydroenergo” now invites qualified consulting firms (the “Consultants”) to express their interest in providing the specified Services.  

The interested Consultants shall provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.

The criteria for ranking the interested Consultants are as follows:

The Consultant is a legal entity duly registered in accordance with the laws of its country of registration.

The Consultant’s qualifications shall meet the following requirements:

Mandatory qualification:

Preferred Qualifications (give advantage when ranking):

Key Experts will not be evaluated during initial qualification ranking. No more than 5 qualified firms will be considered and contacted to provide additional information.

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of Section III of the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (the “Procurement Regulations”), November 2020 edition, setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but shall clearly specify whether such an association has the form of a Consultants joint venture (JV)[1] and/or a subcontract for consulting services.  In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the contract, if selected.

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Consultant’s Qualification-based Selection (CQS) method set out in the World Bank’s Procurement “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers”  (“Procurement Regulations”) and as further specified in the Request for Proposals.

Further information can be obtained by sending respective request to the e-mails provided below.

Expressions of Interest must be delivered in a written form in Ukrainian or English via email to the following address: o.hryshchenko@uhe.gov.ua, mandatory copy to ya.lykhatska@uhe.gov.ua  and yu.makukha@uhe.gov.ua by 5:00 p.m. Kyiv time, September 03rd,  2026 (deadline extended).[2] Expressions of Interest shall be submitted with the following reference in the subject line: “UHE-IPSR-ESG: Expression of Interest”.

In order to facilitate the preparation and submission of the relevant information, the Consultants are proposed to use the following template for the preparation and submission of the Expressions of Interest (available at the following link: https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1Rc6ccdb0m9W6If0A5b3SZwjxQSeXZhvr?usp=drive_link). At the same time, the Consultants may, at their own discretion, formulate and present relevant information in any form that, in the Consultant’s opinion, reflects the Consultant’s vision of presenting their qualifications and experience for the services provision best of all.

Consultants that will provide not only the information confirming their compliance with the qualification requirements, but also be able to demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks as stated in the Terms of Reference and meet the stated per-expert requirements as per ToR will be at advantage during the selection process. The Consultants will be ranked based on the above. The Consultant with the highest rating determined in accordance with the established criteria for evaluating the Consultant’s qualifications will be invited to submit its technical and financial proposal.

The information about the Consultant’s experience provided by the Consultant shall be confirmed by documentary evidence (copies of contracts or parts thereof and service acceptance certificates, and possibly clients’ references disclosing the specifics of the assignment performed may also be provided).

Additionally, attention of the interested Consultants is drawn to the following aspects of preparing their information:

Expressions of Interest submitted after the deadline may not be accepted by the Client for consideration if the list of Consultants with the required qualifications has already been formed up by that time.

The Consultants who already submitted their Expressions of Interest shall not submit any documents or information after the deadline for submission of Expressions of Interest, except for the cases when they provide relevant documents and/or information at the request of the Client to clarify or specify the submitted Expressions of Interest.

Any communications between the Client and the Consultants shall be made in writing via the official e-mail addresses specified herein.

THE LIST OF ATTACHED DOCUMENTS (including hyperlinked)

  1. Terms of Reference (TOR): https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/10YpUAT00aLipxY_GQPYQ1_sfAM_vFjYo?usp=drive_link; 
  2. Template of Expression of Interest: https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1Rc6ccdb0m9W6If0A5b3SZwjxQSeXZhvr?usp=drive_link.

 

 

[1] Consultants JV shall meet the requirements of paragraph 5.38 of the Procurement Regulations. Further information concerning joint venture establishment and operations can be obtained by respective request to the stated e-mails.

 

[2] The Consultants are advised to make sure that their EoIs are delivered to the recipient.

 

"},{"id":"OP00462443","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"18-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-31T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Pacific 1","project_id":"P506422","project_name":"FSM and RMI: Implementation Capacity for Transformative Results (IMPACT)","bid_reference_no":"FM-DOFA-567189-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Procurement Specialist 1","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"FSM National Government PO Box PS 158 Palikir Pohnpei 96941","contact_ctry_name":"Micronesia, Federated States of","contact_email":"senny.phillip@gov.fm","contact_name":"Senny Phillip","contact_organization":"Department of Finance and Administration","contact_phone_no":"3202639","contact_web_url":"https://dofa.gov.fm/opportunity/","submission_date":"2026-08-18T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

 

Government of the Federated States of Micronesia

Department of Finance & Administration

P.O Box PS158 Palikir, Pohnpei FM 96941

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

(INDIVIDUAL CONSULTING SERVICES)

Country: FEDERATED STATES OF MICRONESIA 

 NAME OF PROJECT: FSM and RMI: Implementation Capacity for Transformative Results (IMPACT) (P506422)

GRANT NO.: IDA-E4570

ASSIGNMENT TITLE: Procurement Specialist

REFERENCE NO.: FM-DOFA-567189-CS-INDV

The Government of The Federated States of Micronesia (FSM) has received financing from the World Bank towards the cost of the Implementation Capacity for Transformative Results (IMPACT), and intends to apply parts of the proceeds for consulting services.

The consulting services (“the services”) include the Procurement Specialist Assignment. The consultancy duration is for eighteen (18) months starting from the contract commencement date. The objective of the assignment requires the Procurement Specialist to proactively work with all relevant Implementing Agencies (IAs), Project Implementing Agencies (PIUs), and all relevant Implementing Agencies (IAs), provide sound advice, facilitate procurement arrangements that successfully deliver procurements in a timely manner to achieve the Project Development Objectives. This will be undertaken in compliance with the appliable World Bank Procurement Regulations, the provisions of the project Financing Agreements, and the FSM National Government laws and Financial Management Regulations 2021.

The role includes capacity building of relevant staff within the CIU and PIUs. The PS will also be required to become familiar with portfolio related documents, including and not limited to the Procurement Plan, Financing Agreement, Project Appraisal Document, Project Procurement Strategy for Development (PPSD), and Project Operations Manuals.

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for this assignment can be found at the following website: https://dofa.gov.fm, on this REOI, and can be obtained at the address given below.

The Department of Finance and Administration now invite eligible individuals (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services (attach a curriculum vitae and cover letter with description of experience in similar assignments, similar conditions. etc.).

The criteria for selecting the Consultant are:  

Mandatory:  

Desirable Requirements:  

Desirable

The attention of interested Consultants (including firms) is drawn to paragraph 3.14, 3.16 and 3.17 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers Seventh Edition, September 2025 (“the Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

 Further information can be obtained at the address below during office house 0800 to 1700s.

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail or by e-mail) by 5pm Pohnpei Time, August 31, 2026.

Secretary, FSM Department of Finance and Administration

Attn: Program Manager

P.O. BOX PS-158

Palikir, Pohnpei, FM 96941

Tel: (691)- 320-2639

E-mail: kwame.shiroya@dofa.gov.fm

And CC: ciu.dofa@gov.fm

 

TERMS OF REFERENCE

Procurement Specialist

Project

Implementation Capacity for Transformative Results (IMPACT)

Hiring Agency

Department of Finance and Administration (DOFA)

Location

Palikir, Pohnpei

Duration

18 months

Expected Start Date

October 1, 2026

BACKGROUND

The Government of the Federated States Micronesia (FSM) is receiving World Bank support to finance activities under the Implementation Capacity for Transformative Results (IMPACT) project. The objective of the project is to strengthen institutional capacity and enhance technical skills in project management of development financed projects.

A core feature of the implementation of existing World Bank projects in FSM is the role of the Central Implementation Unit (CIU). Based in DOFA, the CIU provides support in the following areas: procurement, financial management, environmental and social risk, and monitoring and evaluation (M&E). The CIU works with Project Implementing Units (PIUs) in each of the Implementing Agencies (IAs) involved in execution of World Bank projects.

The World Bank portfolio in the FSM has nine (9) active projects. The Procurement Specialist (PS) will support the nine (9) active projects below and any other additional projects that may be added during the duration of this contract.

  1. P161969 Project for Strengthening Public Financial Management (PFM).
  2. P170718 Digital FSM.
  3. P172225 Prioritized Road Investment and Management Enhancement Project (PRIME).
  4. P170173 Strategic Climate-Oriented Road Enhancements Project (SCORE).
  5. P176965 Skills and Employability Enhancement Project (SEEP).
  6. P178237 Pacific Regional Oceanscape Program – 2nd phase for Economic Resilience (PROPER) Project.
  7. P181253 Access and Renewable Increase for Sustainable Energy (ARISE)
  8. P181237 FSM Strengthening Public Financial Management II Project
  9. P506422 Implementation Capacity for Transformative Results Project (IMPACT)

ASSIGNMENT OBJECTIVE

As a member of the CIU, the PS is required to proactively work with all relevant IAs, and associated PIUs, providing sound advice, facilitating procurement arrangements that successfully deliver procurements in a timely manner to achieve the Project Development Objectives.

The PS is also expected to build the capacity of relevant staff within the CIU and PIUs on World Bank procurement guidelines/regulations, sourcing and contracting for more effective delivery of procurement activities.

 

SCOPE OF WORK

The PS, working together with procurement staff in the CIU (currently a national Procurement Officer), will be responsible for providing on demand procurement support and technical assistance to PIUs in their respective procurement implementation. This includes support to the IMPACT PIU in DOFA. This will be undertaken in compliance with the applicable World Bank Procurement Regulations, the provisions of the project Financing Agreements, and the FSM National Government laws and Financial Management Regulations 2021.

 

The PS will be required to become familiar with the portfolio related procurement documents, including and not limited to the Procurement Plan, Financing Agreement, Project Appraisal Document, Project Procurement Strategy for Development (PPSD) and Project Operations Manuals.

The PS will also assist the IAs in procurement-related training and provide day-to-day support to all IAs and PIUs in handling procurement tasks and issues. The position and contract require the individual to be fluent in spoken English and proficient in written English.

Under the overall coordination and supervision of the CIU Program Manager, the PS will be expected to carry out the following activities but not limited to:

Specific duties:

  1. PPSDs: Work jointly with the PIUs to prepare and update PPSDs. Liaise with PIUs to ensures that the PPSD for each project is updated every twelve (12) months in accordance with updated workplans.
  2. Procurement Plans: Work with Project Implementation Units (PIUs) to develop, update and efficiently execute procurement plans. Advise IAs on the sequencing of activities within procurement plans, and strategic sourcing for high-value or critical-path activities. Supports the development and updating of the procurement plan(s).

 

  1. Market Engagement: support PIUs to execute early market engagement activities for all high-value portfolio activities valued above US$10 million. At the request of the PIUs, review all tender/ notices to ensure compliance with the Standard Bidding Document (SBD) of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations.
  2. Bidding Documentation: Advise on the appropriate bidding documents and support PIUs in the preparation and finalization of bidding documents (including requests for proposals) in coordination with engineering firms and technical teams. At the request of the PIUs, review all tender/ notices to ensure compliance with the Standard Bidding Document (SBD) of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations.
  3. Process Administration: Support PIUs and IAs through the specific procurement stages, such as advertising notices, opening bids, and quality assurance on evaluation reports. Assists PIU’s/IAs throughout the procurement process for goods, works and non-consulting and consulting services according to project Procurement Plans and the applicable World Bank’s Procurement Guidelines/ Regulations and the National Government regulations, that includes:
  4. Contract Management: Support PIUs to draft contract documents and contract amendments / variations.
  5. Legal Compliance: Support the Department of Justice in contract routing to verify that all contractual terms strictly align with both FSM national laws and World Bank statutory requirements.
  6. Capacity building: Identify procurement and contract knowledge and skills gaps among CIU and PIU personnel and develop and implement targeted mentoring and training activities to address the gaps. Develops and implements a Capacity Building Strategy for all relevant staffs in the PIUs and IAs. This includes building the skills and capacity of the Procurement Officers. Provides procurement training to all IA consultants and other relevant stakeholders as required and guides, mentors and trains national procurement consultants and other relevant staff in procurement undertakings.
  7. Team Coordination: manage the delivery of CIU procurement support to PIUs, including supervising and coordinating the daily workflows of assigned to the CIU Procurement Officer.
  8. Ensures clear procurement procedures (meeting World Bank and government requirements) are documented and available to guide all PIUs and IAs in the Project Operating Manuals (POMs) / Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) and other documents as required.
  9. Monitors and tracks contracts being processed, provides quality assurance on any procurement related issues especially deviations from agreed procurement schedules or cost increases and resolves issues in a timely manner.
  10. At the request of the PIUs, advise Project Manager on how to respond in a timely fashion, to any bidder’s complaints including preparing draft responses to procurement complaints received.
  11. Liaise with World Bank HEIS and Design and Supervision Consultants implementing project procurement
  12. Participate in World Bank FSM project activities - ISM, CPPR, etc
  13. At the request of the PIUs, provide quality assurance for evaluation of bids/proposals, and the preparation of reports, more specifically:

Qualification, Skills and Experience Requirements

Mandatory

Desirable

 

Evaluation Criteria

CVs of all applicants will be evaluated as follows:

  1. All CVs will be scrutinized against the Mandatory requirements.
  2. The CVs of applicants that meet the mandatory requirements will then be scored according to the scoring criteria (below).
  3. The applicant with the highest score will be invited for an interview. 
  4. Referees of the selected applicant will be contacted to verify prior experience, performance, and character traits.
  5. Subject to verification of experience and performance, the applicant will be invited for contraction negotiations.

 

Scoring Criteria

Criteria

Score

Master’s degree or equivalent in Procurement, alternatively in Engineering, Law, Business Administration or Finance.

15

Professional qualification/certification in Procurement.

5

Minimum ten (10) years of experience in carrying out procurement duties in public sector organization or Donor financed projects.  Including experience in reviewing procurement bidding documents and evaluation reports.

30

Minimum of five (5) years of experience the use of procurement systems and practices in at least two (2) different countries, with at least one being a developing country.

10

Knowledge and experience of World Bank/MDBs procurement guidelines and/or regulations.

10

Experience in large civil works procurement, infrastructure projects including drafting of bidding documentation, preparation and administering of FIDIC contracts.

10

Experience with World Bank Systematic Tracking of Exchanges in Procurement (STEP).

10

Experience working in the pacific island countries and and/or similar remotely located Small Island Developing States (SIDS).

10

INSTITUTIONAL AND ORGANIZATION ARRANGEMENTS

The PS will be hired by the DOFA and will be posted to CIU, where office space, supplies equipment and facilities will be provided. The PS is required to follow DOFA’s working hours, but depending on the business needs the PS may be requested to work extended hours.

The duration will be for 18 months with the opportunity to extend based on performance and the availability of financing. The position is a full-time position to be located in Palikir, Pohnpei, Federated States of Micronesia and may require local travel to the other three states. 

The PS will report to the Program Manager CIU, DOFA.  The PS will be required to regularly attend PIU Offices in order to meet with Project Teams and the World Bank. The remuneration for the selected individual consultant will be based on the Renumeration Framework approved by DOFA for consultants working with Donor Funded Projects in FSM.

All CIU full-time personnel are not allowed to accept additional paid employment or otherwise provide services for any another organization. The Consultant must declare and provide a conflict-of-interest statement. The Consultant agrees to work on a full-time basis and not to undertake any other employment, consulting, or business activities that may conflict with its obligations to the Client or that may adversely affect their ability to perform the services.

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Performance Indicator

Audience

Frequency

Data Source

Annual Procurement Plans: Ensure each project has a current (updated) and approved procurement plan in place before the start of each financial year

Project Managers and Project Implement Unit staff

Once a year (by August 15).

WB no objections to PP in STEP

Procurement Management: Submit monthly procurement status reports, including delays with individual consultancy procurements, to the Assistant Secretary and Program Manager.

Assistant Secretary / Program Manager

Monthly

Submitted report

Contracts management: Ensure the contracts’ register is up to date with the status of all contracts.

 

Assistant Secretary / Program Manager

Monthly

Submitted report

Capacity building: Onboard all new project managers and other PIU personnel with a general overview of the procurement regulations for World Bank funded projects.

New Project Managers and Project Implement Unit staff

As new hires join

Signed attendance sheet and onboarding presentation submitted to Assistant Secretary

 

 

"},{"id":"OP00463322","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"18-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-19T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"20:00","project_ctry_name":"Central Asia","project_id":"P181459","project_name":"One Health for Pandemic Prevention, Food Systems Resilience, and Ecosystem Health in Central Asia","bid_reference_no":"EH-2026-C-001","bid_description":"Project Financial Statements Audit for 2025,2026 and 2027","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"LCS","procurement_method_name":"Least Cost Selection","contact_address":"40, Orbita-1, A15D5B3, Almaty, Republic of Kazakhstan","contact_ctry_name":"Kazakhstan","contact_email":"SMustafin@carececo.org","contact_name":"sanzhar Mustafin","contact_organization":"The Regional Environmental Centre for Central Asia","contact_phone_no":"87272654342","contact_web_url":"www.carececo.org","submission_date":"2026-08-18T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Introduction

On June 22, 2025, the World Bank Board of Executive Directors approved an allocation of US$3.45 million from the International Development Association (IDA) to finance the first phase of the ONE HEALTH FOR PANDEMIC PREVENTION, FOOD SYSTEMS RESILIENCE, AND ECOSYSTEM HEALTH IN CENTRAL ASIA PROJECT. This approved financing to be implemented by the Regional Environmental Center for Central Asia (CAREC) for day-to-day regional coordination and implementation.

Project Description

The objective of the Project is to establish the capacity of the Regional One Health Coordination Structure in managing priority zoonotic diseases, antimicrobial resistance, and food safety issues in Central Asia through a regional One Health approach.

The Project constitutes a phase of the MPA Program, and consists of the following parts:

Part 1. Establishing One Health Governance.

Technical assistance and the provision of goods for:

establishing and maintaining the Regional One Health Coordination Structure;

developing Regional One Health Action Plan(s);

establishing the Central Asia One Health Portal;

developing and implementing a regional One Health communication and stakeholder engagement strategy;

organizing regular consultations and meetings with key stakeholders;

developing a regional laboratory network strategy; and

conducting regulatory assessments and reviews relevant to regional One Health issues to suggest areas for policy improvement.

Part 2. Enhancing One Health Knowledge and Workforce Capacity.

Technical assistance and the provision of goods for establishing an institutional mechanism for knowledge development and exchange, as well as technical capacity development at the regional level. Activities will include:

conducting regional risk assessments on priority regional threats from zoonoses, antimicrobial resistance and food risks;

conducting regional or cross-border outbreak response exercises;

establishing a regional training platform as part of the Central Asia One Health Portal; and

organizing targeted training and capacity building activities for key professions in the veterinary, human health and environment sectors in participating countries.

Part 3. Project Management, Monitoring and Evaluation, and Learning.

Technical assistance and the provision of goods for project management activities, including:

the creation of a monitoring and evaluation framework; and

communications and supporting systems to enhance learning and tracking of effectiveness of Recipient-managed One Health activities.

In accordance with the Financing and Operating Agreements and the WB requirements, the project is subject to independent external audit to be conducted after the end of each financial year (or another period agreed with the WB) throughout the project period. The main objective of the external audit is to check whether the donor funds are used as designated and express an independent opinion on the project financial reports for the reporting financial year.

 

Objective

The objective of the audit of the Project Financial Statements (PFS) is to enable the auditor to express a professional opinion on the financial position of the Project as of the end of each fiscal year and on the Project’s sources and uses of funds for the respective reporting period, in accordance with the applicable financial reporting framework.

The audit shall cover the period from June 24, 2025 to July 31, 2027, and shall continue annually until the Disbursement Deadline Date of November 30, 2027, as applicable.

The Project’s books of account shall be maintained in accordance with sound accounting practices and shall provide the basis for the preparation of the Project Financial Statements. The accounting records shall reflect all financial transactions related to the Project.

Audit Periods

 

 

Responsibility for preparation of financial statements

The project’s management is responsible for the preparation of financial statements, including the maintenance of adequate accounting records and internal controls, the selection and application of accounting policies, the safeguarding of the assets of the project, and adequate disclosure.  As part of the audit process, the auditor will request from management written confirmation concerning representations made to us in connection with the audit.

Scope

The audit will be conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing. Those Standards require that the auditor plans and performs the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

In complying with International Standards on Auditing, the auditor is expected to pay particular attention to the following matters, including special considerations for public sector entities:

  1. In planning and performing the audit to reduce audit risk to an acceptably low level, the auditor should consider the risks of material misstatements in the financial statements due to fraud, as required by International Standard on Auditing 240: The Auditor’s Responsibilities Relating to Fraud in an Audit of Financial Statements.
  2. When designing and performing audit procedures and in evaluating and reporting the results thereof, the auditor should recognize that noncompliance by the entity with laws and regulations may materially affect the financial statements, as required by International Standard on Auditing 250: Consideration of Laws and Regulations in an Audit of Financial Statements.
  3. The auditor should communicate audit matters of governance interest arising from the audit of financial statements to those charged with governance of an entity, as required by International Standard on Auditing 260: Communication with those Charged with Governance.
  4. The auditor should appropriately communicate to those charged with governance and to management any deficiencies in internal control that the auditor has identified in an audit of financial statements, as required by International Standard on Auditing 265: Communicating Deficiencies in Internal Control to Those Charged with Governance and Management.
  5. To reduce audit risk to an acceptably low level, the auditor should determine overall responses to assessed risks at the financial statement level, and should design and perform further audit procedures to respond to assessed risks at the assertion level, as required by International Standard on Auditing 330: The Auditor’s Responses to Assessed Risks.
  6. When certain aspects of an entity’s operations are performed by a third-party service provider, the auditor is expected to include an understanding and assessment of the internal control environment of the service provider during the audit process, as required by International Standard on Auditing 402: Audit Considerations Relating to an Entity Using a Service Organization.
  7. As part of the audit process, the auditor is expected to obtain written representations from management and, where appropriate, those charged with governance, as required by International Standard on Auditing 580: Written Representations. 
  8. When the external auditor decides to use the work of an entity’s internal audit function to modify the nature or timing, or reduce the extent, of audit procedures to be performed directly by the external auditor, the determination shall be in accordance with International Standard on Auditing 610: Using the Work of Internal Auditors.   In determining whether to use the work of an auditor’s expert or the extent to which the work of an auditor’s expert is adequate for audit purposes, the determination shall be made in accordance with International Standard on Auditing 620: Using the Work of an Auditor’s Expert.  

In evidencing compliance with agreed project financing arrangements, the auditor is expected to carry out tests to confirm that:

  1. All external funds have been used in accordance with the conditions of the relevant financing agreements, with due attention to economy and efficiency, and only for the purposes for which the financing was provided. Relevant financing agreements include financing agreement GRANT NUMBER TF-C7896.
  2. Goods, works, and services financed have been procured in accordance with relevant financing agreements,[1] including specific provisions of the World Bank Procurement Guidelines.[2]
  3. All necessary supporting documents, records, and accounts have been maintained in respect of all project activities, including expenditures reported using Statements of Expenditure (SOE) The auditor is expected to verify that respective reports issued during the period were in agreement with the underlying books of account.

Project financial statements

The auditor should verify that the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Public Sector Accounting Standards (IPSAS)”Financial Reporting Under the Cash Basis of Accounting “cash-basis method. The financial statements should include:

 

) A statement of sources and uses of funds;

 

b) Accounting policies and explanatory notes[3] (including additional accounting policies and disclosures), which will include:

- Statement of Financial position;

- Statements of Expenditure used as the basis for submission of withdrawal applications in the notes;

- A statement on the Designated account in the notes; and

- When the entity makes publicly available its approved budget, a comparison of budget and actual amounts either as a separate additional financial statement or as a budget column in the financial statements

Review of Statements of Expenditure The auditor is required to audit all SOE submitted to the World Bank in support of requests for periodic replenishment of the project designated account(s). Expenditures should be examined for eligibility based on criteria defined in the terms of the financing agreement and detailed in the Project Appraisal Document. The auditor should report any ineligible expenditures identified as having been included in withdrawal applications and reimbursed. The auditor should pay particular attention to whether:

  1. the Summary Reports (or SOEs) have been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the relevant financing agreement;
  2. expenditures have been made wholly and necessarily for the realization of project objectives;
  3. information and explanation necessary for the purpose of the audit have been obtained;
  4. supporting records and documents necessary for the purpose of the audit have been retained, and
  5. the Summary Reports (or SOEs) can be relied upon to support the related withdrawal applications.

Review of designated accounts

During the audit of the project financial statements, the auditor is required to review the activities of the project’s designated account(s). Activities to be examined will include deposits received, payments made, interest earned, and reconciliation of period-end balances.

Audit Reports

Audit opinion

The auditor will issue an audit opinion on project financial statements. The auditor’s opinion shall be based on an evaluation of the conclusions drawn from the audit evidence obtained and shall be expressed clearly through a written report that also describes the basis for that opinion. The audit report shall be prepared in accordance with International Standard on Auditing 700: Forming an Opinion and Reporting on Financial Statements. 

A modified audit opinion shall be rendered in the financial statements when the auditor concludes, on the basis of the audit evidence obtained, that the financial statements as a whole are not free from material misstatement; or the auditor is unable to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to conclude that the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement. Modified audit opinions shall be in accordance with International Standard on Auditing 705: Modifications to the Opinion in the Independent Auditor’s Report.

The auditor will include emphasis of matter paragraphs or other matter paragraphs in the audit opinion where the auditor, having formed an opinion on the financial statements, seeks to draw users’ attention, when in the auditor’s judgment it is necessary to do so, by way of clear additional communication in the auditor’s report. The paragraphs will refer to either a matter that, although appropriately presented or disclosed in the financial statements, is of such importance that it is fundamental to users’ understanding of the financial statements; or as appropriate, any other matter that is relevant to users’ understanding of the audit, the auditor’s responsibilities, or the auditor’s report. This form of opinion will be presented in accordance with International Standard on Auditing 706: Emphasis of Matter Paragraphs or Other Matter Paragraphs in the Independent Auditor’s Report.

Other audit reports

In addition to the audit opinion(s), the auditor will also, either in the audit report or in the report to management:

  1. provide comments and observations on the accounting records, systems, and controls that were examined during the course of the audit;
  2. identify specific deficiencies and areas of weakness in systems and controls and make recommendation for their improvement;
  3. report on instances of noncompliance with the terms of the financial agreement(s);
  4. quantify and report expenditures that are considered to be ineligible and either paid out of the designated account(s) or claimed from the World Bank;
  5. communicate matters that have come to attention during the audit that might have a significant impact on the implementation of the project;
  6. draw to the borrower’s attention any other matters that the auditor considers pertinent; and
  7. responses from management, including implemented and proposed remedial actions.

If, during the audit nothing has come to the attention that the auditor considers pertinent to be brought to the attention of the borrower, and a management letter is therefore not prepared, the auditor will issue a letter stating this.

The auditor’s opinion on the financial statements and management letter should be received by the Bank no later than of 30 June 2026.

Public Disclosure

In accordance with "The World Bank (the Bank) Policy on Access to Information", the Bank requires that the recipient makes project audited financial statements publicly available in a timely fashion and manner acceptable to the Bank. In addition, following the Bank’s formal receipt of these financial statements from the borrower, the Bank makes them available to the public in accordance with this policy.

Management Letters and unaudited financial statements (e.g. Interim Financial Reports) are not considered to be a part of the definition of the audited financial statements for the purposes of disclosure.

Only in exceptional cases the Bank may agree — i.e., when the audited financial statements contain proprietary or commercially sensitive information — that the borrower or designated project entity may be exempted from disclosing the full set of audited financial statements, but is still required to disclose an abridged version of them in a form acceptable to the Bank.  Exceptions are approved by World Bank management.

General

The auditor is entitled to unlimited access to all information and explanations considered necessary to facilitate the audit, including legal documents, project preparation and supervision reports, reports of reviews and investigations, correspondences, and credit account information. The auditor may also seek written confirmation of amounts disbursed and outstanding in the Bank records.

The auditor is encouraged to meet and discuss audit-related matters, including input to the audit plan, with the World Bank project task team.

It is highly desirable that the auditor reviews the Bank's financial reporting and auditing requirements contained in Operational Policies OP 10.00 Investment Project Financing;. The auditor should also be familiar with the 2017 Bank’s Disbursement Guidelines for Investment Project Financing and the Loan Handbook for World Bank Borrowers (the Loan Handbook) and Financial Monitoring Reports for World Bank-Financed Projects: Guidelines for Borrowers, November 30, 2001; and World Bank Procurement Guidelines.

This term of engagement will remain effective for future fiscal years unless it is terminated, amended or superseded.

 

[1] Depending on the complexity of procurement activities, the auditor may consider involving technical experts during the audit engagement. When such experts are involved, the auditor is expected to comply with provisions of International Standard on Auditing 620: Using the Work of an Expert. Consideration of using of the work of experts should be brought to the early attention of the borrower and the World Bank for mutual agreement and appropriate guidance.

[2] See Guidelines: Procurement Under IBRD Loans and IDA Credits, Revised July 2014 and Guidelines: Selection and Employment of Consultants by World Bank Borrowers, Revised July 2014.

[3] The explanations should include a reconciliation between the amounts shown by the project received from the World Bank and those paid by the World Bank, as well as the Funds Flow Statement of the Designated Account.

Expected date and address for contract negotiations:

Date: May 05, 2026

Address: #04 office, 40, Orbita-1, A15D5B3, Almaty, Republic of Kazakhstan

smustafin@carececo.org

"},{"id":"OP00462495","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"14-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-09-04T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"Ukraine","project_id":"P504171","project_name":"Lifting Education Access and Resilience in times of Need in Ukraine Program","bid_reference_no":"LEARN-2.3-VET-SB","bid_description":"Consultancy Services for Establishment and Operationalisation of Supervisory Boards in Vocational Education Institutions","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"10 Beresteiskyi Avenue, Kyiv, 01135, Ukraine","contact_ctry_name":"Ukraine","contact_email":"kateryna.kovtun@mon.gov.ua","contact_name":"Kateryna Kovtun","contact_organization":"Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine","contact_phone_no":"+380 44 481 32 21","contact_web_url":"https://mon.gov.ua/","submission_date":"2026-08-14T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

(CONSULTING SERVICES - FIRMS SELECTION)

 

Country: Ukraine

Name of Project: Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Program

Grant No.: TF0C5794

Assignment Title: Consultancy Services for Establishment and Operationalisation of Supervisory Boards in Vocational Education Institutions

Reference No. (as per Procurement Plan): LEARN-2.3-VET-SB

 

Ukraine has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Program, and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.

The consulting services (hereinafter –   the Services) include supporting the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine in scaling up the establishment and operationalisation of at least 300 Supervisory Boards (SBs) in vocational education (VE) institutions nationwide. Supervisory Boards are intended to serve as structured platforms for cooperation between VE institutions, founders (local authorities), employers, and local communities. Their role includes strategic oversight, support to institutional development, and facilitation of alignment between training provision and labour market needs.

The Services are expected to commence in autumn 2026 and will be provided over a period of 12 months.

The required objective of the Services must be achieved by the Consultant within the agreed program and in accordance with the Ukrainian legislation, the World Bank’s policies and rules and requirements of the Terms of Reference (TOR), which is attached.

Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine (hereinafter – Client/MOES) now invites eligible consulting firms (hereinafter – Consultants) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.

The evaluation of the expressions of interest provided by the Consultants will be carried out based on the following criteria:

Legal status

 

Core Business and Experience

In case of a JVCA, the Lead Member shall demonstrate substantial compliance with the above requirements, including at least:

The JVCA as a whole must meet all qualification requirements.

Financial stability

In case of JVCA:

Audited financial statements or verified financial documents shall be provided.

Experience with Donor-Funded Projects

Staff

Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.

Only the Consultant with the highest ranking, determined in accordance with the established Consultant qualification evaluation criteria, will be required to confirm the qualifications and experience of the key experts.

 

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s «Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers» September 2023 with amendments of September 2025 (hereinafter – Procurement Regulations), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected. In the case of foreign company, the representative office/JV/consortium with local firm should exist by the date of the Contract signing.

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Selection Based on Consultants’ Qualifications (CQS) method described in the Procurement Regulations.

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m.

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form, in Ukrainian or English, to the address below by e-mail by September 04, 2026, 2:00 pm local time.

Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine

Attn:  Anastasiia Sofiienko - Project Coordinator

E-mail: uiherp@mon.gov.ua CC: serhiy.artemenko@uiherp.org, kateryna.kovtun@mon.gov.ua

Expressions of interest to be clearly marked: «LEARN-2.3-VET-SB: Expression of Interest».

 

TERMS OF REFERENCE

Consultancy Services for Establishment and Operationalisation of Supervisory Boards in Vocational Education Institutions

Contract LEARN-2.3-VET-SB

I. BACKGROUND

Ukraine with the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association (hereinafter referred to as the World Bank) have signed the agreements for the Program “Lifting Education Access and Resilience in times of Need in Ukraine” (hereinafter referred to as the LEARN or Operation).

LEARN was designed to address critical issues and provide the necessary support to the education sector in accordance with the Strategic Action Plan of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine until 2027, approved by the Order of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine dated 07.03.2024 No. 276 (hereinafter referred to as the Strategic Plan).

The Operation focuses on supporting the priorities “1. Early Childhood and Preschool Education” and “2. Reform of the “New Ukrainian School”” stipulated in the Strategic Plan.

The LEARN objectives are: (i) to improve teaching and learning conditions; and (ii) to strengthen the management capacity of the education system. The total LEARN financing amounts to US$451 million provides a combination of the World Bank financing instruments: Program for Results (PforR) and Investment Project Financing (IPF).

The Program-for-Results (PforR) is implemented through a US$235 million loan provided by Bank resources, supported by loan enhancement from the Advancing Needed Credit Enhancement for Ukraine (ADVANCE Ukraine) Trust Fund, which is backed by the Government of Japan. This is formalized under the Loan Agreement between Ukraine and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development for the Program (LOAN No 9721-UA). An additional US$150 million is provided under the Special Program for Ukraine and Moldova Recovery (SPUR) of the International Development Association (IDA) Crisis Facility, as outlined in the Financing Agreement between Ukraine and the International Development Association for the Program (CREDIT No 7626-UA). On July 1, 2025, the Financing Agreement (Additional Financing: Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Program) between Ukraine and the International Development Association (CREDIT No 7905-UA) was signed in the amount of US$4.9 million.

Furthermore, US$30 million in Investment Project Financing (IPF) is secured under the Grant Agreement between Ukraine and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association, acting as the administrator of the Ukraine Relief, Recovery, Reconstruction, and Reform Multi-Donor Trust Fund (URTF GRANT No TF0C5794). On December 19, 2025, the Grant Agreement (Additional Financing for Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Project) between UKRAINE and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association jointly acting as a Supervising Entity for the Global Partnership for Education Fund and as administrator of the Ukraine Relief, Recovery, Reconstruction and Reform Multi-Donor Trust Fund (GPE GRANT No TF0D0613, URTF GRANT No TF0D0612) was signed in the amount of US$31.1 million.

More detailed information about the LEARN program is provided at  https://projects.worldbank.org/en/projects-operations/project-detail/P504171

The latest additional grant agreement provides for expanded support for reforms in the education sector, in particular by:

• financing activities for the development of preschool education;

• providing grant support of the Global Partnership for Education (GPE) aimed at strengthening the institutional capacity of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine to implement educational reforms.

In accordance with the provisions of the agreements concluded, the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine is responsible for the overall implementation, coordination, monitoring and reporting on the Project activities, in particular those aimed at strengthening the institutional management capacity of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine. Such activities include the provision of technical assistance, the development and implementation of information systems, conducting training activities in the field of vocational (technical) education, as well as the implementation of initiatives in cross-sectoral areas, in particular inclusive education, European integration, education infrastructure management and strategic planning.

 

Under the GPE-financed institutional capacity activities Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine (hereinafter referred to as MoES)  intends to engage a qualified Consultant to support the nationwide establishment and operationalisation of at least 300 Supervisory Boards in VE institutions. The Assignment will focus on scaling up implementation, strengthening institutional capacities, providing structured communication and training support, and introducing standardised monitoring and analytical tools to ensure evidence-based policy development.The Assignment shall be implemented over a period of twelve (12) months from the Effective Date of the Contract.

The Assignment is expected to be implemented in line with World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers and applicable Ukrainian legislation.

II. OBJECTIVE

The objective of the Assignment is to support the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine in scaling up the establishment and operationalisation of at least 300 Supervisory Boards (SBs) in vocational education (VE) institutions nationwide.

Supervisory Boards are intended to serve as structured platforms for cooperation between VE institutions, founders (local authorities), employers, and local communities. Their role includes strategic oversight, support to institutional development, and facilitation of alignment between training provision and labour market needs.

Initial regulatory groundwork has already been undertaken by the Ministry. Model provisions, standard documentation templates, and role descriptions for Supervisory Boards have been developed or are under finalisation. Policy signalling and initial communication regarding SB establishment have been launched at the national level.

However, large-scale operationalisation of Supervisory Boards across VE institutions requires structured support. Challenges remain in consistent interpretation and application of the regulatory framework at the regional and institutional level; ensuring that trained individuals are those who will actively serve on Supervisory Boards; providing practical, legal and facilitation support during the first operational cycle of Boards; and establishing a unified monitoring and feedback mechanism connecting institutional governance to national policy refinement.

Specifically, the Assignment aims to:

1.   facilitate the practical implementation of the existing regulatory framework governing Supervisory Boards;

2.  strengthen institutional capacities of VE institution directors, designated SB secretaries, founders and SB members for effective governance;

3.  provide structured legal, methodological and facilitation support during the first operational cycle of Supervisory Boards;

4.    ensure coherent nationwide rollout through strategic communication and regional engagement;

5.  introduce standardized data collection and digital monitoring mechanisms to assess SB functionality;

6.  generate analytical evidence and policy recommendations to support further institutionalisation of Supervisory Boards within the national vocational education reform framework.

The Consultant shall achieve the above objectives in full compliance with applicable Ukrainian legislation, relevant regulations of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine, and procurement and implementation requirements of the World Bank.

III. SCOPE OF SERVICES

The Consultant shall provide comprehensive technical, organizational and analytical support to MoES for the nationwide establishment and operationalisation of Supervisory Boards (SBs) in VE institutions.

The Assignment shall include, but not be limited to, the following activities.

3.1 Overall Approach

The Assignment shall build upon the regulatory framework and standard documents already developed by MoES. It shall not redesign Supervisory Boards from scratch but shall focus on large-scale operationalisation, capacity building, and system-level integration.

The implementation logic shall follow a structured sequence:

  1. Dissemination and onboarding of institutions and founders;
  2. Capacity building and operational support;
  3. Formal establishment and activation of Supervisory Boards;
  4. Monitoring, data collection, analysis and policy integration.

The Consultant shall ensure that all training participants are directly involved in the establishment or operation of Supervisory Boards to guarantee immediate practical applicability.

3.2 Components

Component 1. Development of Scale-up Plan and Mobilisation of Expert Team

The Consultant shall:

The scale-up plan shall include measurable milestones and a clear allocation of responsibilities.

Component 2. Strategic Communication and Stakeholder Engagement

The Consultant shall design and implement a targeted communication campaign to support nationwide rollout of Supervisory Boards.

The communication shall:

To achieve the above, the Consultant shall:

Activities shall include publications, media materials, infographics, regional briefings, and one national conference. The MoES agreement to all communication materials shall be obtained prior to publishing.

Component 3. Capacity Building

The Consultant shall design and deliver a structured capacity-building programme consisting of:

  1. Twenty-five (25) regional in-person training seminars shall be conducted (one per region), with approximately 15 participants per seminar (total ~375 participants), including VE institutions directors, SB secretaries, and Supervisory Board members. Training venues shall be agreed with MoES, considering accessibility and the security situation. The Consultant shall ensure compliance with safety requirements,including the selection of appropriate venues with access to certified shelters,  basic emergency procedures, and flexibility to adapt the format if needed.

The training programme shall be designed in accordance with adult learning principles and the European approach to micro-credentials, and approved by MoES prior to launch. Each regional training seminar shall comprise a total of 12 academic hours (1 academic hour = 45 minutes), including 6 academic hours of in-person instruction and 6 academic hours of independent preparatory work, equivalent to 0.4 ECTS credits. For each training seminar, the Consultant shall define: target groups and participant eligibility criteria; measurable learning outcomes assessed against transparent standards; form of participation and type of assessment; and a Quality Assurance Plan incorporating participant and peer feedback as a basis for continuous improvement. The training shall be learner-centred and directly relevant to the operational needs of Supervisory Board members. Upon successful completion, participants shall receive certificates confirming the achieved learning outcomes.

  1. Development and launch of one official MoES online course hosted on an existing MoES-approved digital platform, targeting up to 2,000 registered participants nationwide, with at least 1,500 successfully completing the course and receiving certificates.

The online course shall be designed in accordance with the European approach to micro-credentials and adult learning principles. The total notional workload of the online course shall comprise 30 academic hours  (1 academic hour = 45 minutes), equivalent to 1 ECTS credit. The Consultant shall ensure that the course includes the following elements:

The online course shall be designed in close cooperation with MoES as a standalone micro-credential with the possibility of stacking with other learning achievements within the broader VE governance professional development framework.

The trainings and online course shall focus on:

The MoES agreement to a proposed online course curriculum shall be obtained prior to launch.

Component 4. Operationalisation, Monitoring and Policy Integration

This component shall focus on ensuring that Supervisory Boards are not only formally established but also function effectively.

The Consultant shall:

This Scope ensures that Supervisory Boards are operationalised at scale, supported during their first implementation cycle, monitored through standardized tools, and embedded into long-term governance reform of the VE sector.

IV. DELIVERABLES

The Consultant shall deliver the following key deliverables during the implementation of the Assignment.

Deliverable 1. Inception Report

This deliverable encompasses the foundational planning and organisational outputs required to launch the Assignment effectively, including a comprehensive scale-up plan, mobilised expert team, and an approved implementation framework that will guide all subsequent components of the Assignment.

Within 30 calendar days from the Effective Date of the Contract, the Consultant shall submit a Draft Inception Report, including:

MoES shall provide comments within 14 calendar days. The Consultant shall submit the Final Inception Report within 7 calendar days after receiving comments.

Deliverable 2. Strategic Communication and Stakeholder Engagement Report (Interim Report 1)

The following outputs shall be produced under Deliverable 2:

A consolidated Strategic Communication and Stakeholder Engagement Report (Interim report 1) shall be submitted upon completion of the campaign, including information on outreach, stakeholder participation, and recommendations for further communication support.

Deliverable 3. Capacity Building Report (Interim report 2)

The Consultant shall deliver:

A draft of consolidated Capacity Building Completion Report (Interim report 2) shall be submitted upon completion of the training cycle (both in-person training and online course) no later than 1 month.

Deliverable 4. Final Completion Report

The following outputs shall be delivered under this component and documented in the Final Completion Report:

The Consultant shall submit a Draft Final Completion Report no later than one month before completion of the Assignment, summarizing overall implementation results; achievement of objectives and targets; key lessons learned; recommendations for further institutionalisation and sustainability.

Reports Submission and Acceptance Procedure

The following procedure shall apply to all reports submitted under this Assignment: the Inception Report (Deliverable 1), the Strategic Communication and Stakeholder Engagement Report - Interim Report 1 (Deliverable 2), the Capacity Building Report - Interim Report 2 (Deliverable 3), and the Final Completion Report (Deliverable 4).

The exact format of the reports will be discussed and agreed upon with MoES, Implementation group, and where applicable with the World Bank, upon contract signing and before the commencement of the Assignment. All reports and deliverables will be submitted in minimum 2 (two) hard copies in English and 2 (two) hard copies in Ukrainian language. Materials developed for Ukrainian-speaking audiences (including training and communication materials) shall be submitted in Ukrainian only, without translation, and included as annexes to the relevant reports. All materials developed under this Assignment shall become the property of MoES.

The Consultant shall submit:

the draft version of the Inception Report - within 30 calendar days from Effective Date;

the draft version of the Interim Report 1 - no later than the 14th calendar day after completing the delivery of Component 2 activities according to the Work Schedule;

the draft version of the Interim Report 2 - no later than the 14th calendar day after completing the delivery of Component 3 activities according to the Work Schedule;

the draft version of Final Report - at latest 30 calendar days before the completion of the services.

The draft of each report package shall be drawn up in electronic (Word/Excel and PDF) format and sent to the Client's email address specified in the Contract.

The Client will review the draft of the report package within 14 calendar days from the date of its receipt and provide comments and suggestions for finalizing the draft report or confirm the efficiency and quality of the Assignment implementation and its correspondence with the requirements of this Terms of Reference.

The Consultant, within 7 calendar days from the date of receipt of comments from the Client, will process them and submit the revised report package in electronic and paper format to the Client, together with a table indicating, for each comment, the method of its consideration or justification for the deviation.

If the Client has no comments on the revised report, the report shall be deemed approved, which shall be confirmed by signed Acceptance certificate for services.

If the Client does not respond with comments on the draft report and proposals for its revision within the above-mentioned period, the draft report shall be deemed accepted, and the Consultant shall be obliged to send the report in electronic PDF format and paper format to the Client.

If required by MoES, the Consultant shall provide ad-hoc reports within 3-7 calendar days, depending on the complexity of the request.

V. REQUIREMENTS

5.1 Consultant

The Consultant must be a legally registered firm or a Joint Venture / Consortium of firms.

Minimum Qualification Requirements (Pass/Fail Basis)

Failure to meet any of the requirements below shall result in disqualification.

Core Business and Experience

In case of a JVCA, the Lead Member shall demonstrate substantial compliance with the above requirements, including at least:

The JVCA as a whole must meet all qualification requirements.

Financial Capacity

In case of JVCA:

Audited financial statements or verified financial documents shall be provided.

Experience with Donor-Funded Projects

5.2 Staff

The Consultant shall provide suitably qualified professionals in terms of expertise and time allocation to complete the activities required under the scope of work and to finally achieve the objectives of the project in terms of time, costs and quality, within the agreed timeframe.

The Consultant shall also provide adequate administrative staff (secretary, translators, drivers etc.) needed to support the expert team.

The minimum expected staff inputs for Assignment are summarized below:

Experts

Working Man-Months*

Preparatory work and reporting

Training

Total

Key Experts

Project Manager

10

2

12

Expert (Governance and Institutional Development)

6

2

8

Expert (Training and Capacity Building)

2

4

6

Expert (Monitoring and Policy Analysis)

6

2

8

Total Key Experts man-months:

24

10

34

Non-Key Experts

Legal Expert

1

5

6

Communication specialist

11

 

11

IT Specialist

6

 

6

Trainer

 

9

9

Total Non-Key Experts man-months:

19

13

32

Supporting Staff

Financial assistant

6

 

6

Total Supporting Staff man-months:

6

0

6

TOTAL MINIMUM EXPECTED STAFF INPUTS:

49

23

72

* For the purposes of this Assignment, one (1) man-month is equivalent to twenty-two (22) man-days, and one (1) man-day equals eight (8) working hours.

The proposed team shall include the following Key Experts.

5.2.1 Key Experts

KE1. Team Leader / Project Manager

Responsibilities:

Qualifications:

KE2. Governance and Institutional Development Expert

Responsibilities:

Qualifications:

KE3. Training and Capacity Building Expert

Responsibilities:

Qualifications:

KE4. Monitoring and Policy Analysis Expert

Responsibilities:

Qualifications:

5.2.2 Non-Key Experts

The Consultant shall mobilize additional experts as required, including but not limited to:

CVs for Non-Key Experts shall be provided prior to mobilization and subject to MoES approval.

5.2.3. Administrative support staff

The Consultant shall provide adequate administrative staff: secretary, translators, drivers etc., needed to support the expert team.

5.3 Implementation Arrangements

The Client shall be responsible for the implementation of the overall Project and the Consultant’s Assignment shall be managed and monitored by the Client’s Implementation group.

The Consultant shall:

MoES shall:

All materials produced under the Assignment shall become the property of MoES.

 

VI. PAYMENT SCHEDULE

Payment for Consultancy Services shall be made upon completion of components and acceptance of the respective reports by MoES, in accordance with the following deadlines for submission of the reports:

Deliverable

Estimated Submission Timeline for Reports

Percentage of Total Contract Value

Deliverable 1. Inception Report

Draft version should be submitted within 30 calendar days and final version - within 51 calendar days from Effective Date

20%

Deliverable 2. Strategic Communication and Stakeholder Engagement Report (Interim report 1)

Draft version should be submitted no later than the 14th calendar day, and final version - no later than the 35th calendar day after completing the delivery of the set of activities of the Component 2 "Strategic Communication and Stakeholder Engagement" according to the Time Schedule.

30%

Deliverable 3. Capacity Building Completion Report (Interim report 2)

Draft version should be submitted no later than the 14th calendar day, and final version - no later than the 35th calendar day after completing the delivery of the set of activities of the Component 3 "Strategic Communication and Stakeholder Engagement" according to the Time Schedule.

30%

Deliverable 4. Final Completion Report

Draft version should be submitted at latest 30 calendar days before the completion of the services, and final version - at latest 9 calendar days before the completion of the services.

20%

Total

100%

VII. IMPLEMENTATION TIMELINE (12 MONTHS)

The Assignment shall be implemented over a period of twelve (12) months from the Effective Date of the Contract.

Implementation shall follow the phased approach outlined below.

Component 1 – Development of Scale-up Plan and Mobilisation of Expert Team (Months 1-2)

Key activities:

Key milestone:

Component 2 – Strategic Communication and Stakeholder Engagement (Months 2-4)

Key activities:

Key milestone:

Component  3 – Capacity Building (Months 2-6)

Key activities:

Key milestones:

Component  4 – Operationalisation, Monitoring and Policy Integration (Months 5-12)

Key activities:

Key milestone:

Implementation Overlap

Given the scope and scale of the Assignment, activities across Components 2, 3 and 4 shall run in parallel to ensure efficiency, continuity of support, and nationwide coverage within the 12-month timeframe.

 

 

"},{"id":"OP00462508","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"14-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-25T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"Ukraine","project_id":"P504171","project_name":"Lifting Education Access and Resilience in times of Need in Ukraine Program","bid_reference_no":"LEARN-2.2-ECEIT-TA3","bid_description":"Junior Project Manager for the Development of the Automated Information Complex for Education Management (AIKOM) for Preschool Education","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"10 Beresteiskyi Avenue, Kyiv, 01135, Ukraine","contact_ctry_name":"Ukraine","contact_email":"kateryna.kovtun@mon.gov.ua","contact_name":"Kateryna Kovtun","contact_organization":"Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine","contact_phone_no":"+380 44 481 32 21","contact_web_url":"https://mon.gov.ua/","submission_date":"2026-08-14T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

(LEARN-2.2-ECEIT-TA3 - Junior Project Manager for the Development of the Automated Information Complex for Education Management (AIKOM) for Preschool Education)

 

UKRAINE

Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Program

GPE TF0D0613

 

Assignment Title: Junior Project Manager for the Development of the Automated Information Complex for Education Management (AIKOM) for Preschool Education

No. LEARN-2.2-ECEIT-TA3

Ukraine with the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association (hereinafter referred to as the World Bank) have signed the agreements for the Program “Lifting Education Access and Resilience in times of Need in Ukraine” (hereinafter referred to as the LEARN or Operation).

LEARN was developed to address critical challenges and provide essential support to the education sector, aligning with the Ministry of Education and Science’s (MoES) Strategic Action Plan. The objectives of the Operation are to (i) improve teaching and learning conditions; and (ii) strengthen management capacity of the education system.

The objective of this assignment is to support project management for the development of the AIKOM software and hardware module in the field of preschool education, including participation in work planning and coordination, monitoring of task implementation, support of communication with stakeholders, and administrative support for the processes of development and acceptance of functionality. 

The Consultant will be contracted through competitive selection in line with the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” September 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”). 

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the Procurement Regulations, setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

MOES now invites qualified interested persons to submit their expression of interest in Ukrainian and English as provided in the Terms of reference.  

The detailed Terms of Reference and submission modalities for the assignment are attached to this Request for Expression of Interest.

The deadline for submission of applications is 14:00 am Kyiv time August 25, 2026.

TERMS OF REFERENCE

for the provision of consulting services (individual consultant)

Junior Project Manager for the Development of the Automated Information Complex for Education Management (AIKOM) for Preschool Education

 

Procurement No. LEARN-2.2-ECEIT-TA3
Program "Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine" (LEARN)
Grant URTF No. TF0D0612

I. Background

The Government of Ukraine is implementing a comprehensive reform of the education sector aimed at strengthening teaching and learning conditions and enhancing management capacity at all levels of education, which is one of the key tasks on Ukraine's path to EU accession. With the adoption in 2024 of the new Law of Ukraine "On Preschool Education", which entered into force on 1 January 2025, active transformation processes have also encompassed the preschool education sector.

Early childhood and preschool education ranks first among the strategic priorities defined by the Strategic Action Plan of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine until 2027, approved by Order of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine No. 276 dated 7 March 2024. The ultimate goal of the reform is to ensure access to quality preschool education for every child, including children with special educational needs. This goal is to be achieved through a number of strategic objectives: accessibility, highly qualified and motivated staff, alignment of the quality and content of education with European requirements, and the functioning of effective systems for monitoring and quality assessment, management, and financing.

European Commission's 2024 Communication on EU Enlargement Policy notes the steps taken as a certain degree of progress. It highlights the following task — to ensure the implementation of preschool education legislation that introduces measures aligned with EU principles and focuses on quality early childhood education, guaranteeing access for children of early and preschool age, fair rules for the operation of preschool education entities, and decent working conditions for staff.

The implementation of this reform is also accompanied by the development of a draft Preschool Education Development Strategy, presented during the "First Steps Forward" event, new secondary legislation, and additional budget allocations.

These reforms, the most transformative in over three decades, will be implemented in two phases. The first phase envisages capacity development at the national and local levels for the implementation of reforms on a limited scale, in approximately 35 territorial communities, combined with careful process evaluation to prepare for scale-up. The second phase envisages the implementation of the Strategy at the national level.

To support the first phase of the preschool education reform, the Government has requested additional resources under the technical assistance component financed through the Investment Project Financing instrument of the "Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine" (LEARN) project.

In 2024, Ukraine and the World Bank signed agreements for the "Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine" (LEARN) operation.

The objective of LEARN is to: (i) improve teaching and learning conditions; and (ii) strengthen the management capacity of the education system. Total financing for LEARN amounts to USD 451.0 million and combines the following World Bank financial instruments: Program-for-Results (PforR) financing – USD 389.9 million, and Investment Project Financing (IPF) – USD 61.1 million.

Program-for-Results (PforR) is implemented through a loan of USD 235 million provided from Bank resources and supported by the Advancing Needed Credit Enhancement for Ukraine (ADVANCE Ukraine) Trust Fund, financed by the Government of Japan. This is formalized through a Financing Agreement between Ukraine and the International Development Association for the Program (CREDIT No. 9721-UA). An additional USD 150 million is provided under the Special Program for Ukraine and Moldova Recovery (SPUR) of the IDA Crisis Response Window, as set out in the Loan Agreement between Ukraine and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development for the Program (LOAN No. 7626-UA). On 1 July 2025, a Financing Agreement (Additional Financing: Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Program) was signed between Ukraine and the International Development Association (CREDIT No. 7905-UA) in the amount of USD 4.9 million.

In addition, USD 30 million of Investment Project Financing (IPF) is provided under the Grant Agreement between Ukraine and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association, acting as administrator of the Ukraine Relief, Recovery, Reconstruction, and Reform Multi-Donor Trust Fund (GRANT URTF No. TF0C5794). On 19 December 2025, a Grant Agreement (Additional Financing for the Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Project) was signed between Ukraine and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association, jointly acting as the Supervising Entity for the Global Partnership for Education Fund and as administrator of the Ukraine Relief, Recovery, Reconstruction and Reform Multi-Donor Trust Fund (GRANT GPE No. TF0D0613, GRANT URTF No. TF0D0612), in the amount of USD 31.1 million.

The Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine has established the Early Childhood Education Development Office (ECEDO). Functioning as a technical implementation office within the Ministry, ECEDO provides operational and expert support to coordinate overall reform efforts across several areas, including access and financing, education content and teacher professional development, inclusion, quality assurance, legal and regulatory frameworks, and cross-sectoral cooperation. The Office will also be responsible for monitoring the implementation of reforms in early childhood and preschool education (ECPE). The establishment of ECEDO strengthens the capacity of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine to manage donor-financed technical assistance, support participating communities, ensure coherence among reform components, and integrate project results into national systems for long-term sustainability and scalability.

To improve information support for management activities in Ukraine's education sector, the software and hardware complex "Automated Information Complex for Education Management" (AIKOM) was established, with its tasks, purpose, and operating procedures defined by Resolution of the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine No. 1255 of 2 December 2021. The tasks to be performed by the Consultant will contribute to strengthening management capacity in the field of preschool education by supporting the development of the relevant AIKOM module.

II. Objective of the Assignment

The objective of this assignment is to support project management for the development of the AIKOM software and hardware module in the field of preschool education, including participation in work planning and coordination, monitoring of task implementation, support of communication with stakeholders, and administrative support for the processes of development and acceptance of functionality.

III. Scope of Work

1. Task Planning and Coordination

2. Team and Stakeholder Coordination

3. Documentation and Reporting

4. Risk and Change Management

5. Administrative Support of the Project

IV. Expected Deliverables

V. Performance Indicators

The Consultant's performance will be assessed against the following indicators:

VI. Reporting and Coordination

The Consultant reports to the Project Manager for the development of the Automated Information Complex for Education Management (AIKOM) for preschool education and works under his/her direct supervision. The Consultant coordinates activities with the Team Leader of the World Bank's operations management team.

The Consultant submits monthly reports to the Project Coordinator or Co-coordinator of the project in hard copy. The reports must contain a description of the services provided by the Consultant during the reporting period.

VII. Duration and Format of the Assignment

The Consultant will provide services until 31 December 2028. The contract may be extended subject to satisfactory performance of the assignment and mutual agreement between the Consultant and the MoES.

The Consultant will provide services under this Contract on a full-time basis for the entire duration of the contract, with a level of engagement equivalent to full-time employment, to the extent necessary for the proper performance of the tasks defined in the Scope of Work.

VIII. Minimum Qualification Requirements

IX. Desirable Skills and Qualifications

X. Application Package

Interested candidates should submit their CV in Ukrainian and English to: kateryna.kovtun@mon.gov.ua,

copy: serhiy.artemenko@uiherp.org and marina.chubenko@mon.gov.ua .

Email subject line: "Selection for the position of Junior Project Manager, Preschool Education Module, AIKOM: [NAME]".

Application deadline: August 25, 14:00 Kyiv time.

If the applicant fails to submit a CV in both languages, the Client reserves the right to reject the applicant's submission.

"},{"id":"OP00461952","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"12-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-26T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"Lebanon","project_id":"P180334","project_name":"Lebanon Green Agrifood Transformation for Economic Recovery (GATE)","bid_reference_no":"LB-KAFALAT-564926-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Credit Administration Officer","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Beirut, Lebanon","contact_ctry_name":"Lebanon","contact_email":"yolla@kafalat.com.lb","contact_name":"Yolla Serieddine","contact_organization":"Kafalat","contact_phone_no":"01 341300","submission_date":"2026-08-12T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Request for Expressions of Interest (REoI)

Country: Lebanon
Project: Green Agri-Food Transformation for Economic Recovery (GATE) Project
Implementing Agency: Kafalat SAL
Assignment Title: Credit Administration Officer - PMU (Sub-component 1.2)
Reference No.: LB-KAFALAT-564926-CS-INDV

1. Background

The Government of Lebanon has secured financing under the Green Agri-Food Transformation for Economic Recovery (GATE) Project, supported by the World Bank. Under this Project, Sub-component 1.2 (“Access to Finance for SMEs”) is implemented by Kafalat SAL as the designated Implementing Agency. This Sub-component supports the provision of direct SME lending managed and administered by Kafalat, with a dedicated Project Management Unit (PMU) responsible for credit operations, fiduciary oversight, procurement, safeguards, and monitoring. To ensure effective execution, Kafalat will establish this PMU in line with the Subsidiary Agreement and Project Operations Manual (POM).

2. Objective of the Assignment

The objective of this assignment is to recruit a full-time Credit Administration Officer to support the efficient administration and operational processing of SME lending activities under Subcomponent 1.2, ensuring completeness of documentation, compliance with internal procedures and project requirements, proper file management, timely coordination with stakeholders, and accurate updating of records and systems.

3. Scope of Work

The Credit Administration Officer will:

A detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) is available upon request at: yolla@kafalat.com.lb.

4. Qualifications and Skills

5. Application Process

Interested qualified candidates are invited to submit their Expressions of Interest (EOI), including:

Submissions must be sent by email to yolla@Kafalat.com.lb   with the subject line: “EOI - Credit Administration Officer “ no later than 26/08/2026.

6. Selection

A shortlist will be established based on qualifications and relevant experience. Only shortlisted candidates will be contacted for interviews.

 

"},{"id":"OP00462096","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"12-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-09-04T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:30","project_ctry_name":"Zambia","project_id":"P180801","project_name":"Transport Corridors for Economic Resilience (TRACER)","bid_reference_no":"ZM-MTOL-458682-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Technical Assistance to assess Open Access Policies and development of a model for Track Access Fees of Railway Infrastructure","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"5199 United Nations Avenue Plot NO 5199 Longacres. Lusaka, Zambia","contact_ctry_name":"Zambia","contact_email":"emmanuel.sampa@motl.gov.zm","contact_name":"Emmanuel Sampa","contact_organization":"Ministry of Transport and Logistics","contact_phone_no":"+260977229231","contact_web_url":"https://www.motl.gov.zm/","submission_date":"2026-08-12T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST (REOL)

INDIVIDUAL CONSULTANT SELECTION-OPEN INTERNATIONAL

COUNTRY: Zambia

NAME OF PROJECT: Transport Corridors for Economic Resilience (TRACER)

CREDIT NO.: IDA-E2930

ASSIGNMENT TITLE: TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO ASSESS THE APPLICATION OF OPEN ACCESS AGREEMENTS ON ZAMBIAN RAILWAYS

REFERENCE NO. ZM-MTOL-458682-CS-INDV

The Government of the Republic of Zambia through the Ministry of Transport and Logistics, has received financing from the World Bank towards the cost of the Transport Corridors for Economic Resilience Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for Individual Consulting Services to undertake a comprehensive assessment of the current Open Access policies and develop a framework for signing Open Access Agreement and model for computation of access fees on Zambia Railways network.

The consulting services will be undertaken in Six (6) months. The individual consultant is expected to review existing policy, legal and frameworks governing rail open access in Zambia; review the current freight open access procedures and requirements in Zambia, conduct research on best international freight open access systems, define gaps and recommend the best approach for Zambia; review the current rail passenger service practices and requirements, conduct research on international passenger open access systems and recommend the best approach for Zambia; review the current Rail Open Access Contracts, develop a standard template and recommend mandatory provisions for inclusion based on international best practices; review the current approaches for charging open access fees compared to other international best practices; and develop a standard model for determination of access fees for all access operators.

The Ministry of Transport and Logistics now invites eligible Individual Consultants to indicate their interest in providing the Consultancy Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services including updated Curriculum Vitae (CV) and a short expression of interest summarizing their understanding and approach of the assignment. The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” September 2023 setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Individual Consultant Selection method set out in the World Bank Procurement Regulations.

Guidance on contents of the EOI: The following instructions need to be followed when submitting Expressions of Interest (EoI) which will be used as short-listing criteria:

  1. EoIs should be submitted either in hard and/or soft copies within the stated deadline. Hard Copies should be delivered to the address provided below by Friday 4th September, 2026 at 14:30 local time. Consultants may make arrangements to have their Expressions of interest delivered by courier services. However, the Ministry shall not accept liability for loss or late delivery;
  2. Soft copies of EOIs must be e-mailed to MULUNDU.CHANDA@motl.gov.zm and mandatory copy to SHIMITI.ZULU@motl.gov.zm and emmanuel.sampa@motl.gov.zm, Jordan.Zimba@motl.gov.zm and Sydney.Nyama@motl.gov.zm by 4th September, 2026 at 14:30 local time;
  3. If submitting EoI(s) in hard copy, the EoI must be submitted in an envelope marked "EoI for Consultancy Services for ZM-MTOL-458682-CS-INDV: Submission Date (dd/mm/yyyy); Submitted by (name of the consultant);
  4. If submitting EoI(s) in soft copy, the EoI must be submitted in an email marked "EoI for Consultancy Services ZM-MTOL-458682-CS-INDV: Submitted by (name of the consultant);
  5. An EoI must be a maximum of 30 pages. Any EoI submission over 30 pages will only be reviewed for the first 30 pages;
  6. A cover letter expressing interest in offering the services. (Maximum 2 pages);
  7. The Consultant shall have the following expertise and qualifications:

More information can be obtained at the address below during office hours from 08:00 to 13:00 hrs and 14:00 to 17:00hrs. Further, the detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment can be obtained from the following website: https://www.motl.gov.zm/ or request by email from MULUNDU.CHANDA@motl.gov.zm and mandatory copy to SHIMITI.ZULU@motl.gov.zm,Emmanuel.Sampa@motl.gov.zm, Jordan.Zimba@motl.gov.zm  and Sydney.Nyama@motl.gov.zm

 

The Head Procurement and Supplies Unit

Attn: Procurement Specialist – TRACER Project

Ministry of Transport and Logistics

Stand No 5199 United Nations Avenue P.O.BOX 50065

LUSAKA, ZAMBIA

"},{"id":"OP00461498","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"10-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-21T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"10:00","project_ctry_name":"Zambia","project_id":"P505094","project_name":"Digital Zambia Acceleration Project (DZAP)","bid_reference_no":"ZM-SZ-554941-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Consultancy Services for the Design, Development and Deployment of a Web-Based Data Protection Compliance Management System","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Office of the President, E-Government Division,\nSMART Zambia Institute, \nCorner of Nationalist Road","contact_ctry_name":"Zambia","contact_email":"vincent.haachitwe@szi.gov.zm","contact_name":"Vincent Haachitwe","contact_organization":"SMART ZAMBIA","contact_phone_no":"+260977603074","submission_date":"2026-08-10T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

DIGITAL ZAMBIA ACCELERATION PROJECT

(DZAP)

 

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)

 

COUNTRY: Zambia

NAME OF PROJECT: The Digital Zambia Acceleration Project (DZAP)

Loan No./Credit No./ Grant No.: P505094

Name of Implementing Agency: Smart Zambia Institute (SZI)

Assignment Title: Selection of a Consulting Firm for the Design, Development, and Deployment of a Digital Data Protection Compliance Management System for the Data Protection Commission of Zambia

Reference No.: ZM-SZ-554941-CS-QCBS

Background

The Government of the Republic of Zambia (GRZ) has received financing from the World Bank to accelerate countrywide digital transformation through the Digital Zambia Acceleration Project (DZAP) and intends to use part of the proceeds of the credit to accelerate country-wide digital transformation under the Digital Zambia Acceleration Project (DZAP) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for Consulting Services for the Design, Development, and Deployment of a Digital Data Protection Compliance Management System for the Data Protection Commission of Zambia

Objectives of the assignment

The overall objective of this assignment is to deliver a fully functional, secure, and scalable digital DPCMS that serves as the digital backbone of the DPC's regulatory operations, a single, integrated platform through which data handlers register and manage their compliance obligations; data subjects exercise their statutory rights under the Act; the DPC conducts investigations, issues determinations, and enforces the law; and the public accesses transparent regulatory information through open registers and published decisions.

 

The Scope of services

The Consultant shall design, develop, test, deploy, and support a digital DPCMS comprising integrated functional modules. The system shall be responsive across desktop, tablet, and mobile devices; accessible in conformity with WCAG 2.1 Level AA; built in compliance with ISO/IEC 27001, ISO/IEC 27701, and OWASP Top 10 security standards; and integrated with the Government Service Bus through ZamConnect and ZamPay as the mandatory primary channel for all DPC revenue collection.

Invitation to eligible Consulting Firms

The SZI hereby invites eligible consulting firms ("Consultants") to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants shall submit Expressions of Interest (EOIs), including documentation and information demonstrating that they possess the requisite qualifications, relevant experience, and capability to undertake and successfully deliver the Services.

Firms Qualifications

The firm shall meet the following minimum qualifications:

Core business of the firm(s) and years in business.

Relevant experience which should specifically include the following:

 

Technical and Managerial capability of the firm(s) (Provide only the structure of the organization and CVs of the Directors or Principals of the firm. Do not provide CVs of the Experts). Key Experts will not be evaluated at the short-listing stage.

 

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, 3.17 and 3.20 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers – 7th Edition” dated September 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest and eligibility.

Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.

The consulting firm will be selected using the Quality and Cost-Based Selection (QCBS) method through an Open International Market Approach, in accordance with the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers: Procurement in Investment Project Financing, 7th Edition (September 2025).

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours from 08:00 hours to 13:00 hours and 14:00 hours to 17:00 hours Central African Time (CAT) or by email.

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment can be accessed from the following link: https://www.szi.gov.zm and can also be obtained following written request to the emails indicated below.

Expressions of Interest must be delivered in written form and deposited in the tender box at the address below (in person) or electronically submitted via the following link: dzap_procurements@grz.gov.zm by Friday, 21st August, 2026 at 10:00 hours CAT to the address indicated below:

 

The National Coordinator

Office of the President, E-Government Division,

SMART Zambia Institute,

Corner of Nationalist Road and Independence Avenue

P.O. Box 31998,

Lusaka, ZAMBIA.

City: Lusaka

ZIP Code:10101

Country: Zambia

Telephone: +260-211-254478, 253438,

253652, 254599, 254657

"},{"id":"OP00461213","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"07-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-09-07T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:30","project_ctry_name":"Cambodia","project_id":"P508313","project_name":"Cambodia Basic Education Improvement Project","bid_reference_no":"MOEYS-BEIP-CQS-003","bid_description":"Firm to Support DECE for managing Child Care Centers","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"No. 80, Norodom Blvd., Phnom Penh","contact_ctry_name":"Cambodia","contact_email":"nath.bunroeun@moeys.gov.kh","contact_name":"Bunroeun Nath","contact_organization":"Ministry of Education Youth and Sport","contact_phone_no":"012 513 366","contact_web_url":"www.moeys.gov.kh/en/","submission_date":"2026-08-07T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Kingdom of Cambodia

Nation Religion King

 

Ministry of Education, Youth and Sport (MoEYS)

Cambodia Basic Education Improvement Project (BEIP)

Trust Fund Grant No.: TF0C8816-KH

 

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

For Selection International Firm to Support MoEYS Childcare Centers Operations

Ref: MoEYS-BEIP-CQS-003

I. Background

The Cambodia Basic Education Improvement Project (BEIP) was approved by the Board of Directors of the World Bank on August 29, 2025. The Project is funded by an International Development Association (IDA) Credit of US$100 million equivalent and an Early Learning Partnership Multi-Donor Trust Fund of US$5 million. It is expected to be implemented over a 5-year period starting in November 2025 and ending in December 2030. The project development objective is to improve learning outcomes in primary education. The project is now seeking an International Firm to Support MoEYS Childcare Centers Operations.

The selected firm will provide end-to-end technical assistance to the Department of Early Childhood Education (DECE) for the establishment, operation, and sustainability of 60 childcare centers under the Basic Education Improvement Project, delivering high-quality services for children aged 3 months to 3 years and establishing a foundation for nationwide expansion.

II. Contract Duration

The Firm will be contracted for an initial period of Twelve (12) months from the contract signing date, with the possibility of extension depending on satisfactory annual performance, the needs of the project, and fund availability. The results of performance reviews will be discussed by the Procurement Review Committee (PRC) when considering contract extensions.

III. Scope of Work

The selected international firm will support DECE across key operational areas, including: 

 IV. Minimum Qualifications and Experience Required

The consulting firm should meet the following organizational qualification and experience criteria:

Skills, Qualification and Experience Required is as shown in the Term of Reference.

Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.

V. How to apply

The Cambodia Basic Education Improvement Project (BEIP), Ministry of Education, Youth and Sport, invites expressions of interest from eligible consulting firms ("Consultants") to indicate their interest in providing the Services.  The Firm will be selected in accordance with the Consultant’s Qualifications Selection (CQS) / World Bank Procurement Regulations for Borrowers under Investment Project Financing (IPF) dated July 1, 2016, revised September 2023, and the Kingdom of Cambodia's Updated Procurement Manual for all Externally Financed Projects/Programs, promulgated pursuant to Sub-Decree 74 on Promulgating the Updated Standard Procedures for Implementing all Externally Financed Projects/Programs, dated December 2019, and is open to all eligible consultants as defined in the guidelines. 

In submitting their expressions of interest, interested consulting firms are kindly requested to provide their organization profile, proof of legal status/registration, and detailed project references demonstrating their capacity and experience in similar assignments.

Interested firms can obtain the detailed Terms of Reference (ToR) for the assignment from http://moeys.gov.kh/en/procurement/ or can be obtained via QR code as shown and the Google form link. https://forms.gle/12BZqRW337x2Hb9w8

Expressions of interest must be submitted to the address below by email or hard copy during office hours from 8:00 to 12:00 and from 13:30 to 17:30 hours, Monday through Friday, except public holidays., no later than 07 September 2026 before 17:30 hours: (Cambodia local time)   

For further inquiry how to apply or you cannot log in to the above online platform, you can contact us at: Project Procurement Unit, Cambodia Basic Education Improvement Project (BEIP), Ministry of Education Youth and Sport (MoEYS). Address: 2nd Floor, Street 380, Sangkat Boeung Keng Kang I, Khan Boeung Keng Kang, Phnom Penh, Cambodia. Phone: (855) 23 238 254/ 23 726 757, Email: procurement.moeys.kh@gmail.com, and copy to va.sith.pu@moeys.gov.kh,

Website: https://moeys.gov.kh/en/procurement/

"},{"id":"OP00461239","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"07-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-14T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","project_id":"P182105","project_name":"GFPP in relation to Building Infrastructure for Learning and Instructional Methods (BILIM)","bid_reference_no":"C2","bid_description":"Development of Project Operational Manual (POM) for BILIM","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"100011, Uzbekistan, Tashkent, Shaikhontohur district, Navoi street, 2A-house","contact_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","contact_email":"a.zukhritdinov@uzedu.uz","contact_name":"Azizkhon Zukhritdinov","contact_organization":"Ministry of Preschool and School Education","contact_phone_no":"+998900974642","contact_web_url":"www.uzedu.uz","submission_date":"2026-08-07T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Individual Consultant for Preparation of the Program Operations Manual

1) Background

The Government of Uzbekistan, through MoPSE and MEF, is preparing the World Bank-supported BILIM Operation under the Program-for-Results (PforR) instrument, with a complementary IPF Technical Assistance component, financed by an IDA credit and an IFFEd grant.

The Operation will be implemented by MoPSE, MEF, and other relevant institutions, supported by an Implementation Office. Results will be measured through Disbursement Linked Indicators and verified in accordance with the Financing Agreements and Verification Protocols.

To ensure effective and consistent implementation, a Program Operations Manual (POM) will define institutional responsibilities and procedures for financial management, procurement, environmental and social requirements, monitoring, verification, reporting, and coordination.

MoPSE therefore intends to engage an Individual Consultant experienced in preparing operational manuals for World Bank-financed operations, preferably under PforR.

2) Scope of Work

Under the overall supervision of the MoPSE, the Consultant shall carry out the following tasks:

Task 1. Review of Documentation

The Consultant shall review and analyse all relevant documents, including but not limited to:

The Consultant shall identify operational requirements, implementation arrangements, institutional responsibilities, fiduciary obligations, and reporting requirements to be reflected in the POM.

Task 2. Institutional and Operational Assessment

Conduct consultations with MoPSE, MEF, the Implementation Office, and other relevant stakeholders to:

Task 3. Design of the POM

The Consultant shall design a logical, user-friendly, and World Bank–compliant structure for the POM, covering at minimum:

Task 4. Preparation of the Program Operational Manual

The Consultant shall prepare a complete POM, ensuring that:

Task 5. Consultation and Revision

The Consultant shall:

Task 6. Finalization and Handover

Submit the final POM in a format acceptable to the World Bank.

The final submission shall include:

3) Required Qualifications and Experience Education

Experience

Skills

4) Duration and Level of Effort

The assignment is expected to require up to 90 calendar days over an estimated period of 3–4 months. The contract type is individual consultancy (lump-sum).

5) Confidentiality

All documents, data, and information produced or accessed under this assignment shall remain the property of the MoPSE and MEF and shall not be disclosed without prior written consent.

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form in English or Russian to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 14 August 2026.

Address: 40 A, Labzak, Shaykhontokhur District, Tashkent, Uzbekistan

Mr. Azizkhon Zukhritdinov

"},{"id":"OP00457367","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"03-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-07T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"18:00","project_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","project_id":"P168180","project_name":"Institutional Capacity Building Project","bid_reference_no":"TC-PAYROLL-1","bid_description":"Consulting Services to Support Centralization of Payroll Processing, Payments, and Accounting for Budgetary Organizations through the Treasury.","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"29., Istiklol street, 100017 Tashkent","contact_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","contact_email":"piu_mof@mail.ru","contact_name":"Sirojiddin Imanov","contact_organization":"Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan","contact_phone_no":"+998712023113(05493)","contact_web_url":"info@imv.uz","submission_date":"2026-08-03T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)

 

Country: Republic of Uzbekistan

Project name: Institutional Capacity Building Project

Credit No.: IDA 6431-UZ

Assignment Title: Consulting Services to Support Centralization of Payroll Processing, Payments, and Accounting for Budgetary Organizations through the Treasury.

Reference No.: TC-PAYROLL-1

The Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Institutional Capacity Building Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consultant to support centralization of payroll processing, payments, and accounting for budgetary organizations through the treasury (“Services”) for the Treasury Service Committee under the Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic Uzbekistan.

The purpose of this technical assignment is to develop specific and substantiated recommendations for the implementation of a centralized model, in which:

•   Assessment of the need for centralization based on the study of the current situation;

•   Organizational and legal options of the centralized model;

•   Business Process Reorganization (BPR);

•   Distribution of roles and responsibilities;

•   Control and compliance mechanisms;

•   Organizational structure and operational model;

•   Comprehensively analyzed and evaluated.

At the same time, within the framework of this technical assignment, it is envisaged not only to consider several possible options for a centralized model, but also to develop a unified recommendation for the model recognized as the most optimal in the conditions of Uzbekistan, including a clear justification of its legal form, management structure, accountability chain, and financing mechanisms.

The Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services by submitting directly to the piu_mof@mail.ru.

The Qualification requirements for the Consultants are:

1. General Institutional Experience

The consulting firm shall have at least five (5) years of cumulative consulting experience during the last ten (10) years in at least one of the following areas:

2. Experience in Functional Centralization and Development of a Target Operating Model

The consulting firm shall have completed at least one (1) assignment involving the centralization, consolidation, or establishment of a shared service model for multiple government agencies, budget organizations, regional offices, or other public institutions.

The experience may relate to one or more of the following functional areas:

The assignment shall have included the development of at least two (2) of the following deliverables:

3. Experience in Payroll, Accounting, and Payment Processes

The consulting firm shall have successfully completed at least two (2) consulting assignments during the last ten (10) years involving the analysis and improvement of payroll, accounting, and payment processes in the public sector.

Each assignment shall have covered at least one of the following areas:

Under such assignments, the firm shall have analyzed existing processes and developed improved processes, procedures, or practical recommendations.

Provision of outsourcing services limited to bookkeeping, payroll processing, or payment processing shall not be considered as qualifying experience.

4. Experience in Integration of Financial Information Systems

The consulting firm shall have successfully completed at least two (2) assignments during the last ten (10) years involving the integration of information systems supporting payroll, accounting, and payment processes in the public sector.

Each assignment shall have included the integration of at least two (2) of the following systems:

The assignment shall have included the development of at least the following outputs:

 

The mere supply of software products, licenses, or technical maintenance services shall not be considered qualifying experience for this requirement.

 

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.  In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment: Consultants shall not be hired for any assignment that would be in conflict with their prior or current obligations to other clients, or that may place them in a position of being unable to carry out the assignment in the best interests of the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan.

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Consultant Qualification Selection (CQS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours from 9:00 a.m. to 18:00 p.m. Tashkent time.

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form in English, Russian or Uzbek languages to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 7 august 2026.

 

Project Implementation Unit under the
Ministry of Economy and finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan

Attn: Sirojiddin Imanov, Director

Address: Uzbekistan, 100035, Tashkent city,

Yunusobod District, Niyozbek Yuli 1 street;

Tel: +998712023113 (05493);

E-mail: piu_mof@mail.ru

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As part of the EOI, the consultant should include the following information:

 

 

Date:

Country of Incorporation:

Consultant Name:

Acronym:

EOI Submission Authorized by:

Position

 

 

Consultant

Acronym

Country of Incorporation

Joint Venture (JV) or Sub-consultant

EOI Submission Authorized By

Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present the rationale for and benefits of working in association (JV or Sub-consultant) with others rather than undertaking the assignment independently (as appropriate). Describe the proposed management and coordination approach of the association and the role of each firm.

 

Project References - highlight the technical qualifications of your entity/consortium in undertaking similar assignments. Provide details of past experiences working with similar project authorities

 

 

Project References, present experiences in similar geographic areas.

 

Present relevant projects to demonstrate the firm’s technical qualifications and geographical experience (maximum 10 projects).

N

Project

Period

Client

Country

Firm

1

 

    

2

 

    

3

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Project Title

 

Country / Region

 

Start Date

 

Completion Date

 

Continuous / Intermittent

 

Client

 

Funding Source

 

Description

(indicate your role and input in man-months)

 

 

 

We, the undersigned, certify to the best of our knowledge and belief:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Terms of Reference for

Consulting Services to Support Centralization of Payroll Processing, Payments, and Accounting for Budgetary Organizations through the Treasury

 

1. Introduction

The question of whether there is a need to transition to a centralized system for calculating wages and making payments, maintaining accounting records and financial statements, accounting for financial obligations, and conducting operations related to public procurement in the public finance management system requires a comprehensive and systematic analysis of the current state of the system.

Today's practice shows that the above financial processes are carried out by budget organizations in a dispersed manner, mainly due to manual operations in the process of calculating wages. At the same time, due to the lack of sufficient integration between budget planning, calculating wages and making payments, accounting and reporting, and procurement processes, there is an additional burden on the processes of data re-entry, manual generation and coordination of accounting entries.

The application of control mechanisms over financial transactions mainly at the post-operation stage, as well as the insufficient introduction of automated checks and limit controls at the system level in the processes of estimates, financial obligations, and public procurement, limits the effectiveness of financial control. As a result, the possibility of early detection of errors and discrepancies is insufficiently ensured.

At the same time, along with the centralization of wage processes, there is a need for a broader integrated model covering accounting, planning, budget execution, and financial reporting. Clarifying these aspects and forming a unified understanding for all stakeholders is of particular importance.

Considering the above, it is assessed that within the framework of improving the public finance management system based on modern requirements, there is a need to study the possibilities of centralized management of wages, accounting, planning, and financial operations.

This study is aimed at assessing the possibility of implementing it based on the Single Service Center (Central Shared Services - CSS, hereinafter referred to as the Center) model and consolidating all financial processes carried out by budget organizations in a single center.

Purpose

The purpose of this technical assignment is to develop specific and substantiated recommendations for the implementation of a centralized model, in which:

At the same time, within the framework of this technical assignment, it is envisaged not only to consider several possible options for a centralized model, but also to develop a unified recommendation for the model recognized as the most optimal in the conditions of Uzbekistan, including a clear justification of its legal form, management structure, accountability chain, and financing mechanisms.

This document defines the scope of work carried out by consultants and serves to form the analytical and conceptual framework necessary for the Government to make a sound decision on the implementation of a centralized financial management model.

SCOPE OF WORK

Within the framework of this assignment, the study will focus on a comprehensive analysis of financial processes carried out in budget organizations, assessing the need and possibilities of their centralization, and developing substantiated proposals for the implementation of a centralized model.

The task covers the following main areas:

1. Study of existing processes and assessment of the need for centralization

2. Budget Planning Processes

3. Personnel policy and remuneration processes

4. Procurement and Financial Obligation Processes

5. Accounting and financial statements

6. Study of the current state of information systems

7. Study the distribution of roles and responsibilities

8. Analysis of the regulatory framework

9. Development of options and final recommendations according to the centralized model

10. Stages of implementation and development of a roadmap

Development of a phased approach to implementing a centralized model, taking into account the breadth of coverage and the complexity of the processes:

The Consultant has the right to make substantiated proposals for clarifying, expanding, or deepening the scope of the task, based on the identified problems, systemic limitations, or areas requiring additional analysis during the study.

At the same time, the approaches proposed by the consultant should correspond to the general objectives of the assignment, that is, be aimed at a comprehensive assessment of the possibilities of implementing a centralized model and the development of practically applicable solutions. If necessary, the Consultant provides proposals for revising the scope of the study, conducting an in-depth analysis in individual areas, or introducing new components, with these changes being made in agreement with the customer.

This flexible approach serves to increase the practical significance of the results of the assignment, to fully cover existing problems, and to ensure the development of a centralized model suitable for the conditions of Uzbekistan, real and feasible for implementation.

Legal and institutional diagnostics

Within the framework of the scope defined in this assignment, a comprehensive analysis of the current regulatory legal acts of the Republic of Uzbekistan will be carried out, as well as how these acts regulate financial management, accounting, remuneration, budgeting, budget execution, public procurement, financial obligations, and reporting processes. At the same time, the current distribution of powers, responsibilities, and accountability for these processes, decision-making and approval mechanisms, as well as legal requirements related to data management and information systems, will be assessed.

As a result of the analysis, legal restrictions, institutional gaps, and inconsistencies affecting the implementation of the centralized model in the context of the above-mentioned areas are identified, and the compatibility of the existing system is assessed in terms of the possibilities of redistribution of powers, data exchange, and integration requirements.

The Consultant has the right to make reasonable proposals for clarifying, expanding, or deepening the scope of the task, based on the identified problems and systemic limitations during the study. In this case, the proposed approaches should correspond to the general goals of the task and be aimed at a comprehensive assessment of the possibilities of implementing a centralized model and the development of practically applicable solutions. If necessary, revision of the scope of study or conducting in-depth analyses in individual areas is carried out in agreement with the customer.

Legal and institutional diagnostics are carried out based on the scope defined above. If the scope is clarified or expanded during the study, the legal and institutional analysis in the relevant areas will also be updated and deepened accordingly.

Business Process Analysis (BPR)

Within this area, the consultant should conduct a comprehensive study of financial and operational processes based on the scope defined above.

Documentation of current processes (As-Is)

The Consultant needs to study the current processes in terms of salary, accounting, budgeting, and procurement processes step by step and develop a full description of them. This involves analyzing the sequence of processes, the information systems used (including UzASBO and DMBAT), data flows, and verification mechanisms.

During the study, the following aspects will be assessed separately:

The Consultant should also identify steps in the existing processes that can be simplified, automated, or canceled.

Development of a standardized catalog of operations

To create a framework for a centralized model, the Consultant needs to develop standardized catalogs of payroll actions (PAF) and accounting and financial operations.

Through these directories:

are provided for.

For each type of operation, the Consultant must clearly define:

Future process model (To-Be) and requirements specification

The Consultant must develop end-to-end business processes for the centralized model and formulate the corresponding functional and technical requirements.

This will cover the following main areas:

At the same time, the consultant has the right to:

Roles and responsibilities (RACI model)

The Consultant needs to develop a RACI model that clearly distributes roles and responsibilities across all key processes within the framework of the centralized model.

The following principles are taken as a basis:

Standard operating procedures (SOP)

To support the centralized model, the Consultant should develop or improve unified standard operational procedures (SOP) for key processes.

These regulations cover the following areas:

Targeted architecture and implementation roadmap

The Consultant must develop a targeted architecture and a phased implementation approach for the implementation of the centralized model.

This includes:

At the same time, the consultant:

Fit-gap analysis and IT roadmap

The Consultant will assess the compatibility and differences between the existing systems and the proposed model and develop a roadmap for IT development.

In this case, the following is mandatory:

Organizational model and HR design

Targeted Operating Model

Within the framework of the centralized services model, the Consultant should develop an operational model that includes the following structural elements:

Staff, roles, and competencies

Based on the operational model, the Consultant should determine:

This will cover the following main areas:

Position descriptions

The Consultant should develop detailed descriptions of key positions, including:

HR and organizational plan

The Consultant should develop a comprehensive HR and organizational plan, including:

Estimated (indicative) table

The Consultant must provide the following documents (in EN/RU/UZ languages):

The final consolidated implementation roadmap (weeks 16-18) is a document that includes a plan for the phased implementation of the centralized salary and accounting model, an approach to organizing the pilot project, and final recommendations for implementing institutional and technological changes.

The Consultant may submit a proposal to improve the schedule, but they must support a phased implementation approach.

Methodologies used by the Consultant

In the process of studying and analyzing, the Consultant should use methodologies used in international practice and aimed at decision-making. At the same time, at least the following approaches must be applied:

The results developed on the basis of these methodologies should be evidence-based, verifiable, and sufficiently detailed for decision-making.

Qualification requirements for the Consulting company and the Consultant

Experience with similar projects

It is advantageous for a consulting company to have experience in the public sector on successfully completed projects for the optimization, redesign, centralization or development of shared services/central shared services models.

Such projects should preferably be implemented in countries with public finance management systems comparable to the Republic of Uzbekistan.

These projects must be related to the management of public finances, budget execution, accounting of budgetary organizations, calculation of wages, financial reporting, public procurement, financial obligations, improvement of ERP/IFMIS/HRMIS or treasury information systems.

Experience in Uzbekistan shall be considered an advantage but shall not be mandatory.

The experience must be evidenced by contracts, client acceptance certificates, recommendation letters, or other official supporting documents.

Institutional experience in public finance and PFM

The consulting company must have at least five (5) years of practical institutional experience in the field of public finance, economics and finance, budget execution, treasury operations, accounting of budgetary organizations, payroll calculation, public procurement, or financial reporting in public finance management.

The company must have a deep understanding of budget planning, budget execution, registration of financial obligations, procurement-plan-contract-obligation-payment chain, internal control, risk assessment, and audit trace formation processes, and confirm experience working with government agencies, international organizations, development banks, or large public sector clients.

Methodological capacity and integrated approach

The consulting company must possess sufficient methodological capacity to develop As-Is and To-Be business processes, BPR, RACI, SOP, SLA, service catalog, fit-gap analysis, cost-benefit analysis, risk assessment, benchmarking, change management, legal and institutional diagnostics, IT/ERP/IFMIS architecture, and HR-organizational model within the project framework. The proposed methodology should not be limited to a general description but should include specific work for each stage, the documents to be prepared, analysis methods, expected results, and acceptance criteria.

Financial stability and project resources

The Consultant shall demonstrate that it has sufficient financial, organizational and human resources to implement the assignment properly and within the agreed timeline.

The Consultant shall provide information on its proposed expert team, availability of experts, and project coordination arrangements.

A permanent office in Uzbekistan is not mandatory. However, the Consultant should ensure effective local coordination through a local coordinator or local expert.

Quality control, privacy, and conflict of interest

The consulting company should demonstrate that it has internal mechanisms to ensure quality control, confidentiality, information security and prevention of conflict of interest.

The company should provide:

Formal ISO certification (ISO 9001, ISO 27001 or equivalent internal procedures) shall be considered an advantage.

Composition of the expert team

The consulting company must provide a qualified expert team sufficient for the assignment.

The team should include at least four (4) key experts:

One expert may cover more than one area only if he/she fully meets the minimum requirements for each role and confirm a sufficient level of employment for the project.

Project Manager / Team Leader requirements

The project manager must have at least 10 years of general experience in public sector transformation, public finance management, Shared Services / Central Shared Services, PFM reforms, or major institutional reforms.

He/she must have participated as a leader or key expert in at least three (3) relevant assignments.

For the purpose of this requirement, relevant assignments may include public sector reform, public financial management reform, payroll reform, accounting reform, IFMIS / ERP / HRMIS modernization, treasury modernization, institutional reform, business process reengineering projects in the public sector.

He/she should also demonstrate experience in working with government agencies, international organizations, or development banks, as well as in stakeholder coordination, preparation of analytical documents, and development of high-level presentations for decision-making.

Experience working in ministries of finance, treasury bodies or central bodies managing public finances is an advantage.

Expert requirements for PFM, accounting, payroll, and IPSAS

The expert team must include qualified specialists in public finance management, accounting for budgetary organizations, financial reporting, payroll calculation, and IPSAS. These experts should have knowledge and experience in budget planning, budget execution, treasury operations, financial liabilities, GL, AP/AR, assets, reserves, reconciliation, consolidation, financial statements, IPSAS or public sector accounting standards, HR data, attendance, bonuses, deductions, and payroll controls, each with at least 7 years of practical experience.

Requirements for BPR, IT/ERP/IFMIS and Systems Integration Expert

The expert should have experience in business process reengineering, process modelling, IT/ERP/IFMIS/HRMIS systems, and systems integration in public finance management, including:

Requirements for Legal, Institutional and Organizational Reform Expert

The expert should have at least five (5) years of practical experience in legal analysis, institutional reform, organizational design, or public sector reform.

The expert should have experience in projects related to public finance management in the following areas:

The expert should have higher education in law, public administration, economics, finance, management, human resources, or another relevant field.

Requirements for education, language proficiency, and expert rotation

All key experts should have at least a higher education in economics, finance, accounting, public administration, law, information technology, business administration, or related fields, and a master's degree or equivalent qualification should be considered an advantage. The project manager and at least one key international expert must be fluent in written and oral English, at least one key expert must be fluent in English and Russian, at least one expert must be able to work with ministries, departments, regional bodies and budgetary organizations in Uzbek, Russian and/or English, and the possibility of high-quality preparation of final documents in Uzbek must be ensured.

Key experts (indicative content)

The Consultant team should consist of qualified experts covering the main areas required for the assignment, including public financial management, accounting, payroll, budgeting, public procurement, business process reengineering, IT/ERP/IFMIS/HRMIS systems, legal and institutional analysis, organizational model design, and quality control.

The Consultant shall propose at least the following four (4) key experts, or equivalent experts capable of covering the required functions:

Project Manager / Team Leader

Responsible for overall project management, coordination of the expert team, communication with the Client and stakeholders, quality of deliverables, and preparation of analytical documents and high-level presentations.

PFM, Accounting, Payroll and IPSAS Expert

Responsible for analysis of public financial management, budget execution, accounting of budgetary organizations, payroll calculation, financial reporting, IPSAS or equivalent public sector accounting standards, and interaction between payroll, accounting and treasury processes.

BPR, IT/ERP/IFMIS and Systems Integration Expert

Responsible for business process analysis and redesign, As-Is and To-Be process mapping, SOPs, RACI matrices, fit-gap analysis of existing information systems, and assessment of ERP/IFMIS/HRMIS/treasury/accounting/payroll systems and their integration.

Legal, Institutional and Organizational Reform Expert

Responsible for legal and institutional analysis, review of regulatory requirements, distribution of powers and responsibilities, organizational model design, staffing structure, competency requirements, job descriptions, and transition planning.

The Consultant shall also ensure an appropriate quality control mechanism. A separate Quality Assurance Lead may be proposed, but this is not mandatory if the Consultant demonstrates an adequate internal quality review arrangement.

The Consultant shall submit CVs and availability confirmations for all proposed key experts.

Reporting procedure

Within the framework of the project, the Consultant reports to the Management Committee and/or Project Management Group (PMG) designated by the Client and must submit interim reports at least once a month. Each deliverable is presented in preliminary (draft) and final (final) versions and is updated based on comments and suggestions from the Customer and interested parties.

Language, translation, and quality requirements

All main deliveries (Initial Report, Delivery 1-5 and Final Roadmap) must be provided in English, Uzbek and Russian in accordance with the Customer's requirements, and their content compliance and quality control will be ensured by the Consultant.

 

"},{"id":"OP00459867","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"31-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-18T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Western and Central Africa","project_id":"P507938","project_name":"Regional Program for Distributed Access Through Renewable Energy Solutions Phase 1","bid_reference_no":"LR-RCU-DARES-557723-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Consulting Services for Provision of Public-Private Partnership (PPP) Expert","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Sinkor, 15 Street\nWarner Avenue\nMonrovia","contact_ctry_name":"Liberia","contact_email":"f.kyere@respite-rcu.org","contact_name":"Francis Kyere","contact_organization":"Regional Coordination Unit-RESPITE","contact_phone_no":"0777890641","submission_date":"2026-07-31T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

 

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

(CONSULTING SERVICES – INDIVIDUAL SELECTION)

 

 

West and Central Africa

Regional Program for Distributed Access through Renewable Energy Solutions (Regional DARES)

Project ID: P507938

Credit No.:8080-LR

 

 

Assignment Title: Consultancy Services for RCU Public Private Partnership (PPP) Expert

 

Reference No.: LR-RCU-DARES-557723-CS-INDV

 

The Governments of Liberia, Sierra Leone, Benin, and Central Africa Republic have received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Regional Program for Distributed Access through Renewable Energy Solutions (Regional DARES) and intend to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.

 

The consultant ("the Services") shall lead and be accountable for the development, harmonization, and implementation of PPP frameworks under Regional DARES, ensuring that procurement approaches, contractual arrangements, and regulatory frameworks are structured to maximize competition, mobilize private capital, and facilitate scalable deployment of DRE solutions across participating countries. The duration of the assignment is approximately five years, with an expected start in October 2026.

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment can be found at the following link: https://lecliberia.com/wp-content/uploads/R-DARES-TOR-POE-PPP-Expert-FINAL.docx 

 

The RESPITE Regional Coordination Unit (RCU) now invites eligible and selected Individual Consultants (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should submit their Expressions of Interest (EOI), including their CV with information demonstrating that they are qualified to perform the services (description of similar assignments, experience in similar conditions, availability of appropriate skills, etc.), and educational and professional qualification certificates.

 

The shortlisting criteria are:

 

 

The shortlisted candidates will be informed via email and invited for a virtual interview.

 

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.13 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” September 2025 (Procurement Regulations”) as available on https://thedocs.worldbank.org/en/doc/c84273d1b230aeb2b0b8134de5dc8cd7-0290012025/original/Procurement-Regulations-7th-Edition-Sep-2025.pdf, setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. 

 

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Individual Consultant Selection (ICS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

 

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours, 0900 to 1700 hours GMT.

 

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below by email or by physical mail on or before Tuesday, August 18, 2026.

 

RCU PROJECT COORDINATOR

RESPITE Coordination Unit

15th Street & Warner Avenue

Sinkor, Monrovia, Liberia

Email: f.kyere@respite-rcu.org and copied s.hedd-williams@respite-rcu.org 

 

"},{"id":"OP00459857","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"30-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-17T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"11:45","project_ctry_name":"Caribbean","project_id":"P182034","project_name":"Caribbean Regional Connectivity and Logistics MPA","bid_reference_no":"DM-CSU-564635-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Analytical Study to Support the Preparation of the Connectivity and Logistics Programme for the Commonwealth of Dominica","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"5th Floor\nFinancial Centre\nKennedy Avenue\nRoseau, Dominica","contact_ctry_name":"Dominica","contact_email":"crlcprocurement@gmail.com","contact_name":"Tamika Lafond","contact_organization":"Central Services Unit","contact_phone_no":"767-266-3158","contact_web_url":"https://www.finance.gov.dm/en/","submission_date":"2026-07-30T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

COMMONWEALTH OF DOMINICA

MINISTRY OF TOURISM

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

(CONSULTING SERVICES – INDIVIDUAL CONSULTANT SELECTION)

Country: Commonwealth of Dominica

Project: Preparation Grant for Caribbean Connectivity and Logistics Regional Program – Multiphase Programmatic Approach (MPA)  

Grant No.: E5950-001

Assignment Title: Analytical Study to Support the Preparation of the Connectivity and Logistics Program for the Commonwealth of Dominica

Reference No.: DM-CSU-564635-CS-INDV

 

The Government of the Commonwealth of Dominica has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Preparation Grant for Caribbean Connectivity and Logistics Regional Program – Multiphase Programmatic Approach and intends to apply part of the proceeds toward payments under the contract for “Analytical Study to Support the Preparation of the Connectivity and Logistics Program for the Commonwealth of Dominica”.

The Ministry of Tourism now invites eligible Individual Consultants ("Consultants") to indicate their interest in providing the services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.

Scope of the Assignment

The Individual Consultant will be responsible for, but not limited to, the following:

  1. Conduct a focused diagnostic of Dominica's connectivity and logistics sector, including ports, road connectivity, trade facilitation, private sector participation, and green logistics.
  2. Identify priority policy reforms, institutional strengthening measures, and infrastructure investments to improve the country's transport and logistics systems.
  3. Prepare a comprehensive Dominica Country Program Document aligned with the three components of the Caribbean Reconnect Multi-Phase Programmatic Approach (MPA).
  4. Develop an implementation and financing roadmap, including investment priorities, results framework, project preparation activities, and recommendations for World Bank, IFC, and MIGA engagement.
  5. Consult with relevant government agencies, development partners, and private sector stakeholders, and facilitate a validation workshop to finalize the proposed program.

A detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached to this Request for Expressions of Interest.

Minimum Qualifications and Experience

The selected consultant should possess the following:

Selection Method

The selection will be conducted in accordance with the Open International Market Approach for Individual Consultants as set out in the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers: Procurement in Investment Project Financing, Goods, Works, Non-Consulting Services and Consulting Services (February 2025), and is open to all eligible consultants as defined in the Procurement Regulations.

Interested consultants should note the provisions on Conflict of Interest as set out in the World Bank Procurement Regulations.

Submission of Expressions of Interest

Interested Individual Consultants should submit an Expression of Interest comprising:

Expressions of Interest must be submitted by Monday, August 17, 2026, at 11:59 p.m. (local time) by email or in hard copy to the address below.

 

Attention:

Ms. Carolla Belle

Deputy General Manager
Dominica Air & Sea Ports Authority  
Woodbridge Bay, Fond Cole, P.O. Box 243,

Roseau, Commonwealth of Dominica

Telephone: 767-255-9110 | 767-266-3158
Email: deputygm@daspa.dm with a copy to crlcprocurement@gmail.com
Website: https://www.domports.daspa.dm

Late submissions may not be considered. Only shortlisted consultants will be contacted.

 

 

 

GOVERNMENT OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF DOMINICA

MINISTRY OF TOURISM

 

TERMS OF REFERENCE

Project ID: 

P182034

Project Name: 

Caribbean Connectivity and Logistics Regional Program – Multiphase Programmatic Approach (MPA)  

Procurement Category:

Consultancy Services

Selection Type:

Individual Consultant (IC)

Assignment Title:

Analytical Study to Support the Preparation of the Connectivity and Logistics Program for the Commonwealth of Dominica.

Duration of Assignment:

Six (6) Months

Estimated Start Date:

September 01, 2026

 

1. Background and Context

The Commonwealth of Dominica is a small island developing state (SIDS) in the Eastern Caribbean, with a population of approximately 72,000 and an economy heavily dependent on tourism, agriculture, and remittances. Like many OECS member states, Dominica faces structural connectivity challenges that constrain trade competitiveness, private sector growth, and economic resilience. Its main trade gateway — the Port of Roseau — suffers from infrastructure limitations, including a cargo pier design that restricts operational efficiency due to warehouses occupying a significant portion of the terminal, and the absence of ship-to-shore equipment. The Port of Portsmouth serves as a dedicated cargo terminal but is also constrained in capacity. Road connectivity, particularly to rural and agricultural areas, remains inadequate and highly vulnerable to natural disasters.

Dominica is also highly exposed to climate-related shocks. Hurricane Maria (2017) caused damages estimated at over 220 percent of GDP, severely disrupting transport infrastructure, supply chains, and livelihoods. This experience has underscored the urgent need to build not only more efficient but fundamentally more resilient connectivity infrastructure and logistics systems.

The Caribbean Reconnect Multi-Phase Programmatic Approach (MPA) is a joint World Bank Group initiative — involving the World Bank, IFC, and MIGA — designed to strengthen connectivity, logistics, and infrastructure across the Caribbean. The program is structured around the following three components:

Phase 1 of the program is expected by FY2028, with the Eastern Caribbean Corridor as the first movers.

This Terms of Reference (ToR) concerns the preparation of the Dominica country program under the Caribbean Reconnect MPA. The Consultant's primary task is to produce the analytical and strategic foundation needed to design a coherent Dominica program across all three MPA components, calibrated to Dominica's market status and grounded in the government's own priorities.

A critical and distinctive feature of this assignment is that the Government of Dominica, through DASPA, has already developed a substantive project concept — the DASPA Digitalization Project Conceptualization Proposal — covering a structured six-component digital transformation roadmap for DASPA's port operations. The Government-owned concept represents a significant investment of institutional knowledge and strategic thinking, and must be treated as the primary analytical foundation for the digitalization and infrastructure dimensions of the program. The technical review and validation of this concept will be carried out in parallel by World Bank STCs with specialized port technology expertise. The Consultant under this ToR will ensure that the findings of that review are fully integrated into the Dominica program design.

2. Objectives of the Assignment

The consultancy has two (2) overarching objectives:

3. Scope of Work

3.1 Component 1: Focused Connectivity and Logistics Diagnostic

To complement the government's digitalization concept with the broader analytical framing required by the Caribbean Reconnect Program, the Consultant will conduct a targeted — not exhaustive — diagnostic of Dominica's connectivity and logistics landscape. Given the budget and duration of this assignment, the diagnostic should be focused and evidence-based, drawing heavily on existing data and studies rather than generating new primary research from scratch. The diagnostic will cover the following dimensions:

 

 

 

 

 

Beyond the above dimensions, the diagnostic must also address two cross-cutting themes that are central to the Reconnect MPA:

  1. Private Sector Participation (PSP) Readiness: An assessment of the current state and potential for private sector participation in Dominica's port and logistics sector. This should cover: existing concession or PPP arrangements (if any); the regulatory and institutional framework governing PSP; private sector interest and capacity; and the specific barriers — legal, institutional, financial, reputational — that constrain private sector engagement. Given Dominica's classification as a less-mature market, the assessment should identify the foundational reforms and institutional strengthening measures needed to create conditions for PSP over the medium term, as well as any near-term opportunities that IFC or MIGA could support.
  2. Green Logistics and Decarbonization: A high-level baseline assessment of the carbon footprint and energy intensity of Dominica's port and logistics operations, and an identification of priority opportunities for decarbonization — such as shore power, solar energy for port facilities, fuel-efficient vessels for inter-island services, or green logistics zone design. This should inform the inclusion of decarbonization investments in the infrastructure component of the program.

The diagnostic should yield a concise, structured synthesis of findings organized around the three MPA components — Reforms, Enabling Infrastructure, and Mobilization — clearly identifying what the Dominica program should address under each component.

3.2 Component 2: Dominica MPA Country Program Document

Drawing on the Connectivity and Logistics Diagnostic (Component 1) and the World Bank STC technical review of the DASPA Digitalization Concept, the Consultant will produce a Dominica MPA Country Program Document. This is the primary output of the assignment. It must be structured explicitly around the three components of the Caribbean Reconnect MPA, and must be sufficiently detailed to serve as the basis for a World Bank lending operation targeting FY2028.

The document will cover:

 

 

Cross-cutting Elements: In addition to the three component-specific sections, the document will:

Validation Workshop: Before finalizing the Country Program Document, the Consultant will organize and facilitate a validation workshop with relevant government decision-makers and key stakeholders. The workshop will present the proposed program scope, investment priorities, reform agenda, and implementation roadmap across all three MPA components, and will seek formal endorsement of the program direction from senior government counterparts. The workshop should be held in Dominica and timed to take place after the submission of the Draft Country Program Document (D3) and before the final version (D4), so that validation feedback can be incorporated into the final document. A brief workshop report summarizing discussions, decisions, and any agreed amendments to the program scope should be submitted alongside D4. The World Bank Task Team will co-facilitate the workshop alongside the Consultant.

4. Key Deliverables and Timeline

The total duration of the consultancy is six (6) months from the date of contract signing. The following deliverables are expected:

#

Deliverable

Due

Payment Milestone

D1

Inception Report Acceptance: Refined methodology, stakeholder engagement plan, work plan, and inventory of existing documents and data (including DASPA Digitalization Proposal, As-Is Analysis outputs, and World Bank STC review schedule)

Week 3

10%

D2

Connectivity and Logistics Diagnostic Note Acceptance: Focused diagnostic covering Component 1 findings, organized around the three MPA components (Reforms, Enabling Infrastructure, Mobilization), including PSP readiness assessment and green logistics baseline.

Month 3

30%

D3

Draft Dominica MPA Country Program Document Acceptance: Full three-component program design integrating the DASPA digitalization agenda (with STC review findings), connectivity and logistics investments, reform agenda, PSP and WBG joint engagement strategy, results framework, financing strategy, and project preparation roadmap

Month 5

40%

D4

Final Dominica MPA Country Program Document Acceptance: Incorporating all consolidated feedback from the World Bank and Government of Dominica.

Month 6

20%


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. Methodology and Approach

Given the budget and duration of this assignment, the Consultant is expected to adopt a focused, evidence-based methodology that maximizes the use of existing analytical work — particularly the DASPA Digitalization Conceptualization Proposal and the As-Is Business Process Analysis — rather than duplicating prior efforts. Key methodological requirements include:

 

 

 

 

 

 

6. Required Qualifications and Experience

The assignment will be undertaken by an Individual Consultant with demonstrated expertise in transport economics, logistics, and connectivity planning. The Consultant should possess the following qualifications and experience:

Senior Transport and Logistics Economist / Connectivity Specialist

Minimum Qualifications and Experience

7.0 Level of Effort

The estimated level of effort of the assignment is approximately 90–100 working days over a six-month period.

The Consultant may propose to engage a local Dominica-based facilitator for in-country stakeholder consultations, within the overall budget envelope.

8.0 Reporting and Governance

The Consultant will report to the Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of Tourism, who will serve as the primary government counterpart. The Consultant will work in close collaboration with the Dominica Air and Sea Ports Authority (DASPA). The World Bank Task Team will provide technical oversight and review all deliverables.

9.0 Budget, Timing, Duration, and Logistics

The estimated budget available for this assignment is up to USD 110,000, inclusive of all professional fees, travel, accommodation, subsistence, withholding tax in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Dominica, and any other costs required to complete the assignment. The contract will be negotiated with the selected Individual Consultant and will be implemented on a lump sum basis, with payments made against the satisfactory completion and acceptance of the agreed deliverables.

The consultancy is expected to commence in September 2026 and will be completed over a period of six (6) months. The estimated level of effort required from the Individual Consultant is approximately 90–100 working days. This estimate is provided for planning purposes only and does not constitute a basis for payment, which will be made against accepted deliverables.

The Consultant will be responsible for arranging and financing all travel, accommodation, and logistics required for in-country missions within the agreed lump sum amount. The Government of Dominica, through DASPA, the Ministry responsible for Ports, the Ministry responsible for Infrastructure, and the Ministry of Finance, will facilitate access to relevant government counterparts, available data and studies (including the DASPA Digitalization Conceptualization Proposal), and relevant stakeholder networks required for successful completion of the assignment.

9.0 Confidentiality and Ownership of Information

All data, analysis, and reports produced under this assignment are the property of the Government of Dominica. The Consultant shall treat all information obtained during the assignment as strictly confidential and shall not disclose it to any third party without the prior written consent of the Government. The Consultant shall declare any conflict of interest prior to commencement and throughout the assignment.

10. Confidentiality and Ownership of Information

All data, analysis, and reports produced under this assignment are the property of the Government of Dominica. The Consultant shall treat all information obtained during the assignment as strictly confidential and shall not disclose it to any third party without the prior written consent of the Government. The Consultant shall declare any conflict of interest prior to commencement and throughout the assignment.

"},{"id":"OP00445200","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"27-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-16T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:00","project_ctry_name":"Kosovo","project_id":"P179831","project_name":"KOMPAS - Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening","bid_reference_no":"XK-MOH-A1.03-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Consulting firm to provide technical assistance for the initial implementation of the Integrated Health Information System (IHIS)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Zagreb Street, Pristina 10000","contact_ctry_name":"Kosovo","contact_email":"fanol.duli@rks-gov.net","contact_name":"Fanol Duli","contact_organization":"Ministry of Health","contact_phone_no":"+38344505750","submission_date":"2026-07-27T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Amendment – Request for Expressions of Interest (REOI)
The deadline for submission of Expressions of Interest for the assignment “Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) for IHIS Implementation Oversight and Technical Advisory” (XK-MoH-A1.03-CS-QCBS) has been extended by seven (7) working days.
The new submission deadline is 16 June 2026 at 16:00 (local time).
All other terms and conditions of the REOI remain unchanged.

 

Request for Expression of Interest

 

 

Country: Kosovo                           

Project ID: P179831

World Bank Credit Name: Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening Project

Contract Identification No.: XK-MoH-A1.03-CS-QCBS

Issued on: 15 May 2026

 

Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) for IHIS Implementation Oversight and Technical Advisory

 

Background

The Government of Kosovo (GoK), through the Ministry of Health (MoH), has received financing from the World Bank in the amount of EUR 20 million to support the Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening Project (KOMPAS). This project aims to strengthen governance, quality of care, and efficiency in the healthcare system of Kosovo, positioning digital health as a core pillar of reform. The Integrated Health Information System (IHIS) will play a central role in this transformation.

The Department for Health Information Systems (DSISH), under the Ministry of Health (MoH), is responsible for the implementation of IHIS. To ensure successful implementation and oversight of this large-scale transformation, a Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) will be engaged. The SDHP will provide technical advisory, implementation oversight, quality assurance, and support in the development of technical documents and specifications for the systems required under the KOMPAS project.

For clarity, the SDHP is defined strictly as a technical advisory and oversight partner. The SDHP is NOT an implementation vendor and does NOT have decision-making authority for procurement processes.

Objective of the Assignment:

The primary objective of this engagement is to ensure the successful implementation of the IHIS and its components, including the establishment of core systems such as national registries, shared health records, interoperability layers, and advanced clinical applications. The SDHP will support the Ministry of Health and DSISH in ensuring that all components comply with international standards and that all deliverables are aligned with the Kosovo Digital Health Blueprint.

Key Tasks and Responsibilities

The SDHP will perform the following tasks:

Other specific tasks, scope of services, expected outputs/deliverables, time frames, and professional staff requirements are indicated under the full Terms of Reference (ToR) for this assignment.

The detailed Terms of Reference (ToR) for the assignment are attached to this Request for Expressions of Interest.

Qualification of the Consulting Firm

The selected consulting firm must demonstrate:

Selection Process

The consulting firm will be selected in accordance with the Quality- and Cost-Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, as amended from time to time.

Expressions of Interest will be evaluated based on the following criteria:

Detailed evaluation criteria and procedures will be provided in the Request for Proposals (RFP) to shortlisted firms.

Submission Details

Interested firms are invited to submit their Expression of Interest, including:

Key Experts’ CVs and detailed methodology are not required at the shortlisting stage.

Expression of Interest must be delivered electronically (by e-mail) to the address below no later than 5 June 2026 at 16:00 (local time). Late submissions will not be considered.

Kosovo Ministry of Health
KOMPAS Project Implementation Unit (PIU)
Attn.: Procurement Specialist, KOMPAS
Address: Ministry of Health (MoH)
10 000, Pristine, Republic of Kosovo
Email: blerim.cerkini@rks-gov.net

Cc: fanol.duli@rks-gov.net

 

TERMS OF REFERENCE

for Consultancy Services to

Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) for IHIS Implementation Oversight and Technical Advisory

RFP No.:  XK-MoH-A1.03-CS-QCBS

 

1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY & BACKGROUND

1.1 Executive Summary

  1. This document sets out the Terms of Reference (ToR) for the engagement of a Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) to support the Ministry of Health (MoH), the Department for Health Information Systems (DSISH) and Ministry of Digitalization and Public Administration (MDPA) in:
  1. The KOMPAS Project aims to strengthen governance, quality of care and efficiency of health services in Kosovo, positioning digital health as a core pillar of reform.
  2. IHIS will be built as a standards-based ecosystem, not as a monolithic system. It will:
  1. Within this context, the SDHP will provide independent international expertise to:
  1. The SDHP is defined as a technical advisory and oversight partner, not:

 

1.2 Background and Context

  1. The health system of Kosovo is undergoing a profound digital transformation driven by the Kosovo Digital Health Blueprint 2024–2030, which aims to create an integrated national health information ecosystem where public and private providers exchange data in a secure, standardized and certifiable manner.
  2. DSISH currently operates and maintains/governs several critical systems, including:
  1. These systems are essential for daily operations but suffer from:
  1. Component 2 of the KOMPAS Project seeks to address these issues by:
  1. Due to the technical and regulatory complexity of this transformation, MoH/DSISH and MDPA require an SDHP with:

2. OBJECTIVES, ALIGNMENT WITH BLUEPRINT & TECHNICAL RATIONALE

2.1 Objectives of the Assignment

11. The overall objective is to support MoH/DSISH/MDPA in the development, oversight and quality assurance of all IHIS components, in line with:

  1. Specific objectives are to:

2.2 Alignment with Kosovo IHIS Digital Health Blueprint (2024–2030)

  1. The SDHP shall ensure that all interventions and recommendations are fully aligned with the Blueprint, including:

2.3 Technical Rationale

  1. Implementing IHIS without specialized oversight entails risks of:
  1. The SDHP will provide independent expertise to:

3. SCOPE OF WORK

(20 sub-sections)

3.1 Comprehensive Assessment of Existing Systems

  1. Conduct a comprehensive assessment of BHIS, SMSF, MEDLIS, SMSN, systems at UCCK, regional hospitals and ASHI infrastructure to:

3.2 IHIS Architecture Validation

  1. Validate IHIS architecture against:
  1. Prepare an Architecture Validation Report with logical and physical models, data flows and concrete recommendations.

3.3 Development of Technical Specifications and ToRs

  1. Prepare ToRs with technical and functional specifications for at least the following:

3.4 Oversight of Vendor Implementations

  1. Provide technical oversight for all vendor implementations by:

3.5 SLA Monitoring and Enforcement

  1. Design the technical SLA model and support DSISH/MDPA in monitoring:

3.6 Quality Assurance (QA) Framework

  1. Develop a unified QA Framework covering:
  1. Prepare a QA Plan and support DSISH/MDPA in implementation.

3.7 Quality Control (QC) of Deliverables

  1. Perform QC on all vendor technical deliverables:
  1. Evaluate each delivery against agreed specifications and standards, and compliance with GoK strategies, policies and standards.

3.8 Interoperability Testing

  1. Design and support execution of interoperability tests based on FHIR and IHE, including:

3.9 Establishment of National Conformance Certification Mechanism

  1. Support DSISH/MDPA in establishing a national HIS/HIE conformance certification mechanism by designing:
  1. Responsibility for issuing certificates remains with MoH/DSISH/MDPA.

3.10 Data Governance and Standards Alignment

  1. In cooperation with DSISH/MDPA, draft rules and guidelines for data governance to ensure alignment of:

with international standards and national legislation (e.g. Law No. 06/L-082) and GoK data governance strategy and policy.

 

3.11 Cybersecurity Strengthening

  1. Assess existing security architecture and:

3.12 Support to PIU for World Bank Processes

  1. Support PIU in providing technical inputs and advisory support for World Bank processes, including:

3.13 Integration Strategy for Legacy Systems

  1. Develop an integration/migration strategy for existing systems towards IHIS, ensuring minimal  disruption to clinical and administrative operations, including:

 

3.14 Development of Change Management Strategy

  1. Develop a comprehensive change management strategy for IHIS, including:

3.16 Documentation Management

  1. Ensure full documentation of all technical products, including:

3.17 Deployment Oversight

  1. Provide technical oversight during deployment to test, pre-production and production environments by:

3.18 Risk Identification and Mitigation

  1. Support DSISH in identifying, analysing and monitoring technical, operational, governance and financial risks, maintaining an updated Risk Register with mitigation measures.

3.19 Performance Monitoring Framework

  1. Help develop a Performance Monitoring Framework for IHIS, including:

3.20 Continuous Improvement Recommendations

  1. On a quarterly and annual basis, prepare recommendations for continuous improvement of IHIS architecture, processes, standards, capacities and governance.

4. OVERSIGHT, QA/QC, SLA MONITORING, CHANGE REQUESTS, ACCEPTANCE

4.1 Technical Oversight Model

  1. The SDHP provides independent technical oversight for all IHIS components, including:
  1. The SDHP does not make procurement decisions and does not replace the role of PIU; it provides evidence-based technical support.

4.2 Quality Assurance (QA) Framework

  1. QA focuses on processes and methodologies for verifying quality throughout the lifecycle. The SDHP will:

4.3 Quality Control (QC) of Vendor Deliverables

  1. QC focuses on inspection and validation of vendor outputs, including:

4.4 SLA Monitoring

  1. SLA monitoring will include:

4.5 Change Request (CR) Management Process

  1. The standardized CR process includes:
  2. This ensures controlled, justified and documented changes, aligned with World Bank requirements and best practice.

4.6 Acceptance Procedures and Templates

  1. Technical acceptance requires:
  2. The SDHP will prepare templates for:
  3. PIU grants final acceptance following SDHP recommendation and DSISH/MDPA confirmation.

5. TEAM COMPOSITION, QUALIFICATIONS, WB COMPLIANCE

5.1 Required Team Composition

  1. The SDHP shall field a multidisciplinary team with strong expertise in:
  2. The team shall include at least:
  3. All experts must be independent from vendors that may bid for IHIS implementation contracts, and SDHP shall be responsible for ensuring that all its experts perform their duties professionally, with integrity, and without any conflict of interest in relation to any parties bidding or contracted for the IHIS implementation.

5.2 Role Descriptions and Minimum Qualifications

  1. Team Leader / Project Director
  1. Senior Digital Health Expert
  1. Enterprise Architect (OpenHIE/FHIR/IHE)
  1. FHIR/IHE Interoperability Specialist
  1. Terminology Coding Expert
  1. UX / Patient Experience Specialist
  1. Excellent communication and collaboration skills for cross-functional teams.Government DPI / Digital Infrastructure Specialist
  1. Information Systems Analyst & Designer
  1. Cybersecurity & Data Protection Specialist
  1. Local Technical Liaison / Project Manager

Support smooth implementation and integration of IHIS components at local level. 5.3 Compliance with World Bank Procurement Regulations

  1. The SDHP and its team must comply fully with World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, including:

5.4 Conflict of Interest Safeguards

  1. To ensure integrity:

5.5 Replacement of Key Experts

  1. Replacement of key experts is allowed only in cases of:
  2. Replacement experts must:
  3. Any replacement is subject to approval by PIU and, where required, by the World Bank.

 

6. DELIVERABLES, REPORTING, GOVERNANCE MODEL, PAYMENT SCHEDULE

6.1 Deliverables

  1. Expected deliverables include, but are not limited to:

6.2 Reporting Requirements

  1. The SDHP will report regularly to MoH/DSISH, MDPA and PIU:
  2. All reports shall be provided in Word and PDF formats, according to PIU and World Bank requirements. Monthly Technical Oversight Reports constitute a mandatory reporting obligation under the Contract and are not linked to payments.

6.3 Governance Model

  1. Level 1 – PIU
    • Overall oversight and final decision on deliverables;
    • Communication with the World Bank;
    • Contract and financial management.
  2. Level 2 – DSISH / MoH and MDPA
    • Technical leadership and strategic coordination;
    • Approval of technical specifications;
    • Validation of architecture and standards;
    • Participation in testing and QA/QC.
  3. Level 3 – SDHP
    • Technical advisory;
    • Technical oversight of vendors;
    • QA/QC and interoperability testing support;
    • Drafting technical documents;
    • Training and capacity building.
  4. Level 4 – Implementation Vendors
    • Solution development;
    • Technical and functional testing;
    • Implementation of QA/QC recommendations.

6.4 Payment Schedule (Deliverable-Based)

A. General Provisions

(“Hire consulting company to guide initial implementation”) of the Project Appraisal Document (PAD).

6.5  Workplan & Timeline (34 months)

  1. The SDHP will follow a structured 34-month plan, including:
    1. Months 1–6: drafting of ToRs (can start immediately, based on feasibility study and blueprint); assessment and gap analysis; draft IGs
    2. Months 7–12: final specifications, QA Framework, SLA model, test environment set-up; (Months 13-18 Tendering process)
    3. Months 19–24: implementation and integration, intensive QA/QC, conformance testing;
    4. Months 25–34: stabilization, optimization, final documentation, training, sustainability planning.

 

 

B. Deliverables and Milestones

All deliverables under this Contract shall be measurable, clearly defined, and subject to formal written acceptance by the Client

Milestone 1 – Mobilization and Strategic Inception

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

• Report must include a complete 34-month workplan aligned with PAD;

• Must include sequenced ToRs and Technical Specifications;

• Must define stakeholder coordination and governance structure;

• Must be formally accepted in writing by the Client.

 

Milestone 2 – Digital Health and Institutional Needs Assessment

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

• Assessment Report is submitted in written form;

• Includes comprehensive analysis of the national digital health landscape;

• Includes review of existing health information systems and interoperability arrangements;

• Includes institutional and implementation readiness assessment;

• Includes a prioritized and actionable roadmap aligned with A1.03;

• Formally accepted in writing by the Client.

Milestone 3 – Draft Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications (Batch 1)

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

• A minimum of three (3) Draft Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications are submitted;

• Each document clearly covers:

  - Core IHIS/HIMS components;

  - Interoperability and data-exchange mechanisms;

  - Master data and registry-related components;

• Documents are prepared in accordance with World Bank Standard Procurement Documents;

• Each document includes defined scope, technical requirements, and implementation approach;

• Documents are reviewed and receive technical acceptance by the Client in writing.

Milestone 4 – Final Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications (Batch 1)

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

• Final Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications are fully updated and finalized;

• All Client and World Bank comments are properly incorporated and addressed;

• Documents are procurement-ready and fully aligned with World Bank Standard Procurement Documents;

• Submission for World Bank No-Objection is completed where required;

• Final approval is confirmed in writing by the Client and/or World Bank (as applicable).

Milestone 5 – Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications (Batch 2)

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

• A minimum of two (2) ToRs and Technical Specifications are submitted for Batch 2;

• Documents clearly address additional IHIS-related systems and enabling components;

• Specifications are aligned with governance, quality-of-care, analytics, and reporting requirements;

• All documents are procurement-ready and compliant with World Bank Standard Procurement Documents;

• Documents are formally accepted in writing by the Client.

Milestone 6 – Capacity Building and Structured Training Program

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

• Training needs assessment report is submitted and approved by the Client;

• At least three (3) training modules/curricula are developed;

• At least four (4) training sessions are delivered to designated stakeholders;

• Attendance lists for all training sessions are provided;

• Training materials (manuals, presentations, guides) are submitted;

• Training completion and evaluation report is submitted and approved by the Client.

Milestone 7 – Ongoing Strategic Advisory, Quality Assurance, and Procurement Support

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

• Minimum six (6) periodic advisory reports are submitted during the implementation period;

• Written technical inputs/comments are provided for procurement documentation as requested by the Client;

• Participation in up to ten (10) coordination meetings is completed and documented (virtual or in-person);

• All quality assurance inputs are provided in written form (e.g. tracked changes, memos, or formal comments);

• Each advisory output is acknowledged in writing by the Client.

Milestone 8 – Final Advisory, Knowledge Transfer, and Contract Closure

PAD Reference:

Deliverables:

Payment:

Acceptance Criteria:

C. Summary of Payments

Milestone

Percentage

Milestone 1 – Inception

8%

Milestone 2 – Assessment

12%

Milestone 3 – Draft ToRs (Batch 1)

18%

Milestone 4 – Final ToRs (Batch 1)

15%

Milestone 5 – ToRs (Batch 2)

15%

Milestone 6 – Training

15%

Milestone 7 – Strategic Advisory & QA

12%

Milestone 8 – Closure & Knowledge Transfer

5%

Total

100%

7. ANNEXES

Rationale: Full Annex documents are not attached because they are already defined in the feasibility study, the 2024–2030 Blueprint, and other source materials. Bullet points summarize the key content for SDHP’s reference. All Annexes (A–E) are intended as reference/input documents for SDHP’s work and do not require separate deliverables.

7.1 Annex A – IHIS Architecture Overview

  1. Describes the proposed IHIS architecture based on OpenHIE and the 2024–2030 Blueprint, including:
  2. Presents data flows, FHIR/IHE standards and IL transaction flows, ensuring modularity, scalability and avoidance of vendor lock-in.

7.2 Annex B – Roles & Responsibilities Matrix

  1. Defines roles of:

7.3 Annex C – QA & QC Framework

  1. Details QA/QC standards and processes:

7.4 Annex D – Risk Matrix

  1. Provides a risk matrix covering:

7.5 Annex E – Deliverables Matrix / Acceptance Criteria

  1. For each deliverable, defines:

 

7.6 Annex F – Glossary

  1. Provides definitions for key terms such as:

 

 

 

"},{"id":"OP00458126","notice_type":"Invitation for Bids","noticedate":"24-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-10-30T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Georgia","project_id":"P513957","project_name":"Trans-Caspian Transport Corridor - Georgia Accessibility and Transport Enhancement Project","bid_reference_no":"GE-GR-563165-GO-RFB","bid_description":"Procurement of 45 Main Line DC Freight Electric Locomotives and Full Long-term Technical Maintenance","procurement_group":"GO","procurement_method_code":"RFB","procurement_method_name":"Request for Bids","contact_address":"15 Tamar Mepe Ave., 0112 Tbilisi, Georgia","contact_ctry_name":"Georgia","contact_email":"TCGATE@railway.ge","contact_name":"Teona Miminoshvili","contact_organization":"JSC Georgian Railway","contact_phone_no":"+995 (322) 199009","contact_web_url":"https://www.railway.ge/en/","submission_date":"2026-07-24T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Specific Procurement Notice

Request for Bids

Goods

(Two-Envelope Bidding Process)

Country: Georgia

Name of Project: Trans-Caspian Transport Corridor – Georgia Accessibility and Transport Enhancement Project (Project)

Contract Title: Procurement of 45 Main Line DC Freight Electric Locomotives and Full Long-term Technical Maintenance

Loan No.: IBRD-99810

RFB Reference No.: GE-GR-563165-GO-RFB

 

  1. Georgia has received financing from the World Bank (Bank) toward the cost of the Trans-Caspian Transport Corridor – Georgia Accessibility and Transport Enhancement Project (Project), and intends to apply part of the proceeds toward payments under the contract for Procurement of 45 Main Line DC Freight Electric Locomotives and Full Long-term Technical Maintenance. This contract will be jointly financed by Asian Development Bank (ADB). Bidding process will be governed by the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations. For this contract, the Borrower shall process the payments using the Direct Payment disbursement method, as defined in the World Bank’s Disbursement Guidelines for Investment Project Financing.

2.         The JSC Georgian Railway (GR) now invites sealed Bids from eligible Bidders for Procurement of 45 Main Line DC Freight Electric Locomotives and Full Long-term Technical Maintenance to be to be delivered by a single manufacturer.

Permitted Locomotive Configuration

 

The Bidder shall offer one of the following locomotive configurations only:

 

  1. 2 × Bo-Bo integrated locomotive configuration — total quantity: 45 units; or
  2. Separate paired Bo-Bo locomotive configuration — total quantity: 90 units, forming 45 operational locomotive pairs.

 

Each proposed configuration shall meet all specified performance requirements, including traction capacity, rated power, operational efficiency, compatibility with the Purchaser’s network, and all other technical requirements.

 

No alternative quantity or mixed configuration shall be accepted. The Bid shall be based exclusively on either 45 integrated units or 90 separate Bo-Bo units forming 45 pairs (hereinafter referred to as "45 locomotives").

Delivery Requirement: The locomotives shall be delivered to the depot in city Khashuri, Georgia under the CIP conditions. The 1st locomotive shall be delivered within 27 months from the contract effectiveness date. The remaining 44 locomotives shall be delivered within the deadlines defined in Section VII – Schedule of Requirement to ensure completion of all deliveries within 55 months from the contract effectiveness date.

Scope of the contract includes design, manufacturing, delivery, testing, commissioning (supplied system fully operational, accepted, and ready for commercial service) of 45 Main Line DC Freight Electric Locomotives and at least 2-year warranty period. The contract will be financed by 50/50 from World Bank and ADB sources.

In addition, the scope includes the provision of full technical maintenance services (excluding major overhauls) for the delivered locomotives. These services shall commence upon the Operational Acceptance of the first Locomotive and shall continue throughout the Warranty Period and the subsequent ten (10)-year post-warranty maintenance period for each Locomotive. The overall duration of the Locomotives Maintenance Agreement shall expire upon completion of the ten (10)-year post-warranty maintenance period applicable to the latest delivered Locomotive or batch of Locomotives. The maintenance services shall cover spare parts, consumables, major components, and all necessary maintenance activities. For this purpose, a separate maintenance service agreement will be entered into with the successful Bidder. The terms and conditions of this agreement and are included in the bidding documents and incorporate performance-based Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), payment mechanisms structured on measurable performance criteria, and a price adjustment formula. The maintenance service agreement will be financed from the Purchaser’s own resources and may be extended subject to satisfactory performance.

Under this arrangement, the Supplier shall, as part of its maintenance obligations and at its own cost, design, construct, equip, and commission a new fully operational service center (depot) for the maintenance of at least the forty-five (45) locomotives. Subject to the Supplier’s full compliance with the performance, availability, and maintenance obligations under the Lcomotives Maintenance Agreement, the Purchaser grants the Supplier the right to use the depot facilities for third-party rolling stock and maintenance services. Under all circumstances, the Purchaser’s operational and maintenance requirements shall take precedence. The depot shall be completed and ready for operation prior to the Operational Acceptance of the first locomotive.

For the purpose of new depot, the Borrower shall provide the Supplier with a land plot located within the existing Khashuri depot. The land shall be made available free of charge for the entire duration of the maintenance service agreement under a right of superficies arrangement, granting the Supplier the legal right to design, construct, operate, and maintain the depot on the provided land for the contract period. The Supplier shall retain ownership of the depot, its infrastructure, and all installed equipment during the period in which it is responsible for maintenance services and depot operations under the maintenance contract.

Capabilities and Qualification Requirements: To implement the scope of the contract the Bidder shall meet the following requirements:

  1. Qualification

Qualification Criteria (ITB 32.1)

The Purchaser shall assess each Bid against the following Qualification Criteria. Requirements not included in the text below shall not be used in the evaluation of the Bidder’s qualifications.

 

  1. Financial Capability:
  1. The Bidder shall submit audited financial statements or, if not required by the law of the Bidder’s country, other financial statements acceptable to the Purchaser, for the last three (3) years (2023-2024-2025) prior to bid submission deadline, demonstrating the current soundness of the Bidder’s financial position. For a joint venture, this requirement shall be met by each member.
  1. Specific Experience:

(i) The Bidder shall demonstrate that it has successfully completed at least two (2) contracts in the role of prime contractor within the last ten (10) years prior to bid submission deadline, each for delivery of at least ten (10) main line electric locomotives for the maximum operating speed 120 km/h that are similar in nature and complexity to the Goods and Related Services required under this RFB. The Bidder shall submit relevant completion certificates, taking-over certificates, or equivalent documents acceptable for the Purchaser, issued by previous clients and confirming the successful completion of delivery, testing and current successful operation of locomotives.

For a joint ventures, this requirement may be met by all members combined.

(ii) The Bidder shall demonstrate that it has successfully substantially completed[1]  at least one (1) contract in the role of prime contractor within the last ten (10) years prior to bid submission deadline, each for provision of maintenance or overhaul services of at least twenty (20) main line electric locomotives that are similar in nature and complexity to the Full Technical Maintenance service required under this RFB. The Bidder shall submit performance certificates or reference letters acceptable for the Purchaser, issued by the previous clients confirming that the contract has been or is being performed satisfactorily.

For a joint ventures, this requirement may be met by all members combined.

  1. Documentary Evidence:

The Bidder shall furnish documentary evidence to demonstrate that the offered Goods meet the following requirements:

  1. Prospective bidders must be able to show from independent data that their offered electric locomotive is of mature technology, meaning that it has operated at required contractual levels of availability and reliability in revenue-earning service for at least one year.
  2. All major components, including bogies, traction motors, control equipment and braking systems must be individually shown to be of mature technology, meaning that they have been type tested and have been in successful revenue-earning service for at least one year.

 

  1. Manufacturing experience and Technical Capacity: For the items under the Contract that the bidder is a manufacturer, the Bidder shall furnish documentary evidence to demonstrate that:

 

  1. it has manufactured goods of similar nature and complexity for at least 10 years, prior to the bid submission deadline; and

 

(ii) its annual production capacity of goods of similar nature and complexity for any of the last 10 years prior to the bid submission deadline, is at least eighteen (18) locomotives.

 

The Bidder shall provide documentary evidence to demonstrate compliance with the above requirements.

 

The Purchaser reserves the right to request additional information or clarification to verify the Bidder’s production capacity.

 

  1. Cyber security experience. The Bidder will demonstrate its cyber security experience, practice and track record, including experience in navigating compliance requirements and regulatory standards related to cyber security. The Bidder shall provide documentary evidence of relevant cyber security accreditation such as IEC 62443 or EN 50159:2010 or ISO 27000 (ISO 27001) or equivalent.

 

The Bidder shall provide a cyber security risk assessment and management plan to ensure that the product meets legal and industry-specific security standards and ensures that there are no harmful algorithms in the control systems that can negatively affect operation of the locomotive.

 

  1. Manufacturer’s authorization: A Bidder who does not manufacture an item/s where a Manufacturer Authorization is required in accordance with BDS ITB 17.2 (a), the Bidder shall provide evidence of being duly authorized by a manufacturer (Manufacturer’s Authorization Form, Section IV, Bidding Forms), meeting the criteria in (d) (i) and (ii) above, to supply the Goods;

 

A bidder who does who does not manufacture an item/s where a manufacturer authorization is not required in accordance with BDS ITB 17.2 (a), the bidder shall submit documentation on, its status as a supplier, to the satisfaction of the Purchaser (e.g. authorized dealer/ distributor of the items).

 

At the time of Contract Award, the Bidder (including each sub-contractor proposed by the Bidder) shall not be subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations.

3.         Bidding will be conducted through international competitive procurement using a Request for Bids (RFB) as specified in the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” dated September 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”), and is open to all eligible Bidders as defined in the Procurement Regulations.

4.         Bids will be evaluated in accordance with the evaluation process set out in the bidding documents. The following weightings shall apply for Rated Criteria (including technical and non-price factors): 40% and for Bid cost: 60%.

5.         Interested eligible Bidders may obtain further information on RFB document by sending e-mail at the address given below.

6.         The bidding document in English may be obtained by interested Bidders after the submission of a written request to the address: TCGATE@railway.ge. The document will be sent free of charge by e-mail.

7.         Bids must be delivered to the address below on or before October 30, 2026, time 17:00 Tbilisi time. Late Bids will be rejected. Electronic Bidding will not be permitted. The outer Bid envelopes marked “Original Bid”, and the inner envelopes marked “Technical Part” will be publicly opened in the presence of the Bidders’ designated representatives and anyone who chooses to attend, at the address below on October 30, 2026, time 17:00 Tbilisi time. All envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” shall remain unopened and will be held in safe custody of the Purchaser until the second public opening.8.   All Bids must be accompanied by a “Bid Securing Declaration”.

9.         Attention is drawn to the Procurement Regulations requiring the Borrower to disclose information on the successful bidder’s beneficial ownership, as part of the Contract Award Notice, using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form as included in the bidding document.

10.       The address(es) referred to above is (are):

 

Ms. Teona Miminoshvili,

Head of Procurement Department

JSC Georgian Railway

Address: 15 Tamar Mepe Ave., 0112 Tbilisi, Georgia

2nd Floor, Conference Room 

Website: https://www.railway.ge/en/

 

 

[1] Substantially completed” means that at least fifty percent (50%) of the total contract value has been successfully performed, as evidenced by interim or final certificates issued by the Employer, and the contract is operational without material performance issues.

 

 

 

"},{"id":"OP00458544","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"23-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-06T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"04:00","project_ctry_name":"Somalia, Federal Republic of","project_id":"P177298","project_name":"Somalia Enhancing Public Resource Management Project","bid_reference_no":"SO-MOF-SL-561797-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Environmental Specialist-Center of Excellence for Portfolio Coordination Unit (CEPCU)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Hargeisa, Somaliland","contact_ctry_name":"Somalia, Federal Republic of","contact_email":"Mohamoud.omer@outlook.com","contact_name":"Mohamoud Hussein","contact_organization":"Ministry of Finance, Government of Somaliland","contact_phone_no":"+252634420527","submission_date":"2026-07-23T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

GOVERNMENT OF SOMALILAND

REQUEST FOR EXPERESSION OF INTEREST FOR

CEPCU Environmental Specialist

1. Background

The Government of Somaliland has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of Enhancing Public Resource Management Project (SERP) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services (individual consultant). to develop a lean, portfolio-focused coordination and performance management function that strengthens oversight, reduces implementation fragmentation, and promotes institutional learning across the World Bank-financed portfolio. Therefore, the Ministry of Finance and Economic Development (MoFED) intends to hire an International Environmental Specialist. The Environmental Specialist consultant will fill this gap through portfolio-level advisory support, monitoring, and knowledge transfer.

2. Objective(s) of the Assignment

The Environmental Specialist will provide technical advisory support, portfolio-level environmental safeguards oversight, environmental risk monitoring, and systems strengthening support across World Bank-financed operations in Somaliland. The Specialist is also expected to ensure knowledge transfer to designated government counterparts, while implementation responsibility remains with the respective PIUs and implementing entities.

3. Scope of Work and Key Responsibilities

 4. Selection Criteria

The selection shall be based on qualification, experience and skills of the candidate and followed by an interview. The qualifications, experience, and skills should be included:

5. Consultant’s Qualifications and Experience

A. Education:

B. Professional Experience:

C. Competencies: 

D. Reporting and other Deliverables: The Environmental Specialist will report to the Head of CEPCU and work under the overall guidance of the Director General, MoFED

E. Duration of Assignment: The assignment is expected to take 12 months.

F. The Ministry of Finance and Economic Development with the Center of Excellence for Portfolio Coordination Unit (CEPCU) invites potential candidates for Environmental Specialist as per the Terms of Reference. Interested Individual Consultants shall provide the following: (i) Curriculum Vitae (CV) with 3 reference persons; (ii) copies of certificates of academic qualifications; and (iii) cover letter indicating that they are qualified to perform the services.

G. Submission Requirements: The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to section III, para 3.14,3.16 & 3.17 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers: Procurement in Investment Projects Financing Goods, Works, Non -Consulting and Consulting Services, July 2016, revised November 2017, August 2018, November 2020, September 2023 and March 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. 

H. The Individual Consultant will be hired based on the World Bank’s Guidelines for Selection and Employment of Consultants (July 1, 2016, and updated November 2017, August 2018, November 2020, September 2023) and March 2025.

I. Mode of submission of Applications: Interested applicants can access additional information, including the detailed Terms of Reference (ToR) for the assignment, by visiting the following website: https://www.slmof.org or can be provided upon submission of application by e-mail or in person. The e-mail address is provided below from 8:30 to 16:00 p.m. Hargeisa time (Excluding public holidays).

J. Deadline: Expressions of interest (EOI) and CV must be delivered (by e-mail or in person) in a written form of hard copy (if not by e-mail) to the address below by 6th August 2026 at 4:00 pm (Hargeisa Time) – marked clearly as – Environmental Specialist.

Attention; Somaliland Enhancing Public Resource Management Project (SERP)

Ministry of Finance & Economic Development

Opp. of the Ministry of Education and Science

Hargeisa, Somaliland

Email Address: To: procurementserp@gmail.com, & Copy: mohamoud.omer@outlook.com 

"},{"id":"OP00457809","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"21-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-31T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Ukraine","project_id":"P508490","project_name":"Preparation of Resilient Projects to Advance Recovery of Ukraine (PREPARE Ukraine)","bid_reference_no":"PREPARE-C3-11","bid_description":"Procurement Specialist","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"174 Antonovycha Street, Kyiv, Ukraine 03150","contact_ctry_name":"Ukraine","contact_email":"kyrylo.nishenko@gmail.com","contact_name":"Kyrylo Nishenko","contact_organization":"THE STATE ORGANIZATION “AGENCY ON SUPPORT PUBLIC-PRIVATE PARTNERSHIP”","contact_phone_no":"+380509801846","contact_web_url":"https://pppagency.gov.ua/uk/","submission_date":"2026-07-21T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST (REOI)

CONSULTANT’S (INDIVIDUAL (CONSULTANT SELECTION – IC)

 

Country: Ukraine

Project Name: Preparation of Resilient Projects to Advance Recovery of Ukraine (PREPARE Ukraine)

Project No.: P508490

Grant No.: TF0C8992

Client: State Organization “Agency on support Public-Private Partnership”

Assignment Title: Procurement Specialist

Procurement Reference No. (as per Procurement Plan): PREPARE-C3-11

 

The Government of Ukraine (GoU) has established the Ukraine Government Project Preparation Facility (Ukraine Government PPF) to support preparation of public investment projects for Ukraine’s recovery and reconstruction under the State Organization “Agency on support Public-Private Partnership” (hereinafter - PPP Agency). The Ukraine Government PPF is supported by the World Bank Group (WBG) through the Project “Preparation of Resilient Projects to Advance Recovery of Ukraine” (PREPARE Ukraine)” (hereinafter referred to as the Project). PREPARE Ukraine is financed by grants from the Ukraine Relief, Recovery, Reconstruction, and Reform Trust Fund (URTF) administered by the World Bank. The Grant Agreement (URTF No. TF0C8992) for the initial tranche of $44.3 million was signed between Ukraine and the World Bank on July 10, 2025 from donor contributions, including the US, UK FCDO and other URTF donors.

PPP Agency is responsible for operation of the Ukraine Government PPF and implementation of the PREPARE Ukraine Project under general supervision of the Ministry of Economy, Environment and Agriculture of Ukraine (hereinafter – MoE) in line with the World Bank policies and requirements. Within the Ukraine Government PPF, PPP Agency’s functions include (i) preparation of public investment projects prioritized as part of the Ukraine’s public investment management (“PIM”) process, approved by the Strategic Investment Council (SIC), and submitted to the PPF/PPP Agency (hereinafter – Investments), and (ii) at the same time building the capacity of the GoU in preparing effective and bankable public investment projects that meet international standards, including those of the EU.

PPP Agency created a Project Implementation Unit (hereinafter – PIU) for day-to-day management of the Ukraine Government PPF activities and implementation of the PREPARE Ukraine Project, including disbursements, financial management, reporting and other Project related activities. PIU shall be responsible for performing all the activities and functions of the Ukraine Government PPF and reporting to the World Bank as well as general coordination of activities and reporting under the PREPARE Ukraine Project [through the MoE].

The need for the PPP Agency to engage consultants by purchasing their services is justified by the need for effective implementation of the Ukraine Government PPF activities funded under PREPARE Ukraine Project, defined general standards for operations, ensuring their universality and transparency, and facilitating and assisting the staff of the PPP Agency, as a Project participant, in the decision-making process.

PREPARE Ukraine Project is being implemented as the Investment Project Financing and is regulated by the Decree of the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine dated 27.01.2016 70 “On the procedure for the preparation, implementation, monitoring and completion of the implementation of economic and social development projects of Ukraine supported by international financial organizations”, other legal acts of the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine, Orders of MoE and Project documents: Project Operations Manual (POM), Environmental and Social Commitment Plan (ESCP), and Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF).

The Procurement Specialist will support and provide assistance to the PPP Agency on the procurement of mainly consulting services within the framework of the PREPARE Ukraine Project in line with the World Bank policies and requirements. This will include (i) preparation and regular updates of the Project Procurement Plan; (ii) preparation of Bidding Documents and assistance to the Tender Committee; (iii) monitoring the implementation of contracts with contractors; and (iv) planning, supervision and reporting on Project procurement.

The Procurement Specialist will perform the following tasks:

  1. Preparation and regular updates of the Project Procurement Plan;
  2. Preparation of Bidding Documents, Requests for Proposals, evaluation reports, draft Contracts and other procurement-related documents;
  3. Participation in preparation of Terms of References under the Project procurement;
  4. Provision regular assistance and clarifications to the Tender Committee, evaluation groups under the Project related procurement activities;
  5. Participation in contracts administration (preparation and review of amendment, variations, notices, etc.);
  6. Follow-up and assistance in other Project procurement activities;
  7. Planning, supervision and reporting on Project procurement;
  8. Maintain databases and archive all documentation on procurement under the Project;
  9. Organization of training, exchange of experience and study tours for MoE, PPP Agency and other main Project stakeholders;
  10. Performance of other tasks required under the Project.

The services shall be provided in the city of Kyiv (with the possibility of remote service provision) from the start of the implementation period for 1 calendar year (Approximately from 01 August 2026).

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this REOI.

 

The PPP Agency invites eligible consultants (the "Consultants") to express their interest in providing the Services. Eligible Consultants shall provide information confirming that they have the qualifications and experience required to perform the Services. The selection of most qualified and experienced Consultant for the assignment will be based on the following criteria:

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to paragraphs 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (September 2023 edition), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

A consultant will be selected under IC selection procedure as set out in the Procurement Regulations.

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours (09:00 to 17:00 Kyiv time).

CV must be delivered in English by e-mail no later than July 31, 2026 until 17:00 (Kyiv time) to:

State Organization “Agency on Support of Public-Private Partnership” (PPP Agency)

Attn: Procurement Team, PREPARE Project

E-mail: info@pppagency.me.gov.ua

Mandatory copy to: kyrylo.nishenko@gmail.com

Address: 174 Antonovycha St., Kyiv, 03150, Ukraine.

Expressions of interest should be submitted with the following topic: “PREPARE-C3-11: Procurement Specialist”.

            Attachment:

- Terms of Reference (ToR) – Procurement Specialist

 

Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

Procurement Specialist

Terms of Reference

 

1.BACKGROUND

The Government of Ukraine (GoU) has established the Ukraine Government Project Preparation Facility (Ukraine Government PPF) to support preparation of public investment projects for Ukraine’s recovery and reconstruction under the State Organization “Agency on support Public-Private Partnership” (hereinafter - PPP Agency). The Ukraine Government PPF is supported by the World Bank Group (WBG) through the Project “Preparation of Resilient Projects to Advance Recovery of Ukraine” (PREPARE Ukraine)” (hereinafter referred to as the Project). PREPARE Ukraine is financed by grants from the Ukraine Relief, Recovery, Reconstruction, and Reform Trust Fund (URTF) administered by the World Bank. The Grant Agreement (URTF No. TF0C8992) for the initial tranche of $44.3 million was signed between Ukraine and the World Bank on July 10, 2025 from donor contributions, including the US, UK FCDO and other URTF donors.

PPP Agency is responsible for operation of the Ukraine Government PPF and implementation of the PREPARE Ukraine Project under general supervision of the Ministry of Economy, Environment and Agriculture of Ukraine (hereinafter – MoE) in line with the World Bank policies and requirements. Within the Ukraine Government PPF, PPP Agency’s functions include (i) preparation of public investment projects prioritized as part of the Ukraine’s public investment management (“PIM”) process, approved by the Strategic Investment Council (SIC), and submitted to the PPF/PPP Agency (hereinafter – Investments), and (ii) at the same time building the capacity of the GoU in preparing effective and bankable public investment projects that meet international standards, including those of the EU.

PPP Agency created a Project Implementation Unit (hereinafter – PIU) for day-to-day management of the Ukraine Government PPF activities and implementation of the PREPARE Ukraine Project, including disbursements, financial management, reporting and other Project related activities. PIU shall be responsible for performing all the activities and functions of the Ukraine Government PPF and reporting to the World Bank as well as general coordination of activities and reporting under the PREPARE Ukraine Project [through the MoE].

The need for the PPP Agency to engage consultants by purchasing their services is justified by the need for effective implementation of the Ukraine Government PPF activities funded under PREPARE Ukraine Project, defined general standards for operations, ensuring their universality and transparency, and facilitating and assisting the staff of the PPP Agency, as a Project participant, in the decision-making process.

PREPARE Ukraine Project is being implemented as the Investment Project Financing and is regulated by the Decree of the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine dated 27.01.2016 70 “On the procedure for the preparation, implementation, monitoring and completion of the implementation of economic and social development projects of Ukraine supported by international financial organizations”, other legal acts of the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine, Orders of MoE and Project documents: Project Operations Manual (POM), Environmental and Social Commitment Plan (ESCP), and Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF).

2.OBJECTIVE

The Procurement Specialist will support and provide assistance to the PPP Agency on the procurement of mainly consulting services within the framework of the PREPARE Ukraine Project in line with the World Bank policies and requirements. This will include (i) preparation and regular updates of the Project Procurement Plan; (ii) preparation of Bidding Documents and assistance to the Tender Committee; (iii) monitoring the implementation of contracts with contractors; and (iv) planning, supervision and reporting on Project procurement.

3.SCOPE OF SERVICES

The Procurement Specialist will perform the following tasks:

  1. Preparation and regular updates of the Project Procurement Plan;
  2. Preparation of Bidding Documents, Requests for Proposals, evaluation reports, draft Contracts and other procurement-related documents;
  3. Participation in preparation of Terms of References under the Project procurement;
  4. Provision regular assistance and clarifications to the Tender Committee, evaluation groups under the Project related procurement activities;
  5. Participation in contracts administration (preparation and review of amendment, variations, notices, etc.);
  6. Follow-up and assistance in other Project procurement activities;
  7. Planning, supervision and reporting on Project procurement;
  8. Maintain databases and archive all documentation on procurement under the Project;
  9. Organization of training, exchange of experience and study tours for MoE, PPP Agency and other main Project stakeholders;
  10. Performance of other tasks required under the Project.

4.REPORTING

The Procurement Specialist will report to the PIU/ Ukraine Government PPF Project Manager, Director of the PPP Agency, and Project Coordinator appointed from the MoE.

5.PROVIDED RESOURCES

6.REQUIRED EDUCATION AND QUALIFICATIONS

7.PLACE, DURATION AND REMUNERATION

The services shall be provided in the city of Kyiv (with the possibility of remote service provision) from the start of the implementation period for 1 calendar year (Approximately from August 01, 2026). The services will be provided on a full-time/ part-time basis with 3 months of probation period and option to extend subject to the Consultant’s appropriate performance of the services. The term of the Contract for Consulting Services may be extended until the Project Closing Date (June 30, 2030) or such other date as agreed by the parties in writing, as may be necessary. The Consultant’s services shall be paid on the monthly basis according to the rate approved at the moment of executing the full-time contract.

 

 

"},{"id":"OP00458124","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"21-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-06T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"15:00","project_ctry_name":"Eastern and Southern Africa","project_id":"P176371","project_name":"Eastern Africa Regional Statistics Program-for-Results","bid_reference_no":"TN-STATAFRIC - AUC-546834-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Individual Consultant (IC) perform the consultancy services to develop Guidelines for phone observatory surveys.","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Building C, 3rd Floor,\nP.O Box 3243, Roosevelt Street\nAddis Ababa, Ethiopia\nTel: +251 (0) 11 551 770","contact_ctry_name":"Tunisia","contact_email":"tender@africanunion.org","contact_name":"Hatem Elabidy","contact_organization":"African Union Commission","contact_phone_no":"+251 (0) 11 551 7700","contact_web_url":"https://au.int/en/bid/individual-consultant-ic-perform-consultancy-services-develop-guidelines-phone-observatory","submission_date":"2026-07-21T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

(CONSULTING SERVICES – INDIVIDUAL CONSULTANT)

 

Name of Project: Eastern Africa Regional Statistics Program-for-Results (EARSPforR)

Grant No: P176371

Assignment Title: Individual Consultant (IC) to perform the Consultancy services to develop Guidelines for Phone Observatory Surveys in Africa.

Reference No. TN-STATAFRIC-AUC-546834-CS-INDV.

 

  1. Background

Demand for timely, high-frequency, and cost-effective data has led African countries to explore innovative ways of data collection and statistical production. Traditional face-to-face surveys, while essential, are often resource-intensive, time-consuming, and difficult to implement during emergencies, conflicts, pandemics, natural disasters, and other situations that restrict field operations. Recent advancements in mobile phone penetration, telecommunications infrastructure, digital technologies, and data science have created opportunities for conducting Phone Observatory Surveys (POS) as a complementary data collection mechanism. Phone surveys have proven effective in generating rapid information on socio-economic conditions, employment, food security, health, education, migration, business performance, agricultural activities, prices, and citizen perceptions.

 

Despite the growing uptake of phone surveys across Africa, there remains a significant gap in continent-specific, harmonised guidelines that address the unique challenges of the continent. The absence of such guidelines results in fragmented approaches, inconsistent methodologies, and data that are difficult to compare. Therefore, there is need to develop continental guidelines that provide methodological, operational, institutional, and ethical standards for the design, implementation, analysis, and dissemination of Phone Observatory Surveys in Africa. The guidelines will support National Statistical Offices (NSOs), Central Banks, Ministries, Research Institutions, Regional Economic Communities, and Development Partners in producing reliable, timely, and internationally comparable data through phone-based data collection systems.

 

It is against this background that Africa Union seeks to recruit a qualified consultant to develop comprehensive and practical Guidelines for Phone Observatory Surveys in Africa.

 

  1. Objectives of the assignment

The objective of this assignment is to develop harmonised, standardised and Africa-specific guidelines for the design and implementation of Phone Observatory Surveys across the continent. The specific objectives are to:

  1. Review and assess the existing international, continental and regional guidelines, frameworks, standards, and best practices for phone-based surveys.
  2. Assess the landscape of phone observatory surveys currently being conducted across African countries, identifying gaps, challenges, and lessons learned.
  3. Develop comprehensive, step-by-step guidelines covering all phases of a phone observatory survey, from design and sampling through to data dissemination and archiving.
  4. Propose a harmonised set of core indicators and modules that can be adapted for use.
  5. Provide recommendations for institutionalising phone observatories within national statistical systems and for ensuring their sustainability.

 

  1. Duration and Timeline

The Individual Consultant (IC) is expected to produce a guideline document within 90 days from the date of signing the consultancy services contract.

 

  1. Reporting and supervision

The Individual Consultant (IC) will work remotely with STATAFRIC staff and will provide regular updates according to the agreed timeline. The contract is proposed under the following terms and conditions:

 

 

  1. Timeframe

Activity

Deliverables/ Outputs

Anticipated Duration (Days)

  1. Defining the consultant’s approach to delivering the guideline.

Methodological report outlines the consultant’s approach to undertaking this consultancy. This should be after the submission of an inception report.

10 days

  1. Development of guidelines for Phone Observatory Surveys in Africa.

Assessment report and outline of the guideline.

20 days

Draft of the guideline.

30 days

stakeholders’ consultations and validation report with feedback on the draft guideline.

10 days

Report for in-person presentation of the updated guidelines to STATAFRIC and other stakeholders

10 days

Finalized guideline.

10 days

 

  1. Required Qualifications and Experience

The Individual Consultant (IC) should have at least a master’s degree in statistics, demography, economics, Social Sciences, or a related field with at least 15 years of professional experience.

 

  1. Experience:
  1. A minimum of 10 years of experience in survey methodology, statistical data collection, or National Statistical System development.
  2. Demonstrated experience in designing and/or implementing phone-based surveys or high-frequency surveys, preferably in Africa
  3. Experience with CATI systems, digital data collection tools and survey sampling methods.
  4. Experience working with National Statistical Offices, African Union institutions, Regional Economic Communities, or international statistical organisations.
  5. Prior experience developing guidelines, standards, or methodological frameworks for statistical purposes.
  6. Experience facilitating stakeholder consultations and technical workshops
  7. Demonstrated effective, oral, written communication skills and able to write concise and understandable reports;
  8. Language proficiency in at least one of the AU languages (Arabic, English, French or Portuguese).

 

  1. Evaluation Criteria

The Candidate shall be evaluated based on the following criteria:

 

Evaluation Criteria

  1. General experience: 10%

Use the general experience indicated in the ToR

  1. Specific experience: 40%

Use the Specific experience indicated in the ToR

  1. Qualifications: 25 %

Use the qualification indicated in the ToR

  1. Methodological note: 15 %

Understanding the stipulated tasks in the ToR and the entire assignment.

  1. Language: 10 %

 

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest.

 

The African Union Commission now invites eligible individuals (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Individual Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.

 

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016, revised November 2020 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. 

 

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Individual Consultant selection method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

 

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours i.e. 0900 to 1700 hours.

 

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form following the above shortlisting criteria to the address below (in person, or by mail) before 06th August 2026 at 15:00 Hours Local Time, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.

 

Only submitted Expression of Interests (EoIs) mentioning the reference number “TN-STATAFRIC-AUC-546834-CS-INDV“ in the subject field of the e-mail, will be considered.

 

African Union Commission,

Attn: Head, Supply Chain Management Division - Operations Support Services Directorate

Building C, 3rd Floor,

P.O Box 3243, Roosevelt Street

Addis Ababa, Ethiopia

Tel: +251 (0) 11 551 7700 – Ext 4305

Fax: +251 (0) 11 551 0442; +251 11-551-0430

E-mails: tender@africanunion.org

 

Terms of Reference

 

Individual Consultant (IC) to perform the Consultancy Services to develop

Guidelines for Phone Observatory Surveys in Africa.

 

  1. Background

Demand for timely, high-frequency, and cost-effective data has led African countries to explore innovative ways of data collection and statistical production. Traditional face-to-face surveys, while essential, are often resource-intensive, time-consuming, and difficult to implement during emergencies, conflicts, pandemics, natural disasters, and other situations that restrict field operations. Recent advancements in mobile phone penetration, telecommunications infrastructure, digital technologies, and data science have created opportunities for conducting Phone Observatory Surveys (POS) as a complementary data collection mechanism. Phone surveys have proven effective in generating rapid information on socio-economic conditions, employment, food security, health, education, migration, business performance, agricultural activities, prices, and citizen perceptions.

 

Despite the growing uptake of phone surveys across Africa, there remains a significant gap in continent-specific, harmonised guidelines that address the unique challenges of the continent. The absence of such guidelines results in fragmented approaches, inconsistent methodologies, and data that are difficult to compare. Therefore, there is need to develop continental guidelines that provide methodological, operational, institutional, and ethical standards for the design, implementation, analysis, and dissemination of Phone Observatory Surveys in Africa. The guidelines will support National Statistical Offices (NSOs), Central Banks, Ministries, Research Institutions, Regional Economic Communities, and Development Partners in producing reliable, timely, and internationally comparable data through phone-based data collection systems.

 

It is against this background that Africa Union seeks to recruit a qualified consultant to develop comprehensive and practical Guidelines for Phone Observatory Surveys in Africa.

 

  1. Objectives of the assignment

The objective of this assignment is to develop harmonised, standardised and Africa-specific guidelines for the design and implementation of Phone Observatory Surveys across the continent. The specific objectives are to:

 

  1. Review and assess the existing international, continental and regional guidelines, frameworks, standards, and best practices for phone-based surveys;
  2. Assess the landscape of phone observatory surveys currently being conducted across African countries, identifying gaps, challenges, and lessons learned;
  3. Develop comprehensive, step-by-step guidelines covering all phases of a phone observatory survey, from design and sampling through to data dissemination and archiving;
  4. Propose a harmonised set of core indicators and modules that can be adapted for use
  5. Provide recommendations for institutionalising phone observatories within national statistical systems and for ensuring their sustainability

 

  1. Specific Tasks

The consultant shall undertake the following tasks;

 

  1. Inception and Situational Analysis:
  1. Prepare and submit methodological and Inception Reports outlining the consultant's understanding of the assignment, a work plan, and a proposed structure for the guidelines.
  2. Review/assessment of the existing international, continental and regional guidelines, methodological frameworks and practices for phone observatory surveys and document their design, identify gaps, challenges and opportunities.
  3. Identify the key technical, operational, and institutional challenges specific to conducting phone surveys in Africa.

 

  1. Stakeholder Consultations:
  1. Conduct structured consultations (survey/census/meetings) with key stakeholders, including NSOs, RECs, development partners, mobile network operators, survey practitioners, and data users across African subregions.
  2. Develop a self-assessment checklist for NSOs to assess readiness for establishing a phone observatory.

 

  1. Development of the Guidelines:

Develop comprehensive guidelines covering the following:

 

  1. Conceptual and Institutional Framework: Definitions and purpose of a Phone Observatory Survey, Typology of phone-based survey modes (CATI, IVR, SMS, mobile web), Legal, ethical, and data protection considerations, Institutional anchoring within the National Statistical System, Governance structures and coordination mechanisms.
  2. Survey Design and Planning: Thematic scope and selection of indicators, questionnaire design principles for phone-based surveys, adaptation of questionnaires for multilingual and low-literacy populations, survey length and respondent fatigue considerations.
  3. Sampling Methodology: Overview of sampling frames available in Africa, strategies for addressing coverage bias and phone ownership gaps, sample size determination and precision requirements, Weighting, and representativeness considerations.
  4. Technology and Infrastructure: Selection and configuration of CATI software platforms, Requirements for call center infrastructure (in-house vs. outsourced), data security and storage protocols, use of mobile-based platforms and open-source tools.
  5. Data Collection, Processing, and Quality Assurance: Field management and call scheduling, response rate monitoring and non-response analysis, data cleaning, editing, and imputation procedures, quality assurance frameworks and indicators.
  6. Data Analysis, Dissemination, and Use: Weighting and calibration procedures, Estimation and variance calculation methods, Reporting formats and dissemination platforms, Integration of phone survey data with other data sources.

 

  1. Validation and Finalisation:
  1. Undertake stakeholders’ validation and incorporate feedback received
  2. Submit the Final Guidelines Document

 

  1. Deliverables
  1. Methodological Report: A detailed report outlining the methodology to be used to undertake this consultancy and a stakeholder engagement strategy. This should be after submission of an inception report indicating the work plan with deliverables and timelines.
  2. Review/assessment Report: Summarizing findings from the assessment of existing practices and standards, and stakeholders’ consultations.
  3. Draft of the Guidelines: Including detailed recommendations for phone observatory surveys.
  4. Stakeholder validation Report: Summarizing feedback and input from stakeholders
  5. Report on presentation to STATAFRIC and wider stakeholders.
  6. Final Guidelines: Comprehensive and ready for adoption by relevant stakeholders.

 

  1. Duration and Timeline

The Individual Consultant (IC) is expected to produce a guideline document within 90 days from the date of signing the consultancy contract. 

 

  1. Reporting and supervision.

The consultant will work remotely with STATAFRIC staff and will provide regular updates according to the agreed timeline. The contract is proposed under the following terms and conditions:

 

 

 

 

  1. Timeframe

Activity

Deliverables/ Outputs

Anticipated Duration (Days)

  1. Defining the consultant’s approach to delivering the guideline.

Methodological report outlines the consultant’s approach to undertaking this consultancy. This should be after the submission of an inception report.

10 days

  1. Development of guidelines for Phone Observatory Surveys in Africa.

Assessment report and outline of the guideline.

20 days

Draft of the guideline.

30 days

stakeholders’ consultations and validation report with feedback on the draft guideline.

10 days

Report for in-person presentation of the updated guidelines to STATAFRIC and other stakeholders

10 days

Finalized guideline.

10 days

 

  1. Required Qualifications and Experience

The Individual Consultant (IC) should have at least a master’s degree in statistics, demography, economics, Social Sciences, or a related field with at least 15 years of professional experience.

 

  1. Experience:

 

  1. A minimum of 10 years of experience in survey methodology, statistical data collection, or National Statistical System development.
  2. Demonstrated experience in designing and/or implementing phone-based surveys or high-frequency surveys, preferably in Africa
  3. Experience with CATI systems, digital data collection tools and survey sampling methods.
  4. Experience working with National Statistical Offices, African Union institutions, Regional Economic Communities, or international statistical organisations.
  5. Prior experience developing guidelines, standards, or methodological frameworks for statistical purposes.
  6. Experience facilitating stakeholder consultations and technical workshops
  7. Demonstrated effective, oral, written communication skills and able to write concise and understandable reports;
  8. Language proficiency in at least one of the AU languages (Arabic, English, French or Portuguese).
  1. Evaluation Criteria

The Candidate shall be evaluated based on the following criteria:

 

Evaluation Criteria

  1. General experience: 10%

Use the general experience indicated in the ToR

  1. Specific experience: 40%

Use the Specific experience indicated in the ToR

  1. Qualifications: 25%

Use the qualification indicated in the ToR

  1. Methodological note: 15%

Understanding the stipulated tasks in the ToR and the entire assignment.

  1. Language: 10%

 

  1. Payment Terms and Milestones

Payments will be made in installments based on the delivery and approval of the following milestones:

 

No

Activities and deliverables

Remuneration Percentage

  1.  

Methodological report outlines the consultant’s approach to undertaking this consultancy. This should be after the submission of an inception report.

10%

 

  1.  

Assessment report and outline of the guideline.

10%

 

  1.  

Draft of the guideline.

40%

 

  1.  

Stakeholder’s consultations and validation report.

10%

 

  1.  

Report on presentations to STATAFRIC and other stakeholders

10%

 

  1.  

Finalized guideline.

20%

 

 

"}]}